Kim Doyal The WordPress Chick

The WordPress Chick Podcast

WordPress Happiness Made Easy
The WordPress Chick Podcast


Kim Doyal, “The WordPress Chick” shares her journey in the world of blogging, life and entrepreneurship on the internet. Sit back, relax and enjoy the ride while Kim discusses her insights on crafting the business and life you want using her platform of choice, WordPress. Whether you’re new to WordPress or consider yourself a more advanced user, these blog building and online tips will make you more successful with your business. Kim is widely known for being “authentic” and connecting with her audience in a fun and informative way that will keep you coming back for each new episode. Kim is totally self-taught when it comes to WordPress and has been making her living online for the past 5 years. She is a published author, movie producer, artist, and has the best cartoon voice you’ll ever hear on a podcast! Her motto is




Funnel Hacking Live 2018: Recap, Thoughts, and 2 HUGE Epiphanies WPCP: 177

Mar 30, 2018 1:01:15


Last week I went to Funnel Hacking Live, 2018, in Orlando, Florida. This is the annual ClickFunnels conference ( I had attended the first year they did the event, then skipped the last two years). It had been a few years since I had attended any type of marketing event and when the tickets came out for this event it felt right. This will be my future gauge for whether or not I go to an event: if it feels right when I think about going (no wavering), I'm going to go. No overthinking it. The beauty of not having gone to a live event in a while was that I had forgotten how much fun it was to connect in person. Which sounds a little like captain obvious, but when you work from home it's too easy to get caught up in just doing your thing (i.e, staying comfortable), that we forget the importance of stepping out of our environment. Getting a fresh perspective on your own business isn't going to happen when you're "in the thick of things"... you have to step outside of your comfort zone. The Logistics I attended the very first Funnel Hacking Live in 2015. TOTALLY different experience (that was their 1st event, this was their 4th). The first one was held in Las Vegas, which is one of my least favorite places. No offense to anyone who lives there, but all events in Vegas are on the strip and it's just not my scene (doesn't mean I wouldn't go to an event there, but I prefer not to). I was happy that the event was in Orlando, especially since it wasn't in the middle of summer with crazy humidity. It was at the Disney Coronado Springs Resort. The resort itself was fine, but it was not conducive to holding such a large event. There were literally two main places to eat, along with a few 'pop up' options (a couple food trucks, a place to buy wraps, and a salad bar. I will say CF provided a few meals which were awesome. Personally, I'd rather pay more for the ticket and have the meals included. We spent a lot of time in lines for meals). The other thing that was a little bit of a bummer was that the property is laid out so all the rooms are across this 'lagoon', so it was a jaunt if you wanted to drop something in your room or just go hang out (this so sounds like #firstworldproblems, but when you're in an event for 8 -10 hours a day it's nice to be able to run up to your room for a break, to freshen up, etc.). I'm hoping next year the venue has the rooms in the same building as the event. The great thing about this place though is that at the end of the day, the logistics didn't matter. It was all about connecting, the sessions, and being a part of what was going on. There were plenty of opportunities for that. Schedule-wise the event started Wed. at 1 pm, went to about 10:30 PM (more on the sessions and content below), Thurs. & Friday it was 9 AM -9 PM, Saturday it was 9 AM -5:30 PM ( I flew out Saturday at about 5:45, so left the hotel right after lunch. Tony Robbins was the last session and I've seen him before... and I knew I wouldn't have the energy for him on the last day. They were smart to make him the last session... and I do think there were a lot of people who bought tickets JUST to see Tony Robbins since his events are always about 3 times the price). Personally, the days were a little long for me. I need a little more time to decompress. Not that it was too much information, but I live at a pretty chill level (which I prefer. Ten years ago I probably would have felt otherwise) and the amped up energy was a little draining (swear I'm not a total fuddy-duddy...). Speaker Sessions and Content Day 1: Impact & Income There was the main session, from 1 - 6:30, with 4 speakers. Russell and two of his inner-circle members. I loved all the sessions from this day, both inner-circle speakers were speaking my language (vulnerability and building a community). Russell's presentations were great too (if you simply watch how he does things you can learn a ton about marketing. Watch what he does,

Content Creators Summit & Some Updates WPCP: 176

Mar 4, 2018 52:09


Man. I am SUPER excited to be back for a solo show. It's been a long couple of months and I want to give you a little update before we jump into creating content (and why you MUST be creating content). Since I haven't done a solo show in a while this might be a little longer update than normal, but it hopefully it will be worth it. I will give you a little warning beforehand that this is probably going to be pretty heavy on the mindset and how it can set you up for achieving what it is you really want (yep, we might get a little woowoo). First, a little update on the status of The WordPress Chick and the move to my personal brand. To start with, this is still happening. My guess is that it will be the end of March or early April. The content will continue as it is and I'll probably get back into some tutorials, but it will be relative to what I'm working on and the tools I'm using. As an example, I made the move to ConvertKit last year, have talked a little bit about this but have some more strategy work to do on the platform so the goal is to document how I'm using that (ex: creating segments out of the tags I have that I use consistently). The delay in moving to the personal brand wasn't intentional, but I realized that it happened because I needed to shift how I felt about the move. From the moment I made the decision, it felt right, but I realized that it was more about moving away from what I had been doing as opposed to moving towards what I am doing (sounds like semantics, but the impact on my mind with that small shift has been huge). Another bonus in waiting to make the move is that I ended up having my amazingly talented friend, Davinder Kingh Sainth, design the site. Talk about liberating. Davinder and I talked, I explained the direction I was taking things in and off he went. OMG! My mind was blown. I am absolutely in LOVE with the site, the style, every single thing he's done with it. I'm working on the copy for some of the pages but am SO ready to start writing and podcasting from the new site (and not just because it looks so amazing). It's just time. I will also tell you that Davinder did the new LeadSurveys website ( and it is also amazing. Now that I've made this change in my business I can tell you that I will probably never build another site for myself again. This all comes back to that commitment I made to myself at the beginning of the year to "double down on my strengths." My strengths lie in content creation, connecting, and marketing. What's happening with LeadSurveys? You've been talking about this for a year. Can I just say when I think about the journey that has brought us to this point all I can do is cue Kelly Clarkson in my head "what doesn't kill you makes you stronger..." The app is officially done and it's on our shiny new Pagely servers. LeadSurveys will be getting a sort of a soft launch next week (which is the week of March 5th depending on when you're listening to this) and some visibility as the sponsor of the Content Creators Summit (nothing like a little extra visibility, right?). After the summit is said and done (and I've had a minute to catch my breath), we'll be going full force into getting LeadSurveys out everywhere. Gordan is a little fried too (my partner on LeadSurveys), but we both know this is just the beginning. We have a podcast ready to go for LeadSurveys, content in the queue and people ready to jump in. To say I'm a little nervous would be an understatement. Not because I don't believe in the product and what we're doing, but because I've never done anything like this before (marketing a SaaS product of my own). Because we made a conscious decision to bootstrap this entire thing ourselves, there are a lot of pieces of the puzzle that had to come together and will be added as the company grows. The plan with this is simply to be massively transparent with our customers, share everything along the way,

Tori Reid On Building A Brand With Content & A Facebook Group WPCP:175

Feb 10, 2018 1:02:34


One of the things I love most about having a podcast is connecting with my guests. Sometimes it's through someone else I know, sometimes I've just reached out to have them on the show and other times the guest has reached out to me first. The story of how I connected with Tori is a true testament to building actual relationships with people online. Tori has done a lot of writing (you'll hear more about her writing skills and journey in the episode), was writing a guest post on Huffington Post and reached out to me with a couple questions to include in her article. To say I was honored would be an understatement. Of course, I said yes, got to hang with Tori on a Skype call (or maybe it was Zoom) and was included in the article. Questions I Asked Tori Can you share your story and how you got started? When did you dive into marketing? Why did you start the Facebook group? What has it done for your business? How do you sell in the group? Where do you think people should start with traffic? How have you connected with influencers? What has been the most effective thing you've done? What's coming for you this year? What You're Going To Learn Who influenced Tori with her Facebook Group Why she considers her Facebook Group a tool for branding Why she's retiring Bootstrap Millenial What Tori's biggest challenge is How to connect with influencers How to figure out the right topic for your content How you can work with Tori Where to Connect with Tori Content Mastery for Entrepreneurs - Facebook Group

Shark Tank, E-commerce & Alpha Dogs with Arlene Battishill WPCP: 174

Jan 6, 2018 1:05:05


The way I connected with Arlene Battishill is a perfect example of the power of what we do online. A friend had mentioned Arlene to me and I happened to catch a live stream she was doing where she was talking about the book, Expert Secrets, by Russell Brunson. Many of you have heard me talk about what a game changer that book was for me (I've read it twice and have gone through all of the exercises in the book, I highly recommend it). Anyway, I hopped on the live stream and simply commented that the book was a game changer for me as well. We went back & forth a couple of times in the chat on the live stream, then I sent her a private message on Facebook about having her on the podcast. We proceeded to chat in messenger for a bit, then scheduled a Skype call to connect. And the rest, as they say, is history. It's SO vitally important to take the time to foster relationships online. Nothing will help your business grow the way quality relationships will. I knew right away that Arlene would be an amazing guest to have on the show for a few reasons: her energy and enthusiasm for what she does, her direct approach to marketing is hugely refreshing. She also has an amazing story... from being in real estate when the crash in 2008 happened, to launching her own fashionable, protective gear for motorcycle and scooter riders (which included learning to source from China and an appearance on Shark Tank). She's added funnel expert to her list (as a certified partner) and is a genius at Facebook advertising as well. Questions I Asked Arlene For the listeners, can you share your background and what you've done before becoming a #funnelhacker? What was it like being on Shark Tank? You've written a book called 'Retail Shock Therapy: A Prescription for what ails your online sales.' Is the book for information marketers as well as e-commerce owners? Can you explain your business today? I love that you focus on Ad targeting. I've worked with a great Facebook ad agency (had great results), but still kind of feel like I'm doing my 'best guess' with targeting. Do you have any tips? Let's talk about ClickFunnels. Why are you so passionate about ClickFunnels? Where is the best place to get started with all of this for someone who is new to funnels and ads? What You're Going to Learn How Arlene shifted from real estate to creating her own motorcycle clothing line What she learned in going to China to source 17 different factories Why she didn't go into Shark Tank in hopes of getting a deal How Arlene works with clients with their Facebook ads What her book is about What the Alpha Dog School for Women is (and why she's launching it) Where to Connect with Arlene Alpha Dogs Facebook Group| Facebook | Book

2017: The Year of Self-Awareness, Content & Goodbyes WPCP: 173

Dec 31, 2017 59:44


This is one of those years that felt like it dragged on and flew by at the same time. Although I think by the time December rolls around I seem to say that every year... how about you? This was probably one of the biggest years for me in my business in terms of what has changed, which is pretty exciting. It was also the least amount of income I've earned in a long time... as well as being the most fun I've had since I started my business. Why is that? Let's jump into the Self Awareness part first. Self Awareness 2017 was the year I finally said "no more service work." Which was scary as hell, but I knew it was time. It took the first quarter to wrap up the last couple of website projects I had, then a couple of clients I had on retainer for service work (social media and blog posting for one and podcast production for another) wound down over time (organically). As awesome as it was, it was also sort of a strange feeling for a while. I had to retrain myself how to work or go about my day. I joke that I felt like I won the 'time lottery' (if such a thing existed). I found myself with large blocks of time, wondering how I was going to spend it, even though I had plenty that needed to be done. This also meant I shut down the outsourcing side of my business as well (I had an outsourcing company and my own designer and developer). In addition to being nervous about letting the recurring revenue go, I was concerned for my team. I had worked with my lead developer and designer for almost 6 years and wanted to do what I could to keep them whole, so I talked with the clients and had them go directly to the developers and designers. This way no one had to start over so-to-speak and I felt good about my decision. Even before everything wound down, once I had made the decision to shut the service work down I felt as though the weight of the world had been lifted off my shoulders. The truth of the matter is that I never started my business with the intention to do websites, service work, or client work. In a way I guess I didn't really have a definitive direction when I started other than I wanted to do information marketing (on what, I didn't know) online and never ever have to go back to a job I didn't like again. Unbeknownst to me, I ended up creating a job for myself. At least that's how it always felt. I know I could have been much more profitable and grown more of an actual agency than I did, but it's hard to invest in that (time and money) when it isn't what you want to be doing in the first place. The best way I can describe this is how I felt after doing podcast services for clients as well (which by the way, was much more profitable than websites, which in my opinion, have become a commodity). I prefer being the star than the producer and it was time to own that. Working through letting this go, which was tied to my brand and my online identity required a lot of self-awareness. It was time to own what I really enjoyed doing, what I was good at, and how I most helped people. None of that included service work. Before I get into what that did mean for my business, I want to drive home a few realizations I had recently that also tie into letting all of the service work go as well. Now that I've been immersing myself in Gary V's content one commitment I made to myself for 2018 was that I am going to bet on my strengths. Focus on the things I'm good at and stop trying to do things I don't enjoy and have zero business doing. It finally dawned on me that it was crazy to try to get really good at something I hated. Example: bookkeeping and administrative tasks. Now that I don't have client work it's much easier to not stress about these two things. That being said, with LeadSurveys about to launch (it should be live on my site next week) and a premium membership coming it's time to look at how these things can be done without me deciding I need to learn Quickbooks or master a new project...

Photography & WordPress with Scott Wyden Kivowitz of Imagely WPCP: 172

Dec 18, 2017 54:06


I know I keep saying this, but this is one of those interviews that probably should have happened sooner. I've been following Scott Wyden Kivowitz for a while and finally reached out to have him on the show. Scott works for Imagely, formerly known as Photocrati. If you're not familiar with Imagely, it's the premier company supporting photographers with WordPress. You're probably familiar with one of their most popular plugins, NextGen Gallery. I remember when Photocrati purchased NextGen Gallery. It had been the first (and more or less my go-to) gallery plugin anytime I created a site that needed an image gallery. Questions I Asked Scott Before we talk about your role at Imagely, can you share your backstory? What is your current role at Imagely? Can you share the transition from Photocrati to Imagely? What is the focus at Imagely? How does Imagely market & drive their business? Can you share a little bit about the new acquisition? What's coming next for Imagely? What You're Going to Learn What Scott does as the Chief Community Officer for Imagely What plugins and themes Imagely sells for Photographers How Scott gathers feedback in multiple places Where Scott gets his post and content ideas from What the WP Photography Podcast does for the business How Scott organizes his content ideas Why Imagely decided to acquire another company The new partnership with Imagify Where to Connect with Scott Website | Imagely | Podcast | Facebook

E-commerce, WordPress Summits & Watches with Jan Koch WPCP: 171

Dec 9, 2017 58:33


  Talking with Jan Koch was one of those interviews that seems like it should have happened much, much sooner. I've been following Jan Koch for a few years on social media, we have quite a few mutual friendships and for one reason or another, we simply hadn't connected sooner. I'm so glad we finally made this interview happen. AND... I'm going to go ahead and give a little bit of a prediction here and I think we're going to be hearing a lot more from Jan as an authority/influencer. But that's just my two cents. ;-) . Connecting with Jan (finally), has been a perfect example of the power of relationships. Since having this conversation Jan has connected me with someone who you'll be hearing more from (hint: he has a SaaS product you're ALL going to want to use), I've signed up for the Virtual Summit Mastery (probably one of the best courses I've ever purchased) through Jan's recommendation and link and feel like we're just getting started. I had a ton of fun talking with Jan (I know, I know... I say that all the time. But it's true, I love having these conversations) and think you're going to get a ton from this interview (as well as the discount Jan has offered to my listeners for his amazing wooden watches! But you'll have to listen to the interview to find out what that's all about). Questions I Asked Jan Can you share your background with the audience? When did you launch WP Mastery? What made you decide to launch WP Summit? I love that your focus is on building business platforms with WordPress. What made you decide to choose this niche? Let's talk about your e-commerce business, Little Oak (unique wooden watches). What's the story behind launching a line of watches? How are you marketing Little Oak? Do you have any recommendations for someone who wants to start a physical products business?   What You're Going to Learn Why Jan dropped out of his Master's program What he learned running a virtual summit What the virtual summit did for his business The type of work his agency does (his agency business is a German website and focuses on German businesses) Why he uses WooCommerce to run his e-commerce store (he started on Shopify) How you should validate the need for your product before jumping into E-Commerce Why you should set aside a reasonable budget for testing Where to Connect with Jan Website | Twitter | Store

Personalized Marketing with Matt Barnett of Bonjoro WPCP: 170

Dec 2, 2017 53:04


I have a confession to make before we get into the interview with Matt. I was SUPER hesitant about using Bonjoro when I first came across it because I was still in my "I don't want to be on camera" phase. For the longest time, I didn't really think I needed to video, or should I say, be on video. I was used to doing screencasts of tutorials and never really thought about doing video with me on camera (I won't bother trying to dissect that in this post). Fast forward to this past year and the introduction fo live streaming and I finally accepted that it was time to jump into video. But video is only one piece of the puzzle with Bonjoro. What makes Bonjoro so unique is that they've taken the medium of video and combined it with personalization. Whether it's onboarding, sending a quick message, or thanking someone for subscribing... a quick welcome video goes a long way. I had the good fortune of sitting down with one of the founders, Matt Barnett to talk about Bonjoro, how they came up with it, how they're growing, and why they all have custom bear suits. Questions I Asked Matt Can you share with the listeners what Bonjoro is? What's the story behind the company and the team? What were you doing before Bonjoro? What were some of the challenges you guys faced when launching Bonjoro? How are you guys marketing Bonjoro? What's coming next for Bonjoro? What You're Going To Learn Why everyone in the company has a personal bear suit (and how you can get one) Why Bonjoro is NOT 'mass video email' How you can get your first 10 customers who love you How Bonjoro helped ConvertKit reduce their churn by 19% in 6 weeks Why Bonjoro is all about outstanding customer service Where to Connect with Matt & Bonjoro Website | Twitter | Facebook

Content As Equity & An Update on Life WPCP: 169

Nov 19, 2017 56:54


It's been way too long since I've published a solo show and I miss you guys. Even though life has been a little crazy I knew I needed to stop and take the time to publish a solo show and update you all on what's been happening. I know I've been a little quiet lately and I'm super appreciative that you guys have stuck with me. Before we get into Content as Equity, I think I'll start with the update on life and what's been going on that has created my semi-absent state. I'm warning you now that there may be some esoteric moments, lessons, and takeaways, which is also why I knew I needed to get to the other side of what's been going on before I talked about it. Fortunately, I'm grateful that I've finally grasped my own 'processes' and know that I need to allow myself the space to work through what's going on without judging how I'm feeling. I also know that no matter what I'm feeling, I won't stay there. In other words, "this too shall pass." Where to start... I'm going to be a little cryptic with my explanation (which seems pretty contrary to the whole idea of a life update) because it's not only my story to tell. There are other people involved and it's out of love and respect for them that I'm going to be a little ambiguous. I'll start with the good news (most of it is all good news now, but it's been pretty trying to say the least). My Mom finished up her last round of chemo about a month ago. This was the second bout with breast cancer (first time was in 2000). The first time it was stage 1 and she had a lumpectomy and all has been well. She went through chemo and radiation the first time all while working full time (she's pretty amazing). Unfortunately, her oncologist was a bit of a numpty (although he didn't start out that way), and told her she could skip mammograms (this was in 2013). Thankfully he retired, she was given a young, female oncologist who had her get a mammogram and they found something. This was a ductal carcinoma, also stage 1 (at one point they said stage 0.... not sure what that means, but it was still hopeful). She underwent a mastectomy and is on the other side of all of that. I will say that this time seemed to physically take more of a toll on her than the first time. Probably because she's almost 20 years older and has had a couple other health challenges in the interim. The good news is that she's done with everything, she didn't lose all her hair (there's a new procedure with cold caps... pretty fascinating) and she's on the mend. I can't imagine what that must feel like when you go through that once, let alone twice. I'm very blessed to be really close to my parents and am glad I was able to be here for her during this time. Here's where I have to be a little bit more ambiguous. My son has been going through some things for the past year or so and it all finally came to a head in the last couple of months. Some of it was stupid teenager stuff, some of it wasn't. He's had some pretty major consequences for things that have occurred but fortunately, nothing bad has happened (this is where I think his Dad is up there watching over him). I will tell you that with everything we've been through I'm doing whatever I can not to lose complete faith in the system (legal and school system). I'm not one of those parents who pulls the "it's not my kid's fault"... probably quite the contrary. I hold my kids accountable for their actions, there are consequences, and we move on. No matter what they do I will love them through it but learning to accept responsibility for their actions is something I feel strongly about. That being said, I definitely feel that the 'system' is broken. I'm not sure what I'd do if my children were younger and we were just beginning this journey. Of course, this is all hindsight, right? We don't know what we don't know nor do we ever expect to be on the challenging side of things. Neither of my kids has ever struggled academically,

Brian Kurtz on Advertising, List Building & Relationship Capital WPCP: 168

Nov 5, 2017 1:14:14


I was having a conversation with my friend Lee Jackson the recently on a Facebook live stream and we were talking about how sometimes it feels like we're 'cheating' when we're podcasting because we get to spend an hour with these brilliant minds and it's almost like getting a one-on-one mentoring session with them. That was exactly how I felt the entire time I was talking with Brian Kurtz. It's been a long time since I've connected with someone new, who I instantly respected, and thought "as soon as I'm ready to hire a mentor next year, I want to work with Brian" (I need to wrap up a few things this year and get LeadSurveys launched). Brian has an amazing background in direct response marketing (over 30 years) and has brought all of his wisdom from selling offline into the online space. He's also the co-author of 'The Advertising Solution' and has bought the rights to reprint all of Eugene Schwartz' books as well (he also graciously sent me his book as well as Breakthrough Advertising by Eugene Schwartz... class act! :-) ). I honestly felt like I had been giving a little bit of a glimpse behind the curtain. Over the last couple of years, I've spent a lot of time going back to fundamentals in marketing and direct response. I've started enjoying the process of mastery of the craft and have found a completely different joy in everything I do. I can guarantee you if you're even slightly interested in marketing online with a real strategy (i.e, the long game as opposed to quick tactics), you're in for a real treat with this interview. I'd suggest a pen & paper for notes too. Questions I Asked Brian Can you share your story with the audience? What is Titans Marketing? Let's talk fundamentals and the role they play in list building. What are people doing wrong with list building? What would you suggest someone do to improve their list building? Let's talk about your book, The Advertising Solution. What are you working on now? What You're Going to Learn Brian's thoughts on physical mail today How paying postage made him a better marketer What the 40/40/20 rule is What relationship capital is Why the psychology of selling is the missing piece of the puzzle How & Why Brian acquired the rights to Eugene Schwartz books Where to Connect with Brian Website | Facebook Books & Links from this episode The Advertising Solution The Legends Book Breakthrough Advertising Book Brilliance Breakthrough Book

One Click Upsells for WooCommerce with Chris Mason of WooCurve WPCP: 167

Oct 21, 2017 52:00


I have a little confession to make before we get into the podcast with Chris Mason of WooCurve. One of the products sold through WooCurve, Handsome Checkout, was something I had thought about creating with my LeadSurveys business partner, Gordan, about a year and a half ago. Then we pivoted to LeadSurveys (which is good because I'm super excited about LeadSurveys, but that's another conversation). Needless to say, WooCurve has created two amazing products for WooCommerce users that are long overdue. One-click upsells and Handsome Checkout. What was most exciting about talking with Chris for me (besides the fact that he has amazing products), is that Chris is a marketer first. He's the marketing mind behind WooCurve and speaks my language when it comes to direct response marketing (my most recent obsession). Let's jump into the interview. Questions I Asked Chris What were you doing pre-WooCurve? First, I love that you created WooCurve and the two products you guys sell. Can you explain One-click upsells and Handsome Checkout for the listeners? How long has WooCurve been around? What was the process for getting your WooCurve products developed? Who is WooCurve for? Can you share any of your customer's success stories with your products? What's coming for WooCurve? What You're Going to Learn How they ran a beta to test the product Who they targeted for their beta version How they decided what payment gateways to integrate with What features they decided to run with when they launched What the 'proof element' is What Chris would recommend to someone getting started with online marketing Where to Connect With Chris Website | Facebook  Links from this episode WooCurve Handsome Checkout One-Click Upsells No BS Guide to Direct Response Marketing by Dan Kennedy

Creating Content with Kyle Gray and The Story Engine WPCP: 166

Oct 7, 2017 58:26


I was introduced to Kyle from my friend Tom Morkes (who I need to get on the podcast still, he's brilliant at what he does and is a stellar connector) and responded like a little kid with who was just given a new puppy! Because my happy place is content and content creation, I was thrilled to get to talk to Kyle who has a brilliant book and was also partly responsible for growing WP Curve with their content strategy (he took over for Dan Norris when Dan got too busy). The more I dig into "all things content" the more my through processes shift. On one hand, I know there is a ton of value in creating a solid strategy for growing your business with content. On the flip side of that, there's also a ton of value in simply documenting and sharing. No strategy, just creating based on what you're doing and sharing. This is why I was so excited to talk to Kyle. I felt like I got to go behind-the-scenes with a master. Kyle is the author of the amazing book, The Story Engine and founder of ConversionCake. Questions I Asked Kyle Can you share your story of how you ended up with your online business and an author and expert on content marketing? How did you get the job as the content manager for WP Curve? Can you share the results from your content strategy for WP Curve? Let's talk about The Story Engine. I love that you divided the book into 4 parts and then gave different approaches on how to use the book. Can you share what those 4 parts are? Why do you think so many people struggle with creating content? If you could recommend someone to ONE thing today for their content strategy what would that be? I know you don't have a crystal ball, but where do you see things heading in terms of content? What channels & mediums would you recommend people pay attention to? What You're Going to Learn How he created a system around creating more content for WP Curve when he brought on additional writers Examples of what they included in their style guide How focusing only on the data can hurt your content strategy What the invisible value of content is Why you shouldn't work on content one idea at a time Start with the core problem of your audience (and how to find it) Why you should get on the phone with your best customers Where to Connect with Kyle Website | Twitter | Book

Creating Systems & Processes with Jürgen Strauss of Innovabiz WPCP: 165

Sep 30, 2017 55:55


This episode is brought to you by my sponsor, Content Snare This podcast interview is long overdue (we recorded a few months ago) and I'm excited to finally share this with you. I had the good fortune of connecting Jürgen Strauss a few years back through a mutual friend. Jürgen is one of those people who instantly makes you feel at ease and is a true pleasure to talk with. He also has a brilliant understanding of processes and systems, how to grow a team (through outsourcing), and how to scale a business with WordPress. Jürgen is a certified WP Elevation consultant and is also the founder of the Innovabuzz podcast (which I have had the good fortune of being a guest on). Questions I Asked Jürgen Can you share your background & business with the listeners? You've also got your podcast, the Innovabuzz podcast, can you share a little bit about the podcast and why you started it? What has the podcast done for your business? One of the many reasons I wanted to have you on the show was because I know you've got some amazing skills when it comes to systems & processes. How did you get into that? What are some of the things you see people afraid of doing or afraid to implement when it comes to creating processes & systems? For web development agencies, is there a common mistake people make? What's coming for the rest of this year for you? What You're Going to Learn How Jürgen went from chemistry to the internet How he's learned to build remote teams in China, Japan, Singapore, India, Europe, and North America while being based in Australia How to focus on building strategic relationships and partnerships to grow remote teams How they position their projects for long-term work with their clients How his podcast was originally focused on innovation and has morphed into so much more (and what it's done for his business) How to connect with startups and get feedback and responses when using their tools How to make sure your team understands the why behind the company and their tasks Where to Connect with Jürgen Website | Facebook | Twitter

Content Bottlenecks and Designing to Delight with Christine Thatcher WPCP: 164

Sep 8, 2017 49:49


This episode is brought to you by our sponsor, ContentSnare  Anyone who has ever worked with clients to create their website can tell you that the hardest part of the process tends to be getting the content from the client to put into the website. My guest today, Christine Thatcher, and her business partner, Michelle Hunter, have solved this problem and are now showing other people how to do the same. What's fun is that I connected with Christine through our mutual friend (and sponsor of this podcast episode), James Rose of ContentSnare. One of the things that I was most excited about when Christine explained the Content Bottleneck Course to me was that they've created wireframes for client content (many people are familiar with wireframes for websites, but not for getting client content). We also talked about the soon-to-be-released Designing to Delight Course, which will help you "Master the Art of Drama-Free-Design" (I wish I had this when I was doing websites!). Questions I Asked Christine Before we get into your content course and design course, can you share your background with the listeners? How long have you been doing client work? What made you decide to step into course creations? How did you decide what to create for the design course (who was this for)? What made you decide to create the content course? Can you share a little bit about what the content course consists of? When are your courses available? What You're Going to Learn What Christine's biggest challenge was when she created her first course How she decided to price her course What her students say is the biggest shift after having taken her course The importance of leading the client through the design process How she collaborated with her business partner, Michelle Hunter, to create 'Say Goodbye To Content Bottlenecks" Why she moves her content due date to the middle of the project Get the Courses & Join the Facebook Group Designing to Delight Sat Goodbye to Content Bottlenecks Drama Free Design Collective Where to Connect with Christine Website | Facebook | Instagram

Live Streaming Success with Ross Brand WPCP: 163

Sep 4, 2017 1:03:13


I have a confession to make. I was SUPER hesitant to jump into live streaming. For a few reasons. The first reason was that I would have to "get ready", as in, do my hair & makeup every day (O.K., technically I don't have to do that. I get that most people really don't care if what you look like if the content is good, but this was my hang up). Another reason was that I didn't want to just jump on at talk at people.  I wanted to have a strategy, plan it a bit, and make sure I had some time to promote the live stream. When I did jump in I got results INSTANTLY. I was floored by the engagement, the number of people that showed up (more than normally show up for a webinar), and the traffic to my live stream post after the event (I pull the videos into my site with Simple Social Press and write a post along with the video. The bonus with using Simple Social Press is that it also pulls the Facebook comments into the site as blog comments, which is awesome). I knew I wanted to have someone on the show to talk about live streaming and after seeing Ross Brand everywhere, I knew I wanted to connect with him. We recorded this a few months ago and things have just gotten bigger (and better) since we first connected. Questions I Asked Ross Can you share a little bit about your background and how you got into live streaming & broadcasting? What is your current business? What are some of the things people are doing with live streaming? How are people monetizing live streaming? Why do you think people are so hesitant to get into live streaming? Who are some of the people that you see doing live streaming well? What You're Going to Learn The three different ways people are monetizing live streaming How Mario Armstrong, of the 'Never Settle Show' is using live streaming to grow his brand What differentiates live streaming from T.V. The technical basics you need to get into live streaming The power of finding the right platform for your audience Why you should look at live streaming as a content strategy Where to Connect with Ross Website | Facebook | Twitter

Of Course No One Is Listening… And The New Tools I’m LOVING WPCP: 162

Aug 25, 2017 59:50


Thanks to this episodes sponsor, ContentSnare, Get Website Content From Clients Without The Hassle   Feel like No One Is Listening? I've been there. And I'm going to warn you, this might be a bit of a rant, but it needs to be addressed. It seems like lately, I'm having a lot of conversations about people feeling frustrated with their business, or wondering "what to do?"  I don't think this is a coincidence since I feel like I've finally gotten clarity around all of this myself. The thing that boggles my mind (and this isn't a judgment because I did the exact same thing), is that when we're TOLD what will change things and make the difference, we do nothing about it. Even if the person who is guiding us or helping us is walking the walk, has actual REAL LIFE evidence that what they're telling us works. We still don't listen! We are crazy creatures. Before I dive into this any further, let's dispell the myth once and for all: Building an online business takes time and work, just like any other business. Exciting, isn't it? NO! That's the problem with us... the basic, boring response of doing the work is NOT what we want to hear. This is the internet, after all, things are supposed to be MAGICAL here, right? It's all supposed to be easy. The problem with easy is that it's subjective. First, let me tell you that I will take building an online business over working a job any day. After having spent 20+ years in retail management, where I was on my feet all day (in dress shoes mind you, dressed up since I was the manager yet I still had the pleasure of being an extra pair of hands on a daily basis), and two bunion surgeries and plantar fasciitis later, that this beats doing that all day long (and now that I've stopped doing service work it's that much better). I get it that not all jobs are physically laborious, but we're not digging ditches or sitting in traffic for 2-3 hours a day (another reason I need to move out of the Bay Area in a couple years). I get that some of you may have day jobs too, so I'm not poking at you here, I'm simply pointing out to people that don't appreciate how much easier it is to work for themselves. Yes, there are struggles, challenges, money stress... I'm not negating that. But there's like this idea that this is all smooth sailing. This rant was brought on by an email I read this morning about someone feeling unhappy about their business. They had debated even continuing (this is a successful marketer), then realized they wanted to do things their way. They were tired of launches, fancy sales copy, marketing tactics, etc. Before I tell you why I think this is hogwash, let me say that what came through loud and clear in this email to me was that this person was TIRED. More than anything, they need a break. Some time off, a little space, and probably some simplification in their business (see what 14 years of therapy with an amazing therapist can do for you?). Now let's get into why this is hogwash... No-one is making you do ANYTHING you don't want to do! Don't want to do a 'launch'? Great. Don't. Don't want to write 'fancy copy'? Cool, write whatever you want. Want to be more authentic and do things your own way? Sweet, no one is stopping you. BUT... and you knew this was coming... You STILL have to market your business! If you had a brick & mortar store, would you be whining about having to market it? You better be good at writing copy (fancy or otherwise) if you're going to do any marketing. You're going to have to SELL... that's all marketing is, selling. The methods used for marketing online are obviously different (can you imagine trying to do a 4 series video launch for a product offline?), but they work. The frustrating (and kind of exciting) thing about the internet is that things change so fast. Just when you think you've figured something out they change the game on you. Or have they?

Organic Facebook Marketing with Ben Perry WPCP: 161

Aug 18, 2017 54:03


As someone who has done more organic marketing than paid traffic, when I first came across Ben Perry and his Organic Facebook Marketing I was immediately intrigued. I think the ideal situation is organic with a paid strategy, but when you're first getting started (or rebooting things), then having an organic strategy in place is a must. The beauty of a good organic strategy is also that you're getting data without having to pay (at least monetarily, you're going to have to pay with your time, because just like anything else, growing a business organically takes work and time). I connected with Ben through is Facebook Group, Organic Marketing Secrets. What I loved instantly about Ben was his willingness to show up, every day, and do the work. Questions I Asked Ben Tell us about your background (what were you doing before starting your online business) When you joined the military was your intention to have a long-term career? Have you found that when you share your story it connects you more with people? Where did you start with internet marketing? What made you decide to go into organic Facebook marketing? Let's talk about Facebook Live. What are your insights around this medium? Why do you think people hesitate to show up? What You're Going to Learn How his daughter's cancer diagnosis drove him to re-enlist in the military How Ben went from being discharged from the military to a thriving online business The initial product (person) that inspired Ben at 16 to get into marketing (and is where he picked up after he left the military) How jumping full force into Facebook in 2013 forced Ben to cash out his military retirement so he could work with a mentor How Ben used the GI bill to pay for school and support him while he was completing school and immersing himself in marketing and sales Where to Connect with Ben Website | Facebook Group  

Wondering Why You Haven’t “Made It” Yet? WPCP: 160

Aug 11, 2017 57:47


I've been thinking about this a lot in the last month or so and knew it was time to share it on a podcast with you guys. Hopefully, through the writing of these show notes, I'll be able to articulate exactly what I mean and it makes sense to you (hopefully by now you guys are familiar with 'Kimspeak' though and this will flow for you). I've been sharing how I've been a little obsessed with all this stuff 'behind the scenes' lately... and it's working. Taking the time to work on this stuff and figure out the things that people can't see is helping me create better stuff that people can see. The end product. I'm going to share something with you from one of Seth Godin's books, "What To Do When It's Your Turn (and it's always your turn)": "WAIT. While standing on one foot, we ask, impatiently, "what's this about?" We don't go to a movie unless the coming attraction tells us exactly what to expect. We don't listen to music we're not sure we'll like. And we want to know how to pigeonhole every idea and every book so we can move on and click. Please, wait. Let it simmer. It might not be for you, but at least this time, postpone the relief of resolution. This is your opportunity to make something that matters." -Seth Godin Amen. We're living in a time when it's very easy to get distracted, get consumed by information, and stay stuck on the hamster wheel. Yes, entrepreneurs can get stuck on the hamster wheel just like employees do. What happens is we start our businesses excited and motivated. We take off from the start line guns blazing (I don't know if that's the correct saying here, but you get my point). Then a few months in you realize, "hmm... this is hard work. This is going to take longer than I expected" and you start looking for a different path. You still want the results you hoped for when you started, freedom, income, making your mark on the world, but all of the sudden you realize that just like a job, you have to show up every day and do the work. Don't worry, before you think this is going to be another post or rant about "doing the work", hang with me for a minute. What I've realized (just in the past couple of years), is that we often think we're doing the work. And we are... sort of. Here are some of the things I'm referring to, tell me if they sound familiar: Reading posts and books about what you're doing Buying and starting courses (because after all, it's that ONE course that will change everything, right?) Creating cohesive branding collateral (logo, site, lead magnets, etc.) Mapping out products and services Sharing things on social media Making lists of ideas Creating multiple opt-ins on your site ... etc., etc., etc. Here's why that's only 'sort of ' doing the work. You NEVER actually produce anything. Cue the sad music... Let me share a couple examples/stories because I think it will make more sense and probably connect on a deeper level for many of you. Before I share these stories with you let me say that there is zero judgment here. Both are examples of people I know and am close with, and both are still in the same place they were 9 years ago when I started this business. One friend, I've known for about 20 years and one is someone I met the first year I started my business. Story 1 The first friend (that I've known for 20 years), was with me from the very beginning of my journey. She and I had gone to a wealth expo in San Francisco (pre-crash of 2008, I think it was 2006?) and went into one of their side sessions and it was about internet marketing. I had already had my interest peaked after having heard someone on an audio program talking about it. Before I go any further, let me remind you that I was NOT technical at this point in my life (or should say I didn't think I was). We were both hooked by the promise and possibility of the internet (I really thought I was going to be a million...

Catching Up With Dan Norris WPCP: 159

Aug 5, 2017 49:56


When I looked back to the first time I had Dan Norris on the podcast I was floored to see that it was almost 100 episodes ago! Dan as always has been busy creating, producing content,  and even launching a brewery! I had a ton of questions for Dan about Black Hops as well as the sale of WP Curve his books, and the fun project he launched for explainer videos, BoredAF ( I told you he's been busy). At the time of this recording, Dan and his partners with Black Hops Brewing had just hit a milestone revenue mark which was pretty exciting (he was pretty generous with sharing numbers when he could, which I kind of put him on the spot a few times, unintentionally. Sorry Dan!). Of course, I had to pick his brain about content creation. Having gotten sidetracked a couple years ago with the mastermind I was in, you guys know I've come full circle back to working on (and mastering) the fundamentals. Content is a huge part of the fundamentals for me and Dan's book, Content Machine, was pivotal for me. Questions I Asked Dan How has opening a brick & mortar business been for you? (Black Hops has brewery you can go to as well as finding the beer in other local pubs & stores) Your books Content Machine and Create or Hate were game changers for me. What are your thoughts when people say they're not good at creating content? How did your third book, Create or Hate come about? What can you share about the sale of WPCurve to GoDaddy? You've also been very transparent about the challenges you've dealt with to get to where you are (when you discussed getting kicked out of University and not making money with your agency). What are your thoughts about people being hesitant to share the struggles? How do you balance everything? What are your thoughts on focusing on "one thing?" Let's talk about Bored AF. I'm assuming the name came out of you wanting something new to work on, how's that going? What are your thoughts on Medium? What's in store for you next? What You're Going to Learn Where the idea for Black Hops came from How they created a unique beer for a video game (major release) The next step in growing and expanding the brewery and their beers The roll his books play in his overall business plan How the sale of WPCurve to GoDaddy happened (and what he could legally share with us) Dan's thoughts on repurposing content (hint: he's not a fan) What he's focusing on now Where to Connect with Dan Website | Facebook | Twitter Links from this episode A 7-Figure Business in 18 Months with Dan Norris WPCP: 056 Black Hops Brewing Content Machine Create or Hate 7 Day Startup Operation Brewery

Entrepreneur or Technician… And the Missing Piece of The Puzzle WPCP: 158

Jul 28, 2017 1:01:33


O.K, guys... This episode is a little different in that I recorded the episode from the car before I wrote the show notes. My standard process for solo show episodes is that I write out the show notes first, then use those as a guide to record the episode. I've been thinking about how to proceed with the show notes for this episode and am going to do something a little different. I'm going to give you the bullet points and then will include the transcripts after the fact (I'm still working on them). I'm sure I'll be adding to the post after the transcripts are completed but I really wanted to get this episode out first (not wait for the transcripts). This episode was a ton of fun for me because I've been a little extra fired up lately. But fired up in a good way. I feel super focused with everything I'm doing. Why You're Not Making Money with Your WordPress Site Are you the technician or the entrepreneur? If you're stuck in the day-to-day tasks in your business and don't feel any further than you did in your business last year? You're probably the technician. If you're able to focus on what you're really great at (as opposed to keeping yourself busy with what I call the 'peripherals'), then you're the entrepreneur. At some point, you need to shout from the rooftops that you have something to SELL. That YOU can solve a problem for your customer/subscriber. If you don't want to do the marketing and promotion, it's quite possible you don't want to be an entrepreneur. Which is O.K. Not everyone who is good at a particular skill wants to sell that skill. They simply want to practice it. Here's an example of what I mean. Let's say you're an amazing woodworker. You create custom furniture pieces and love what you do. If you're more excited about woodworking than you are about selling the creations? It might be time to hire someone for marketing (or you have to step into marketing until you can hire someone). My Deep Dive into Expert Secrets This book has totally turned my life upside down (in a good way) and is where I've discovered "the missing piece" in my business. It was because of reading this book that I've had this light bulb moment and have really dug into ALL my messaging in my business. I'm starting with LeadSurveys (because it's a new brand and I'm still not super clear on everything) then will dive into WPChick. Here are a few things I've been working on: messaging why my story (what was the moment or thing that got me excited about LeadSurveys in the first place) what are people's beliefs when it comes to list building and growing their audience what is the pain point for our customer? what is the new opportunity that LeadSurveys offers them? what is the psychology behind what makes someone want to take action? NONE of this is new you guys. I've heard it all before, I've read it before, but for some reason, it's all clicking into place. And it's WORKING. Links from this episode Content Creators LeadSurveys Expert Secrets  

Complete Software Developers Career Guide with John Sonmez WPCP: 157

Jul 22, 2017 54:45


Don't let the name of this show (or book, The Complete Software Developers Career Guide), fool you. Having this conversation with John Sonmez, one of the co-authors of the book, was a little bit of a shift for me in term of what I talk about on the show but it's also one of my favorite topics. We talked a lot about self-development, personal productivity, books that changed John's life and how you can take a different perspective on all of this. The amazing thing about John is that he's got both sides of the equation when it comes to what he calls 'soft skills' as well as the tangible skills you need to have as a software developer (basic overview of things like 'what is source control, what is unit testing, what is continuous integration, etc.). He's also devoted an entire chapter to women in tech, which is awesome. We covered SO much in this interview! Even if you're not a software developer, you're going to gain a ton from this conversation. John is a huge inspiration and the book is definitely worth grabbing! Questions I Asked John Before we jump into your new book, The Complete Software Developer's Career Guide, can you share your story with the listeners? Was there one specific thing or incident that brought on this shift for you in your business? From software developer to performance coach? How did you step into 'act as if'? Pulling in the mindset and self-development into the software development space isn't common. How did the book come about? Were there any epiphanies or things that have come out of writing the book that surprised you? Are you running paid traffic to promote the book? You're producing a LOT of content, how big is your team?   What You're Going to Learn How John went from a shy kid to software development to performance coach What book kept showing up in John's life that changed everything How John multi-purposed his blog posts into the book (and how you can too) How John used the Pomodoro timer to get the book written How John marketed the book What John means by 'Unmortgage Your Life" Where to Connect with John Website | YouTube | Twitter Links from this episode The Complete Software Developer's Career Guide Book Simple Programmer Think & Grow Rich As A Man Thinketh Psycho-Cybernetics  

Content Snare: End The Content Gathering Nightmare with James Rose WPCP: 156

Jul 14, 2017 50:24


Content Snare is the product every web dev person has been waiting for. I know, I know, that's a big claim. But ask anyone who has ever done a website for a client... I don't care if it's an individual or an agency, getting content from clients is a pain in the arse! Projects can go on way longer than necessary and before you know it, you've got yourself into work debt (basically you start feeling like you're working for free because the project just keeps going on and on and on...). With Content Snare it doesn't have to. I had the good fortune of connecting with James Rose, one of the founders of Content Snare a while back for the podcast and am SO glad I did! Not just because they're solving a huge problem in this space but because he's a great guy. There are some amazing things happening in the WordPress space that makes it so much easier for freelancers or agencies to work more efficiently (and be more profitable). I'm really excited to share Content Snare with you guys. Questions I Asked James Before we get into Content Snare, can you share a little bit about your business and what you've been doing before launching Content Snare? I'm a huge fan of content and the power of good content marketing. Why do you think clients struggle so much with content? I'm sure there are a ton of reasons you guys created Content Snare but was there a moment or something that happened that made you guys say "we need to create a solution to this problem?" Tell us about the journey to Content Snare. How did you decide which features to include? Have there been any requests that you guys hadn't thought of? What are the plans for Content Snare this year? Your company overall? What You're Going to Learn How they came up with the idea for Content Snare How having conversations with designers gave them the validation they needed to start What they did to double their email list in only 3 days when promoting Content Snare What features will be included in the MVP (version 0) Who Content Snare was built for (but I see so many possibilities with it) What future features they'd like to include Where to Connect with James & Content Snare Website | Facebook | Twitter  

Social Campaigns Done For You with Benjamin Dell of Missinglettr WPCP: 155

Jul 8, 2017 48:15


Social Campaigns on automation sounded like a little more hype than I was interested in, but after a friend told me I should take a look at it I did. And I was HOOKED. Everyone knows I'm a user and fan of CoSchedule, so part of me thought, "do I really need another social tool?" When it's Missinglettr, the answer is yes. I do need another social tool. I did a quick review and post of Missinglettr when I signed up. As soon as I signed up I knew I wanted to talk with Benjamin Dell, the founder of Missingletter. Before we get into the interview, let me give you the quick overview of what Missinglettr is and does. First, it pulls your content into the platform (Missinglettr is a web app, not a WordPress plugin). You can edit your settings so that as soon as you hit publish on your site it's automatically pulled into Missinglettr. Then Missinglettr goes to work behind the scenes creating a social campaign for you. I've set it so that as soon as the campaign is ready I get a notification from Missinglettr that my "campaign is ready". This is where the magic happens. You log into your account and can now preview your campaign. The first step is to review the recommended hashtags. Missinglettr will pull these from your content but you can edit, delete, or add new ones (I tend to edit this every time). Once you've approved your hashtags, the next step is to review the campaign that was created for you. The image below shows you how many campaigns that have been created and are ready for review: Once you select the campaign to review you'll get the messages that Missinglettr has created for you (there are 9 pieces of content that are scheduled to go out over the next year. And you get to edit them so it's not the same message going out over and over): Once you edit and approve your messages then you're done! You get to go about your business and let your content go to your social networks on auto pilot. O.K., let's jump into the interview. Questions I Asked Ben As much as I'd love to dive straight into Missinglettr, I'd love to hear your story and what lead you to develop Missinglettr. Can you explain what Missinglettr is? What gave you the idea? How long was it from idea to MVP? I love your blog strategy (they use contributing bloggers). What made you decide to approach your blog this way? How have you guys been marketing Missinglettr? What You're Going to Learn What the development roadmap was for Missinglettr What current features exist What social networks are connected to Missinglettr (note: at the time of the recording, Facebook wasn't connected. It is now) When the calendar view is coming How they're going to incorporate more images and more compatibility with WordPress Where to Connect Website | Facebook | Twitter  

Build the Machine First: Strategic Business Growth for Non-Douchey People WPCP: 154

Jun 30, 2017 56:54


Build the Machine First. I literally just heard that on a webinar (podcast?) from Shane Melaugh of Thrive Themes (they're launching a new podcast called Active Growth, so naturally I wanted to listen in for their launch. I love their products & content. They're also brilliant at conversions & growth). I've followed the content on Thrive Themes as soon as I became a customer. It's one of the very few product sites I read regularly (they do content around using their products as well as online marketing strategies). One of my most favorite things that Thrive Themes does is break things down, step-by-step. Which was no doubt why Shane said to "build the machine first." Before we get into building the machine, I wanted to talk about a few things I see going on in the online marketing space and what it means for us. Buh-bye Bullsh*t Obviously, there will always be the ding dongs out there who make huge income claims or get caught up in the 'make money teaching how to make money' space, but they won't last long. During a recent podcast interview, I had with Troy Dean he reminded me of something I think most of us who have been online for a while forget... "there are literally hundreds of thousands of people discovering WordPres for the first time every day"... think about that for a minute. And it doesn't have to be WordPress. Whatever it is you do, there are tons of people out there who are just discovering what you do and would love to learn more. At the same time, there are tons of people out there who hit the web running with enthusiasm for finding their "thing" and find the douchey marketers first. Then they get frustrated because they've invested thousands of dollars, hundreds of hours (quite possibly thousands of hours as well) and haven't made a penny. They own more information products than they know what to do with, haven't completed most of them (side note: plenty of these products may very well be great products, but most are rarely a 'one size fits all' solution), and are on total overload. I wish nothing more for people to understand that creating a profitable online business takes work, commitment, and time. Can it happen faster than an offline business? Totally. In terms of speed, that depends on you. Although it's not how quickly you do things... it's how consistently you do things. As much as I try not to give energy to regrets, I truly wish I had gotten this lesson earlier. I wish I had trusted what felt right in my gut when I was building my business and had the strength to put blinders on when I came across shiny objects or lifestyle images. Not because everything was bullsh*t, but because they were simply distractions. Every time I went in a different direction (and losing site of the fundamentals), it delayed the results I wanted. Think about it... Let's say you decide you want to paint your house (or simply a room for that matter). What happens if start painting one wall, then go to Pinterest and start looking at other paint colors. You see something that appears to look better so you go get a different color and start over. Then you do this 10 more times. You NEVER see the end result. You never get the full picture for what the color would look like on the house or in the room because you never complete the job. Let's say you do finish the paint job... Unless you're having a party or inviting people over you'll never get the 'wow! Love the paint color you chose!' Of course, you painted the room for you, but the validation still feels good, right? Can you imagine going through this process over and over and over again? At some point you'd just pick a color... any color, because you'd be so sick of painting that you would just want it DONE. This is what happens in business when you keep jumping from one thing to the next (note: there is also a time for letting things go before they're finished as well,

Talking Beaver Themer, Community And Growth with Robby McCullough WPCP: 153

Jun 24, 2017 54:08


Beaver Themer was the initial reason I asked Robby to come back on the podcast (of course representing the Beaver Builder team). This was my second 'three-peat' guest on the podcast and I couldn't be happier that Robby McCullough joined me to represent Beaver Builder for the third time on the show. Needless to say, we talked about Beaver Themer, but we also talked about the amazing year and journey that the Beaver Builder team (and company) has gone through. I couldn't be happier for them, their success and the amazing community that has grown from one simple idea. The simple idea to streamline the site building process. Questions I Asked Robby Congratulations on the 3 Year Birthday of Beaver Builder! Super exciting! What's changed for you guys since the first interview we did? Can we talk a little bit about the partnership with GoDaddy? How did that come about? The Beaver Builder Community is pretty amazing, how does that make you guys feel to see such a strong community that has grown from your product? How many downloads have you guys had of both plugins (the free & premium)? Let's talk Beaver Themer. Can you explain to the listeners what Beaver Themer is? What are the best uses for Beaver Themer? How long was Beaver Themer in the making? Next is the new UI for Beaver Builder, when is that coming out? What You're Going to Learn Why the Beaver Builder team started with a premium product and then released a free version The changes they made to the plugin specifically to incorporate it into the GoDaddy on-boarding process How the Beaver Builder Facebook community was started (shout out to Dave Toomey) What the Beaver Builder team thinks about the third party ecosystem that has evolved from their product Who they've followed for inspiration to grow their support and ecosystem What Robby's thoughts are on pricing in the WordPress space How they've grown with the team What's coming with the Builder 2.0 Where to Connect with Beaver Builder Website | Facebook Group | Twitter Links from this episode Beaver Builder Beaver Themer Beaver Lodge PowerPack for Beaver Builder Ultimate Beaver Addons Beaver Builder Swag Store

Personalized Marketing and Checking Your Mindset WPCP: 152

Jun 16, 2017 49:56


I'm totally going to date myself here... but as soon as I wrote 'Let's Get Personal' in the post title the song "Let's Get Physical" by Olivia Newton-John popped into my head and has been stuck on loop. Although I will say that I was still in elementary school when this song came out (trying to hold on to as much of my youth as I can I guess). I've gotten a wee bit obsessed with where things are headed in terms of personalization in marketing. I'm sure I would have dipped my toes in eventually, but as soon as we started working on LeadSurveys and what we wanted it to do, down the rabbit hole I went. I'll talk a little more about LeadSurveys in a minute, but let's talk about personalization. There are a few terms you're probably familiar with when it comes to personalization. You've seen people use custom fields or merge tags in email marketing (ex: Hi {first_name} and it automatically inserts your first name into the body of the email, or whatever name you gave them when you signed up in the first name field. ;- )). No doubt you've experienced some of this when you're online shopping and next thing you know you see ads everywhere for a product you were looking at a few days prior. This is the magic of retargeting.   It might feel a little creepy (Lord knows all of our action online is creating data for someone), but it's also making sure you only see ads for things you're interested in (note: I'm not saying you will only see ads for things you're interested in. It depends on how many ads are on a site you're looking at and the type of advertising the site owner is using). Things are going to get a lot more personal. I've mentioned in a few of my recent emails that I'm moving from Active Campaign to Drip. I've been really happy with Active Campaign but as I started digging into more automation I realized that Drip has way more potential with their features than Active Campaign does. I also read a great article by Andre' Chaperon where he explained in full detail the power of Drip and he more or less convinced me. I definitely have plenty to learn with Drip, but that's O.K., I'm in this for the long haul. Taking the time to set up these automations and send the right message to the right people at the right time will be golden. Here are a few of the things you're going to see more of when it comes to personalization: What does all this mean for you? You don't have to change everything you're doing, but you should start preparing for these options. The first thing I would recommend you do is to make sure you're using an ESP (email service provider) that has the power to do all of this (obviously my recommendation is Drip). If you're using an ESP that doesn't allow tagging or segmenting, then you should move to one that will does this now and start segmenting your subscribers. I recently wrote on post in more depth over at LeadSurveys that will explain where to start with this. Read 'Segmenting Subscribers: Why You Need to and Where to Start' I cannot recommend ENOUGH that you should NOT jump into every element of this at once. If all of this is new to you then you should simply start by planning and get the basics set up. Begin by segmenting your subscribers and deciding what the customer journey (or path) is going to be. You don't need to start building crazy funnels with upsells, downsells, etc. Start collecting emails and segmenting subscribers. That's step 1. How I'm doing all this... I've got the basics set up. I have a tagging framework that makes sense to me and follow-up sequences for each. The next step will be a more in-depth sequence with triggers built into the sequences. My challenge will be managing all of this while doing my daily emails. I love doing the daily emails and won't be changing that anytime soon, so I need to figure out the best way to use both without people being sick of hearing from me.

Talking WordPress & ProBeaver with Davinder Singh Kainth WPCP: 151

Jun 11, 2017 39:37


I've mentioned how much I love the Beaver Builder community a few times now (on top of loving Beaver Builder in general), Davinder is the perfect example of why this community is so awesome. I've had the good fortune of getting to know Davinder this past year and he never ceases to amaze me with how much he produces (and this is just the stuff we get to see... he has client work too. He's brilliant at producing and creating). One thing Davinder does better than anyone else I've seen is aggregate content. His site, ProBeaver does this for all things Beaver Builder. Anytime I have someone who wants information on Beaver Builder I send them to ProBeaver. He's also recently launched another site,, which yep, brings you WordPress news daily!   Questions I Asked Davinder Before we talk about ProBeaver, what were you doing before launching this site? What made you decide to go all in with Beaver Builder? Creating a niche site around one specific tool in WordPress is a great idea. I’m a huge fan of niching down within WordPress… any recommendations for someone who might be interested in doing something similar? I also believe that content marketing is one of the best ways to grow your audience and build affiliate income. You create the weekly ProBeaver post and email about all things BB. How much time do you spend on aggregating the content? You just recently released the Beaver Builder Resource guide. I noticed you did a pay what you want model (or free download). What made you decide to go this route instead of a paid ebook? I’m assuming you’re an affiliate (hoping) for everything you support and recommend. What has worked well for you in promoting affiliate products? What’s coming for ProBeaver? What You're Going to Learn How Davinder launched ProBeaver without any specific plan or strategy How sharing and documenting helped grow ProBeaver How Davinder used Dropbox to help create ProBeaver Why the Beaver Builder Facebook group is Davinder's favorite Facebook group... ever What Davinder thinks about some of the managed WordPress hosting options (and which ones serve beginners) What Davinder has been working on (and how you can get more news from him daily) Where to Connect with Davinder ProBeaver Website | Facebook | Twitter  

Podcasting Lessons on Business & Life After 150 Episodes WPCP: 150

Jun 3, 2017 56:19


Thank you to my sponsor, LiquidWeb, for sponsoring this episode. I’ve been thinking about this milestone episode for a while now. I knew I was coming up on episode 150 and wanted to make sure it was a solo show so I could do a recap of what podcasting has done for myself and my business. I should be beyond episode 150 at this point (I had a few periods in the first couple of years where I had breaks in the show, unfortunately) but I’m here and it’s time to celebrate. I’ll be doing a live stream a few days after this episode goes live with some giveaways for my audience (you have to attend live to get the giveaways), so be sure to like my Facebook page and pay attention to the events!  Moving onto my Business & Life Lessons   Confidence I’ve always considered myself a pretty confident person, but it took a lot longer to get over the imposter syndrome in my business than I ever thought it would. For the first 5 years, I really struggled with “who I am to teach this, or talk about this” (this being WordPress) because I wasn’t a coder or programmer. Eventually, I took a strong stance from that place. I wasn’t a coder or programmer, but I had built a business around WordPress because of my love of WordPress. Plain and simple. As I figured things out I would share them. Simple, not rocket science, right? Yet for some reason, the simplest things aren't always the easiest things. I've said this many times and it bears repeating for this episode. I launched the podcast simply because I wanted to have more fun. I had zero expectations nor did I have a strategy. I just wanted to bring more of 'me' into my business and have fun while I did it (I was pretty deep in the thick of client work during this time and really feel like I needed something that was mine). The more I showed up as myself, the more the podcast grew. What I was saying was resonating with people and the feedback was beyond encouraging. Choosing to 'show up', be me, interview interesting people and let the rest work itself out was the best thing I could have done. Had I waited until I had a strategy for the podcast I can guarantee you it wouldn't have launched when it did. Podcasts weren't new, but there were far less at the time than there are today. Doing the podcast gave me the confidence I needed in my business to really show up. Connections & Relationships As much fun as I have doing the show, the connections, and relationships that have come out of the podcast is without a doubt the biggest gift of them all. It's so easy to get caught up in our businesses and just getting the work done. Sometimes taking the time to connect with people feels like a luxury or something we fit in after the work is done. Having the podcast has sort of 'forced' me to keep connecting with people and extend my relationships. You can scale your business on your own, but it's a lot more fun and happens much quicker when you have people to share it with and support you along the way. And at the end of the day, the podcast is a way to use the platform I've built to share someone else's message (or product or service). It's a genuine give for my guest and my audience. I truly feel giddy when I think about the people who have become friends simply by connecting through the podcast. They've made a difference in my life whether it was business advice, a good laugh or helping me to see something from a different perspective. It makes me feel like a little kid when I think about how many more awesome people I have yet to connect with.   Sh*t Happens... and it's O.K We've heard all the inspirational sayings like, "Fail hard, fail fast"... "It doesn't matter what happens to us, what matters is how we handle it." "If it doesn't challenge you, it won't change you." You get the point. The challenge when you're going through something like this is that it can feel overwhelming, frustrating, and lonely.

Troy Dean, WP Elevation and Why Mindset Matters WPCP: 149

May 28, 2017 53:02


Thanks to my awesome web host, LiquidWeb, for sponsoring the podcast. This is one of my first official '3-peat' guests on the show, and I couldn't be more excited to have my friend, Troy Dean back on the podcast. Getting to know Troy the last few years has been nothing but inspiring. I won't get into a bunch of mushiness over Troy today, but suffice it to say I have a ton of respect for who he is and what he's created in his business (and life). We talked a lot about WP Elevation on this episode but we also went in a direction I hadn't expected. We got into mindset, abundance, and beliefs. I already thought the world of Troy so it was fun to see where our philosophies lined up in this space as well. In many ways, I feel like I'm finally getting how all of this really fits together. And when I say 'all of this', I mean how what goes on in our head impacts our business (and that you can't really separate the two). Troy also shared some very exciting news on the show... he's going to be a Dad! Very soon! I think he's about a month out from the due date as this airs. I'm super excited for Troy & his wife (I had the pleasure of meeting her when they were on their California tour last summer).   Questions I Asked Troy You've had a busy year since you were on the show last (almost a year ago exactly). Let's do a quick update for the listeners first. I want to talk about the WordPress Business space a little bit (how things are changing, acquisitions, etc.). Not to assume you have a crystal ball, but where do you think things are headed? You’ve changed your business model quite a bit since our first interview. Can you share a little bit of your journey over the last three years and what’s brought you to where you are? Let’s shift directions a bit to the small business owner / solopreneur. One thing I’ve been on a little bit of a rant about over the last couple of years is pricing, particularly in the WordPress space. I know you talk about this a lot in WP Elevation. And of course I assume everyone listening is familiar with WP Elevation, but for the listeners who aren’t familiar, can you explain what WP Elevation is? How can people get more leverage out of the work they’re already doing? Who is WP Elevation for? What You're Going to Learn Why Troy shifted from a membership model to a course model for WP Elevation How WP Elevation created the foundation for Rockstar Empires Troy's thoughts on the space of WordPress Businesses What Troy listens to that inspires him to keep challenging himself How creating processes for their staff creates what they teach for the customers & students How people are discovering WordPress every day, and what that means for business Why Troy believes in an abundant universe Troy's prediction for SaaS & the role with WordPress Where to Connect with Troy Website | Facebook | Twitter  

Ready to Write? Online Book Summit with Jesse Krieger WPCP: 148

May 19, 2017 52:23


This episode is sponsored by my awesome web host, LiquidWeb. I've wanted to write a book for a while now. My guess is that many of you have thought of writing a book too, but the thought of it seems a little overwhelming or you're not sure where to start. The first time I thought of writing a book was probably a couple years into my business when I had gotten to the other side of some very difficult times in my life. I was (and still am), in awe of all the possibilities the internet provides. As someone who has been an avid reader my entire life (and spent 10 years in the book industry), the stories of inspiration and hope drive me the most (and yes, I love a good novel too). This is why we love the 'hero's journey', isn't it? As entrepreneur's, we all feel that "call to adventure" (the first step in the hero's journey, thank you, Joseph Campbell). Which is also why I was excited to talk to Jesse Krieger, of Entrepreneur's Press. Jesse's own story is full of adventure, challenges, and opportunities. Which all led him to create his publishing company that helps entrepreneurs get their message out to the world through publishing their own books.   Before you jump into the interview, make sure to sign up for the free online book summit: Sign up for the online book summit here Questions I Asked Jesse Before we get into the publishing side of your business, you have a fascinating background! Can you share your journey from musician, to USB store owner to Lifestyle Entrepreneurs Press (before you published your first book)? Let’s talk about your first book, Lifestyle Entrepreneur. What was it about and how did it come about? When did you decide to go all in with helping entrepreneurs become published authors? I'm sure a lot of people would like to write a book but think they don’t have it in them or aren’t sure about whether it’s worth the time and energy. What are your thoughts? I spent 10 years in the book industry and am a huge reader… there are books on every topic imaginable. How do you guide clients who think their market wouldn’t really be served by a book? What are some of the benefits of having a book? I would assume that the promotion is as important as the production. What should someone know about the promotion side of things? What You're Going to Learn How Jesse's career as a musician led him to Southeast Asia How he got his first book published in Malaysia The difference between the publishing world in Asia and the U.S. and what his book tour was like How he launched his company, Lifestyle Entrepreneurs Press How you can write a book, even if you're not sure where to start The different ways you can get your book written How to join Jesse's free online book summit Where to Connect with Jesse Website | Twitter | Facebook  

SEO for Growth with Phil Singleton WPCP: 147

May 12, 2017 59:59


Thank you to my sponsor and awesome web host, LiquidWeb for sponsoring this episode. I wish I could tell you that SEO was something I got excited about. For me, it's one of those necessary evils. Over the years I've gotten better at it (although I'm still not a fan of keyword research... also a necessary evil, but all worth the time and effort) and can see the results of my efforts. All of that was before I connected with Phil Singleton, one of the authors of SEO for Growth. Phil got me to think of SEO in a whole new way. Mainly because he believes that SEO isn't simply the tactics that have been used. It's the bigger picture. SEO for Growth incorporates content marketing and social media (and we all know how I feel about content, don't we?). I could have talked to Phil for hours... not only is he a great guest with a ton of energy, he's like this massive wealth of knowledge. You're definitely going to want to take notes or at least download the transcripts (you can grab them at the end of the post, I've got an opt-in for you to get them). Questions I Asked Phil First, you’ve had a pretty fascinating career that led to your SEO path. Can you share that journey with the listeners? Since we can’t cover the entire book in an hour (and want people to buy the book anyways), there are a few things I picked out that I thought would be most helpful for my audience. A little basic question, but can you explain inbound marketing? You talk about why 99% of websites fail. Are there a couple common things you see a lot of people doing? Can you help me get over my hatred of keyword research? Are there a couple tips or best practices you can share about link building? I know I personally don’t have a solid strategy for this because I’m not exactly sure where to start. How does social media tie in with SEO? I’m a huge fan of creating, producing content. I still see so many people struggle with this. Any advice?   What You're Going to Learn How working overseas and learning Mandarin led Phil towards entrepreneurship and owning his own agency Why Phil thinks podcasting is one of the most over-looked opportunities for SEO Phil's opinion on guest posting (hint: it's not dead and is still a great way to build quality links) Why web designers have a huge opportunity right now How to leverage relationships and influencers for SEO and traffic How they used influencers to amplify the book marketing How social media works with SEO (despite what Google says or doesn't say) Get SEO for Growth  Where to Connect with Phil Website | Facebook | Twitter Links from this episode SEO for Growth website Chief Marketing Officers at Work - Josh Steimle Anne Handley   

ValiusWP For Your WordPress Site Support – Interview with Steven Kaufman WPCP: 146

May 6, 2017 43:44


Thanks to LiquidWeb for sponsoring this episode of The WordPress Chick Podcast After years of having a team for development, I knew it was time to get some help to speed up my site. I'd done plenty of things on my own (caching, CDN, deleting plugins, etc.), but the truth is this isn't my wheelhouse. And I had zero desire to learn how to do these things. Since I've been publishing a lot more content and putting a conscious effort into driving traffic to my site I knew I needed to optimize it. I also wanted someone to go through things that may have been done quickly as opposed to correctly and clean up things (this sounds so ambiguous as I'm writing it, but trust me, I had a plan). The first thing I thought was that I would go to WPCurve. Then realized I couldn't... when I wanted to sign up they weren't taking new customers due to the recent acquisition by GoDaddy. Hmm... fortunately, I happen to be in a private Facebook Group and someone had posted a request for a review of their site, ValiusWP. I don't remember exactly what the question about their site was but when I saw that they offered WordPress support I went instantly over to the site (talk about the power of sharing in Facebook Groups, right?).   I signed up for the plan that included site optimization. Hallelujah! My site speed increased by a couple seconds... WOOHOO! Each week I get a website care report that lists: Massive peace of mind. Their support is amazing (during normal business hours I get a response in less than 15 min? Usually sooner). I knew I wanted to have them on the podcast to spread the word (I've already referred a couple friends). If you're considering looking for support for your site (unlimited small jobs), look no further. Questions I Asked Steven What were you & Kolby (his business partner) doing before launching WP Valius? Where did the name come from? How did you and Kolby connect? What made you decide to launch a subscription model support company? What are some of the common things people request help for? I signed up for the site optimization and LOVE it. What are the biggest issues you see with site optimization? How's the growth and marketing for the company going? What You're Going to Learn How quickly they got up and running with their support model How they approached pricing How big their team is Some of the most common issues people have What defines a 'small job' (unlimited 3o minute tasks) Which plugins they use (they have a basic plugin library) How you can get started with ValiusWP Where to Connect with Steven & ValiusWP Website | Twitter | Facebook  

The Hype Has Worn Out Its Welcome & A Few Predictions WPCP: 145

Apr 29, 2017 59:02


This episode is sponsored by LiquidWeb... Managed WordPress Hosting Done Right (my words). One of my favorite non-fiction books of all time is 'The Obstacle is The Way" by Ryan Holiday. Last year he released "Ego is the Enemy", which comes as a close second. What do I love so much about these books? The stories. True stories. Of people who have come before us, faced adversity, lived by their convictions, and stood for something. Having been born in San Francisco (a 5th generation) and raised a 49er fan, it didn't come as much of a surprise when Ryan referenced the late, great Bill Walsh. I'm not about to start spewing NFL statistics, but I don't think there are many people that would argue if I said Bill Walsh was one of the game's greatest coaches. Of all time. Here's why Ryan Holiday was so influenced by Bill Walsh's book, The Score Takes Care of Itself. "Walsh took the 49ers from the worst team in football to the Super Bowl in less than 3 years. How? Not with a grand vision or pure ambition, but with what he called the Standard of Performance. That is: How to practice. How to dress. How to hold the ball. Where to be on a play down the very inch. Which skills mattered for each position. How much effort to give. By upholding these standards—whatever they happen to be for your chosen craft—success will take care of itself." -Ryan Holiday (from his post, Books to Base Your Life On) What do these books have to do with online marketing? Everything.   When you hear the term 'internet marketing' does your mind automatically go to images of young guys posing in front of Ferrari's, mansions, yachts, and all their friends living the 'laptop lifestyle'? Yea. Me too. Before I come off like a complete hypocrite, I will say that I bought into the 'laptop lifestyle' for a bit. When I was part of the mastermind for a couple years I thought that meant you were successful. It was almost as though if you were showing your fabulous lifestyle then you weren't successful. No one told me I needed to buy into this, I went willingly. Why? Because I didn't trust myself. I didn't trust that how I wanted to live my life, what type of business I wanted and getting there on my own terms was enough. I had some success, but it wasn't sustainable. I was spending a lot of money in hopes of making a lot of money. It was exhausting. I had some amazing experiences, met some wonderful people and learned a lot. It was because of the mastermind that I started paid traffic (Facebook ads). I also learned how I didn't want to run my business. I also learned how I didn't want to run my business. After a very busy 2015, I needed to take a break. Regroup. I realized with all the travel I did for business in 2015 I didn't feel energized. I felt drained (none of the trips were restful or a vacation). Which is why it's refreshing to see the 'laptop lifestyle' on its way out. I was talking with a friend last week who is involved in Facebook advertising and she said that the ads that used to work on Facebook (flashy cars, expensive lifestyle) are no longer working. Can I get an AMEN?!   I love that the push for a certain lifestyle has worn out it's welcome. I think we've all grown weary of what we see online... the pictures that show the fabulous life, the perfect family, the amazing trips, etc. Not that those things don't deserve to be celebrated because they do. When you work hard for something you absolutely should celebrate it. But those are moments, not our lives. And it's vitally important that we learn to keep those moments in perspective. If the 'amazing' moments carry so much weight in our lives how do we feel when we're not living in a constant state of awesomeness? Do we appreciate the day to day goodness in our lives? Or are we constantly in a state of never being happy with where we are. I know that's exactly what happened for me.

Profitable Projects – My Interview with Brent Weaver of Ugurus WPCP: 144

Apr 22, 2017 51:34


This episode is sponsored by my awesome web host, LiquidWeb I think at some point many web developers are posed with the question of growing their business into an agency or staying on the solo path (even if you have a team, you may choose to stay small). I waffled with this for a long time. You guys have heard me say over and over again that it had never been my intention to build websites. I fell in love with WordPress, started playing around with it and the next thing I knew I was bartering a website in exchange to having some tile done in my house. At the time, it was a win-win. Looking back sometimes I wonder if it was choosing the wrong fork in the road, but I guess that's how we learn, right? Fast forward to a few years after that first project and I had hired a developer and a designer. The only problem with doing this was that I never really learned to properly price my projects. A couple years after having hired the developer and designer I had a project manager and an outsourcing company (other WordPress site builders, like myself, were using my developers and designers). At the time it seemed like a smart decision. It was great cash flow and didn't require much on my end. It did, however, give me a much higher overhead than I ever wanted and all of the sudden I felt trapped.   The good news is if you really love what you're doing and have a passion for building websites, you can learn how to scale your business into an agency with larger projects that are much more profitable than the freelancing only route. That's what Brent Weaver of Ugurus learned. Brent got into website building at a young age, continued doing so with a good friend (still his business partner), learned a lot of the mistakes we all make along the way, then figured out how to scale his business the right way. Questions I Asked Brent Before we get into Ugurus, what were you doing before you launched the company? What brought you to creating Ugurus? (Why did you start the company?) When you launched Ugurus, was the Bootcamp your first product? What are some of the things that get in the way of people creating an agency (moving from freelancer or solo entrepreneur to agency owner) When I was looking at the 10 weeks of the bootcamp, one of the things that stood out to me was in week 4, the anatomy of the $10k project: Discover why you need to transition how you present yourself. I noticed a huge difference once I scaled my team and it wasn't just me. Any tips you can share without giving away your course? Are there common characteristics you find that make someone a good agency owner (vs. staying a freelancer)? When should someone consider expanding their team? When's the next Bootcamp? What You're Going to Learn What Brent was doing in Australia for 6 months and how he realized cubicle life wasn't for him How he and his partner almost ran their business into the ground When it's good to have office space (what are the 'right reasons') How investing in mentoring and coaches shifted the business (and created a business they could sell after 12 years) When Brent realized there was something to the teaching and training he was doing (hint: he was creating content) What the first Ugurus course was How they've built their team of coaches What courses Ugurus offers Like Brent mentioned in the episode, you can get access to their Web Design Sales kit! Just click the button below to get free access! Where to Connect with Brent Website | Twitter | Facebook    

PowerPack for Beaver Builder – Behind the Scenes with Puneet Sahalot WPCP: 143

Apr 15, 2017 33:21


This episode is sponsored by my awesome web host, LiquidWeb It's no doubt that I'm a huge fan of Beaver Builder page builder for WordPress. Because of how awesome Beaver Builder is, there are a lot of great 3rd party products being developed. One of my favorite products is PowerPack by WPBeaverAddons. PowerPack takes Beaver Builder to a whole new level with a massive collection of additional modules and templates. Needless to say, PowerPack is a staple now for me with any site I'm working on (which is pretty much only my own projects at this point, but it's definitely a staple). I had connected with the founder of PowerPack, Puneet Sahalot, through the amazing Beaver Builder community a while ago and knew I wanted to have him on the show. I was excited to talk to Puneet because they came on the scene pretty quickly and have made a huge mark in the Beaver Builder community. I'm constantly amazed at what they give to the community (they also have their own free Facebook group) as well as offering great tutorials and content on their blog.   Questions I Asked Puneet Before we get into all the awesomeness that is PowerPack, tell us about IdeaBox and the history behind your company. How did you get into Beaver Builder? What made you decide to go all in with the Beaver Builder add-on modules? The Beaver Builder community is certainly an amazing community online. You guys have really embraced the community and become a part of that. How has the journey with PowerPack been? How do you and your team decide which modules to start with and how do you decide which features to add? How are you guys marketing PowerPack? What's coming this year for you and your team? What You're Going to Learn How they launched PowerPack in a short period of time and gained massive traction How they came up with their pricing model What other plugins Puneet and his team have created How they're using free plugins to build their audience Which form builders they created custom modules for first How their Facebook group drives which features and modules they work on first How many modules they launched PowerPack with   Where to Connect with Puneet Website | Facebook Group | Twitter  

Lead Generation and List Building: My Latest Obsession WPCP: 142

Apr 8, 2017 53:36


Thanks to my podcast sponsor, Liquid Web, for sponsoring The WPChick Podcast!   I know that lead generation and list building are nothing new but hang in there with me. We're going to go in a little different direction with this and a lot of it might be new to you (or you might be aware of it but haven't implemented it... yet). My goal with this episode is to get you to look at lead generation and list building from a different perspective, not just something that internet marketers push because "the money is in the list"... because let's face it, in this case, quantity doesn't count as much as quality. I was recently reading a post by Matthew Woodward where he deleted over 40k subscribers from his mailing list. FORTY THOUSAND! (if you want to read the full post, click through to Matthew's blog here) First of all, kudos to him for doing that. My last purge was over 1000 people, and that was painful. I can't imagine deleting 42k subscribers. However, he just saved himself a ton of money by getting rid of people who were not responsive. Anyone who hasn't opened your email in the past 6 months probably needs to go. Plain and simple.   Let's start with the missing piece of the puzzle to all of this. There is a correct way to build a list and an incorrect way to build a list. The problem is that you don't know it's incorrect until after the fact (at least I didn't). And let me say that doing something is always going to be better than doing nothing. I will confess that I haven't ever purchased a list building course (at least not to my recollection... 9 years in it's quite possible there is something sitting on a hard drive somewhere that promised me wealth through list building). Not because there weren't plenty of opportunities, but quite frankly, none of them seemed all that appealing to me. Most seemed to focus on the basics: I know that's probably over-simplifying it a bit, but you get the picture. I'm sure there are courses or people out there who get much deeper into this stuff, but for the most part, it seems like so much of this stuff is assumed. Marketers assume you know how to do this or are already doing it. Take ClickFunnels as an example. As a ClickFunnels customer, you can share funnels and import other people's funnels. All great. But if you don't have the foundation set up to manage your new subscribers it's a lot of energy for nothing. Because the magic starts happening in the background with automation. Some of the things that have to be set up in the background are things like: Correct lists and segmentation Tagging framework (if your autoresponder company uses this) Tracking code on your website Follow up sequence UTM links for tracking (any links in your follow up sequence) Offer at the end And none of this includes how you choose to communicate and email your subscribers once they've gone through whatever initial email sequence they signed up for.   Where I Started Aweber was one of the first email marketing companies I used and it was great for what I was doing at the time. Aweber didn't have tagging options when I was with them (as of this writing they still don't have options for tagging. There is the ability to create segments but I don't know enough about that to talk about it here). For a long time, I stuck with simply using lists to segment even after I left Aweber. Once I moved to another platform (probably one of my first times with Infusionsoft), I started tagging people as well (even though I wasn't doing much with the tags). My first task was to go into Active Campaign and clean up my lists and then tags. Like I do with everything else, I started with the end in mind. I mapped out the monetization model for WPChick. From there, I had to take a look at my lists (and any corresponding follow-up sequences) and see if they made sense.

Content Planning & Creating, with Lance Jones of Airstory WPCP: 141

Apr 1, 2017 56:50


This episode is sponsored by LiquidWeb, my awesome Managed WordPress host Anytime I hear about anything that will help me with my content creation and planning I get excited. Plus, you know me and how much I love new tools. I do have a confession to make, though, I haven't spent as much time as I want to in Airstory. As I've been streamlining things in my business I've started spending more time 'cleaning' things up. So right now everything is a process. It doesn't make a ton of sense to jump into new things before I've made space for them. My initial interest in Airstory was because of needing to create a content strategy for LeadSurveys (still working on that one). I came across Airstory through Producthunt and as soon as I saw who was behind the app (Joanna Wiebe & Lance Jones of Copyhackers), I knew it was something I wanted to try. Who would be better at putting together an app for organizing content and writing than a writer?   I'll definitely do a follow-up post with how I'm using Airstory and what is working for me (truth: this might take a little longer since I'm approaching my content from a different perspective. In other words, taking more time to create more in-depth content. I'll still produce some quick posts when the mood strikes me, but I want to go deeper most of the time). Let's jump into the interview Questions I Asked Lance Before we get into Airstory, your partner in business and life is Joanna Wiebe and you two are the brains behind Copyhackers. For those who aren't familiar with Copyhackers, can you share what the site is about and what you guys do? Let's jump into Airstory. Can you explain what Airstory is? What made you guys decided to create a SaaS product? Can you share what the process was like for building Airstory? You guys did a beta run of the app before it launched to the public on February 2nd. How did you determine the length of the beta? Let's talk pricing. Something that seems to be a little all over the place with SaaS products. How did you decide on the pricing model for Airstory? What's the plan for the remainder of this year? What You're Going to Learn How they went about starting a web app (and why they didn't go with a WordPress plugin) How long it took to go from idea to beta release (and how changing developers was the right move) What type of feedback their users have been giving What features people use most in Airstory How Airstory is being compared to Google Docs The roll that cards and drag and drop functionality play in Airstory What integrations and extensions make Airstory so easy to use Where to Connect with Lance, Joanna and Airstory Airstory | Facebook | Twitter    

Learn WordPress Development with WPShout WPCP: 140

Mar 25, 2017 60:28


This episode is sponsored by my web host, Liquid Web. I know, I know. You guys might be surprised that I'm sharing a way for you to Learn WordPress Development (if you've listened to the podcast intro and my "no boring code snippets here", then you know why I say this), but when I connect with great people doing awesome things, it's easy to step outside my comfort zone a little. That's what happened when I had the opportunity to speak with Alex Denning, Fred Meyer, and David Hayes of WP Shout. Fortunately, we didn't get too heavy into development speak. But we did talk about their in-depth course for anyone who wants to learn WordPress Development (and I'm going to give you a spoiler alert here, but I told them I thought the course was way underpriced. #justsayin).   Questions I Asked Alex, Fred & David There are 3 of you that run the site WP Shout, but before we get into that, share your background (and the background of your partners if you want), with the listeners? When was WPShout founded? How did that come about? WPShout is focused primarily on developers. What made you guys decide to focus on that space? How have you guys monetized the site? Do you also have client projects? How have you grown your audience? Tell us about your course, Up & Running. Is this your first course? Where can people find out more about your course? What You're Going to Learn How WPShout evolved How they took their client work and started creating content with what they were doing When they first launched Up & Running (and what they've done to make the second version even better than the first one) How they came up with the pricing for Up & Running (and why I think it's underpriced, hint: get it this round) Up & Running is open now through March 31st. The guys at WPShout have agreed to give my listeners a 20% discount! Use the discount code WPCHICK at checkout. Sign Up for Up & Running Today Where to Connect with WPShout Website | Twitter | Facebook  

You Need to Get Comfortable Selling WPCP: 139

Mar 18, 2017 51:45


This episode is sponsored by my new web host, LiquidWeb It's time we had a heart to heart. About Selling. And why you need to Get Comfortable Selling. In the past month or so I've come across this topic via conversations with people or through social media conversations (particularly in Facebook groups). We need to start looking at the real issues with online marketing and why business do or don't succeed... because for some reason this seems to be as mysterious as the Bermuda triangle. When in fact, it's SIMPLE. (notice I didn't say easy). The bottom line is that we (I'm certainly not exempt from this) over-complicate things and get bored doing the things that we can't see immediate results from. Let's start with Getting Bored The easiest way to do this is to give you some examples. I was thinking about all of the different people I've worked with over the years (for websites) and nothing was more frustrating than seeing people get caught up in the peripherals. The things on the outside/edge of their business that really don't matter or make the slightest bit of difference to the bottom line. Do your logo and colors matter? Sure. But not enough to tweak 287 times. The same is true for your products and services. I lost track of how many people spent hours and hours agonizing over the most niggly of crap but never spent the time to hit 'publish' on one single blog post. Yep, you heard me correctly. They'd spend all this time (and money) on a website they never officially 'launched' to the world. They sat waiting for things to happen (their idea of 'work' was paying to have a website created). Here's an example of what I'm talking about. Years ago (this was probably 5 years ago?) I had a client that I was building a website for. She was working with an internet marketing coach who was telling her what she needed in terms of things on her site and tools she needed to buy. This coach told her to invest in Infusionsoft (which she did) and to put together her 'packages' for her programs and what she was going to sell. So far, so good, right? WRONG. First, the coach had zero traffic strategy for getting traffic to her own website. She was still using the 'uncategorized' category in WordPress and had ZERO... I mean ZERO SEO going on in her site. Let me ask you a question. What good is an email list or packages to sell if no-one sees what you're doing?!?! (or knows you exist). Six months after we were finished working together there was still ZERO new content or anything happening on her site. Nothing new had been written. She didn't have a paid traffic strategy so she was getting zero sign-ups. Of course she was still investing in the 'coach' and other high-ticket programs, people, and events. You can buy all the courses you want. Have at it. But unless you start rolling up your sleeves and implementing, nothing is going to happen. Other than a big credit card bill and stress. Stress will rear it's ugly head in all kinds of ways.  You'll doubt yourself, feel resentment that other people seem to be 'making it' and here you are working all these hours but can't get ahead of it (or you do start making more money but your expenses increase right along with your profit). It's time to focus folks. I get it, no one wants to hear that they have to stay focused. That they need to show up and do the work. MAKE something. CREATE something. Then get eyeballs on it. Share it, email about it, ask for feedback. My preaching on this topic comes from my own painful experience of not sharing, promoting and selling sooner. This really isn't rocket science. Over-Complicating Things So apparently it's conference season. Funnel Hacking Live just wrapped up a week or two ago (ClickFunnels annual event) and this week Digital Marketer's annual Traffic and Conversion summit (T&C) wrapped up.

Daily Email Works. Period. Interview with Ben Settle WPCP: 138

Mar 11, 2017 52:48


Ben Settle is the reason I started my daily emails (er, almost daily emails). I don't remember where I initially came across Ben Settle, but you guys have heard me talk about him enough to know that following his method of daily emailing is one of the best things I've done for my business. I was a subscriber of Ben's for about a year before I became a customer. Ben sells a monthly physical newsletter called Email Players (as well as a few other products and books). To say I look forward to getting my Email Players every month would be an understatement. I don't know if it's the little kid in me or what, but I love getting that physical newsletter in my mailbox. I guess I'm probably a little old school as well because I still like holding something physical from time to time (as opposed to just a digital version). Tactics vs. Strategies This was one of those things I needed to learn through experience. It's also something I see soooo many people doing with their online businesses. I think it might be a right of passage or part of the process, but if you want to cut your learning curve down by years then stop chasing something you think will be 'it' for you. A course, a guru, a tactic or a platform. None of these things alone will give you the business you want. You might have a quick win or a little success with one of these tactics, but taking the time to really learn and understand direct response marketing (good copy, conversions, content, sales) will create a compound effect. This was what Ben did for me. First, he made receiving email fun again. No, he didn't add a new "you've got mail" ping to my inbox. He provided entertaining copy that made me want to open his emails. Once I started reading (consuming) the emails regularly I realized I was also learning a ton in the process. Ben was doing something I hadn't seen anyone else do. He was selling in every single email. And I still wanted to open them, every day. I didn't get offended by his selling, I just kept reading until I was ready to buy (which remember, it was a full year before I jumped in). I've gotten more validation, more engagement, and more responses to what I'm doing since implementing El Benbo's methods (this is how he refers to himself from time to time) than I ever have before. The best part? I'm having more fun in my business than I ever have. Literally, like EVER. O.K., let's jump into the interview. Questions I Asked Ben Let's talk email. Can you talk about the daily email philosophy and why it works so well? What are the biggest objections you hear from people about emailing daily? Why do you think people freak out so much about selling daily as well? This probably isn't a surprise to the audience, but you do things a little different. You don't worry about open rates, click through rates or any of the stuff that so many marketing 'guru's' preach about. Why don't these things matter (like we think they do?)? You don't seem to do a lot of marketing for your brand (in terms of ads, webinars, JV's, etc.), yet you have a very successful business. How do you market your business? What do you tell someone who doesn't have something to sell yet? What You're Going to Learn What Weng Chun Kung Fu has in common with email marketing The concept of being 'un O.K.' How to listen correctly to your subscribers and sell them what they want, even if they don't know what that is Why Ben has renamed the internet troll 'Lennox' The real reason people aren't clicking the links in your emails The roll timing plays in your emails (not the time of day you send them, but the timing in the lives of your subscribers) I have to tell you that I had just as much fun listening to this interview as I did when I recorded it. Here's my suggestion to you when it comes to daily email. Step into it in a way that works for you. If you're currently emailing once a week,

Easily Simplify Your Business & The Tools I’m Crazy Excited About Right Now WPCP: 137

Mar 4, 2017 58:52


There was a time when simplifying my business felt like giving up. What is it about our culture (at least western culture), that we can't shake the 'no pain no gain' mentality? Why does it feel like things have to be hard to be worth anything? Fortunately, those days are behind me. Now I feel like I've won the time lottery (it exists in my head, just go with it). I was talking with a friend recently and I realized how everything I've done in my business has brought me to exactly where I am now and it feels so right. Let's take a brief stroll down memory lane and we can look at all the iterations of my business. I've come full circle to what it is I really wanted to do (and this path has prepared me to step into this next phase). I've mentioned a bunch of times that my intention when I started my business was to be an information marketer. I had zero technical skills, no idea about creating websites and had only played with All I knew was that I was fascinated by online business and knew I had to make it work. I needed to work for myself and pretty much committed to never going back to retail management again (we won't talk about my stint in real estate or insurance, because... yawn). I'd had my fair share of attempts at other businesses: MLM (my guess is a LOT of entrepreneurs have been down this path at one time or another) Contract recruiting for retail Physical retail scrapbook store Loan & Real Estate agent Insurance agent Dang. Makes me tired thinking of everything that went into each of those ventures. Especially the real estate and loan agents, because again, they were a little dry for me (and I am SO not good at being at anyone's beck and call). Once I connected with this whole online business thing it was like coming home. I couldn't get enough of it. I was consuming as much information as I could, with a bunch of words I had zero understanding of but it clicked (pun intended). I KNEW it was possible. Fast forward 9 years and here are the different paths I've been down that have brought me to exactly where I am today (I can't really give you a definitive timeline, but know that it started in 2008 and has brought me to 2017) Up until 2017 I was still offering websites for clients: Long story short, I've come back to to the fundamentals of what I wanted to do in the first place. Is it easier for me now than it would have been even 5 years ago? Absolutely. I have an audience and I know so much more. I'm not weighed down by the challenges of making the technology fit. However, I will tell you that I had I stayed the course of doing what I knew I was supposed to keep doing (i.e., not getting sidetracked by shiny things) my business would probably be in a different place today. That's not a judgment, simply reminding you of the role you play in getting to where you want to go. I also know I'm much more confident in my abilities and how I want to run my business today than I was 5 years ago. As much as I like having a nice income from my business, the freedom to enjoy the fruits of my labor has to be there too. And it wasn't. I had created a business that had more overhead (salaries) than I had ever wanted and I felt like I was in a constant state of chasing something. The big launch, the big lifestyle, the big high-ticket offer, the big 'whatever the latest guru is preaching' thing.... Before you start thinking I'm anti the big lifestyle (or however that may come across), at the end of the day I'm not anti-anything except for what doesn't work for ME. I had some amazing experiences but I'm not driven but flashy stuff. The houses, cars, planes, watches... none of it gets me excited. Don't get me wrong, I like nice things, but I'm way more inspired by experiences (travel) and freedom. But I found myself feeling like I needed to keep up with a lot of that and have all kinds of funnels, strategies, campaigns,

Nightmare Clients and Growing Your Business with Erin Flynn WPCP: 136

Feb 25, 2017 54:02


Erin Flynn has mastered something we've ALL encountered at one time or another... how to deal with nightmare clients. Not only does she help you grow your freelance business but how about how to handle those clients that make you want to quit what you're doing? (Kinda makes you want to send her a virtual hug already, doesn't it?). I was fortunate to connect to Erin through a mutual friend, Curtis McHale (who I had on the podcast a couple months ago). Erin does a lot more than just help you deal with nightmare clients (although of course, that was one of the things I had to delve deeper into. We've ALL been there and have that crazy story of working with someone that made our lives a living hell). Erin has built up her own business (design and websites) and is growing it through a membership program (which she has a free membership also) and courses. I love it. Erin has been involved in web design since she was 13 and building Sailor Moon fan sites (the beauty of growing up with technology, huh?). After college, she went out and got a job (like we're all 'supposed' to do) and ended up hating it. She hated it so much that she literally just quit one day (something I know many people would love to be able to do). Fortunately, she's figured out the freelancing space and is sharing her knowledge and skills with other people so you can avoid some of the mistakes she's made. She's now transitioning to an agency and has tons of training available to help you grow your business and position yourself as an expert. Questions I Asked Erin I always want to know what led someone down the entrepreneurial path. Have you always worked for yourself? What brought you here? What is your current business? You have courses & workshops, did you start with services? Let's talk about Nightmare Clients. What made you decide to offer help with this? I love the "screen, prevent, fire"... can you explain what that is? You also have a membership for growing your business. Can you share a little bit about the Unstoppable Expedition? What would you recommend to someone who wants to start a membership? What's on the horizon for you this year? What You're Going to Learn How Erin approaches everything in her business How a conversation on Twitter turned into a community on Facebook How her communication skills led to her first product that sold a few hundred right out the gate Why positioning yourself as the expert is key when starting a new project Why Erin thinks you should work with a couple nightmare clients (hint: boundaries) Where to Connect with Erin Website | Twitter | Facebook

Continuing the Conversation About LeadSurveys with Gordan Orlic WPCP: 135

Feb 20, 2017 1:05:33


This week I continued my conversation with Gordan Orlic, my partner with LeadSurveys. Like I said in the podcast last week, this has been a massive education for me (what that I'm loving) and each step of the way gets me more and more excited about LeadSurveys. This week I wanted to talk about all the pieces that have had to come together, such as servers, payment gateways, payment processors, etc. This will probably open your eyes a bit to how this all works when it comes to the tools and apps you use in your own business. We also talked about the branding and marketing, how that's evolving and our "Name the Fox" contest! Yes, we have an awesome mascot that is a fox, but she needs a name. Here's the full conversation with Gordan (transcripts): Kim: [00:00:25] Hey what's up everybody. Welcome to the second official conversations of Kim. This is part 2 from last week. Listen to the conversation with Gordon Orlic and I am we are talking about lead surveys and and how that all started. We're going to pick up that conversation today because we have a lot that we did not cover. Gordon what's up. Thanks for being here. Gordan: [00:00:46] Hey thank you for having me again. Kim: [00:00:50] Everybody after after last week I'm putting the transcripts in and realizing we talked a lot. That was a lot of words that was fun. So today we're going to go over. I think we're going to start with the direction of getting started. So for everybody who didn't listen last week I'd recommend going back and listening to how Leadsurveys came about. The idea of it. You know what we started looking at the different the different tools that we looked at but just what we wanted to do to differentiate lead surveys from other things in the market why we wanted to do this. All that good stuff. So that's all in last week's episode. So let's kind of start with the next step which would be what needs to come together in terms of the different pieces. And obviously this most of this is going to in your Gordan. But there was a lot this has been such an education for me. But all of the things that needed to come together before we could even we meaning you get into coding and I'll talk about the content and marketing and stuff so the different things that we had a look at Kim: [00:01:58] We're obviously merchant accounts but the processing of recurring payments in this space is different than say just a membership right. So what did you need to look at Gordon to get that. And can you share where we ended up. Gordan: [00:02:12] Yeah sure. Gordan: [00:02:13] So in essence today it's infinitely more easier to take money from people legally obviously than it was five years ago. Gordan: [00:02:28] You have Paypal and stripe and all of these different card processors. And just by glancing at things you would think that you can have things set up in five minutes. So just click click next next. Open an account give them your bank account number and you can start receiving payments. And that is true. Gordan: [00:02:53] However as with anything in life if you have certain demands if you have certain things that you know that you need then all of a sudden you don't have 22 things available to you. You have maybe one or two. And even with those two you're going to have to make some compromises for us. One of the main things we decided from the get go is that we wanted to accept both paypal and credit cards. Gordan: [00:03:25] So just by having those requirements you have cut off a lot of different possibilities. For instance a lot of companies that offer a processing of payments you Stripe. Stripe only accepts credit cards. So for us that would mean that we have to have two systems one system based on stripe to accept credit cards and another system where payment to Paypal sorry to accept paypal payments. So is that doable. Obviously it's doable but then we have two systems. Double the maintenance double the cost double the processing ...

The Story Behind LeadSurveys – Part 1 WPCP: 134

Feb 11, 2017 1:02:51


The Story Behind LeadSurveys is my first official "Conversations with Kim" episode. These are going to be a little different than my normal interviews (and obviously won't be solo shows). It's a more organic conversation about a topic as opposed to interviewing someone about their business. Kim: [00:00:25] Hey what's up everybody. Welcome to the official first conversations with Kim WordPress Chick podcast episode. I don't know how I'm going to word this or or flow with it so bear with me. This is sort of a new test but this really came about specifically because of this project I'm doing and having some conversations with friends where I'm like I just want to have a little bit more organic flow to to some of the things that I want to talk about that a relative obviously to online marketing to our businesses whether it's mindset, product development, you know Course creation content whatever. So let me know what you guys think. I would love some feedback today though. We're going to do a little deep dive with something that I'm working on and today I have Gordan Orlic. Gordan you rock. Thanks for being here. Gordan: [00:01:13] You're welcome. A pleasure to be here. Kim: [00:01:16] All right. So for everybody listening if you've not heard this I had Gordon on the show and it was mid-year last year going into summer and it was of course summer summer summer ish. OK. So Gordon runs what factory owners say factory Ltd dotcom and they are software developers and I'm going to link to that episode. But what I want to do is we're going to fast forward. Gordon and I he had he had asked me they do a lot of white labeling of Wordpress plugins and software and had said oh do you have any ideas and I had no idea we were kind of working on playing with it and I just couldn't get super excited it was a WordPress plugin so. But Gordon has been ridiculously patient with me and I don't know Gordon. Have you seen the difference between my excitement for lead surveys and the first project. Gordan: [00:02:04] Oh definitely. Definitely yeah. It didn't sound like a bad project. I still don't think it's a bad project but this one is better. Kim: [00:02:14] I agree and you know it's funny because I had a couple of people that I talked to about the first project were like when is it coming in. Like well. It's on the backburner for now. So this came about because of a massive frustration and I should probably tell everybody we're talking about I know which is a web app. And so Gordon and I you know we stayed in touch you know about the project and then one day I was like. So what about a webapp. So before we get into lead surveys and everything that's going on behind it because this has been a massive learning curve for me and you know for everybody listening if you've ever thought about software development you're going to want to take notes or I'll put the transcripts in the post because I feel like I've got like I'm in kindergarten. Like writing to Gordon. Well what about this and how do we do this and it's kind of a rabbit hole but it's been awesome. Kim: [00:03:12] So Gordon prior to this had you guys done webapps I'm so sorry for forgetting that but had you guys some web apps before. Gordan: [00:03:21] We only did one. which was a what's called a semi web app because it was still basically a repressed plugin but the part of it was plucked out in order to keep the code safe. So you still needed the WordPress plugin but I'd say some of the calculations were done on a centralized server. In order for it to be hidden from you know praying eyes.So some sort of a mix between a WordPress plugin and a SaaS. Kim: [00:03:54] Well and how many plugins? Kim: [00:03:57] I always tell people I'm like 30 plus. And I don't know how many white label things you guys have done. Gordan: [00:04:01] No it's its boards border lining 1000. Kim: [00:04:05] Oh my lord. Gordan: [00:04:07] No no it's seriously huge amou...

Demio: A Webinar Platform to Love with David Abrams WPCP: 133

Feb 6, 2017 47:29


It's been a long time since I've run a webinar. For years I had a subscription to GoToWebinar and would run webinars every now and then. It's probably not a huge surprise that I enjoy hosting webinars... it's kind of like podcasting while sharing your screen (a little crude description, but you get my point). I've taken my fair share of courses on webinars and have hired someone specifically to help me with my webinars. I got a little frustrated running webinars because so many people would register and not attend, even though I know it's pretty much a standard to have about 30% attendance rate. Needless to say, I finally cancelled my account with GoToWebinar because I was paying for something I wasn't using. Since then I've tried a handful of other webinar platforms, most run on Google hangouts. I'm not a fan of Google hangouts and the delay. I know this technology is just going to keep getting better, but I couldn't ever get excited about using the platform (I think I have 3 different webinar platforms that run off of Google hangouts... I went as far as setting up test webinars, trying the platform but never promoting it). Hence my lack of webinars the past couple years. Until now. Enter Demio. Holy moly. I watched the Demio launch and thought about jumping in but knew I wouldn't be running any webinars anytime soon (mistake on my part... it was a lifetime price, I wish I had jumped in). What brought me back to taking another look at Demio was after watching a virtual summit on launching a SaaS product (a little bit of an obsession for me lately with LeadSurveys coming). I registered for one of Demio's webinars and knew it was time to get back into webinars. I reached out to David Abrams, one of the founders of Demio, for a podcast interview and the rest as they say, is history. Questions I Asked David  Before we talk about Demio, what were you & your partner doing before launching this? How did you and your partner connect to create Demio? Explain to the listeners what Demio is? What made you decide to 'take on' the webinar space? I watched your interview for the virtual summit for The Foundation. You guys spent a lot of time and money on this project. What were some of the challenges you faced? How did you guys decide on the pricing for Demio? What would you recommend to someone who wants to launch a SaaS? What You're Going to Learn What software the Demio team was working on when they decided to pivot and go all in with Demio The technology that Demio runs on and how it works right within your browser What features Demio launched with Why they decided to keep the UI clean and streamlined How the launch as been for Demio and what is working to get the word out Why Demio is going with 'like live' webinars instead of webinars that seem like they're live, but include fake registrations and chat (something they're against) What's coming for Demio in 2017 Connect with Demio Website | Twitter

Course Creation, A Little Rant & An Effortless Start to 2017 WPCP: 132

Jan 28, 2017 1:04:30


Course Creation does NOT have to be difficult. I know that's saying a lot, but there are simpler ways to go about creating courses that won't leave you feeling like you need a PhD to get it launched. But before we get into course creation, I've got a little bit of a rant today. This is what happens when you have a platform and an awesome audience that goes along the journey with you. Every now and then your audience may get more than they bargained for. My Little Rant I've had some interesting experiences lately and something has become glaringly apparent to me. On one hand, things are shifting and changing massively in this space (I'll get more into that in a minute). On the other hand, people are people. No matter what we do when there are people involved there's going to be a certain amount of psychological factors that come into play with any interaction. Especially when you bring money into the equation. We all have our own money story and we bring it with us to every interaction. What I don't understand is how people think starting an online business isn't going to take WORK. Is it simply that they've read great copy? Bought amazing products? The promise of riches? Probably a combination of all of the above. But I've got news for people who 'buy' into this.... First, there's nothing wrong with you. You're human. I don't know anyone who loves the idea of having to put in hours and hours of work in hopes of it paying off. There's no crystal ball. You can work your arse off and still not make a penny. Trust me, I've been there and done it. When that happens you have to look at the type of work you're doing. There are so many ways you can keep yourself busy 'doing work', but let's be honest. We both know what is and isn't going to pay the bills. Spending hours, weeks or months planning and preparing things isn't work. It's procrastination. At some point you have to make an offer. Oh... and of course you need people to make that offer to. It's better to start building a list of subscribers and potential customers from DAY ONE than to wait until something is perfect. Don't have a lead magnet? Google how to create one. Make a list of TEN things you can offer as a lead magnet. Close Facebook, close Gmail, turn your phone off and open a word doc. Start writing. Start recording. MAKE something of value you can give in exchange for someone's name and email address. This is only hard because you're making it hard. You've made a decision somewhere along the line that you don't have something that can help someone else. That's bullshit. EVERY single one of us has experiences, stories, lessons, hacks, tips, tricks.... whatever. Simply share something that made your life easier and you feel will provide value to your audience. Don't have an audience? Define who you want them to be. Don't tell me you don't know who. Google 'how to create a customer avatar'. It's not 1990 folks. Stop waiting for someone to come in and do the work for you. You guys know how I feel about 'Hustle'.... and I still live by #FtheHustle. But being sick of all the hype around the 'hustle and grind' movement does not mean I don't do the work. Stop looking outside of yourself for answers. Creating a real business online takes time, energy, effort, work, investment, consistency, and initiative. It has never been easier to get a business started. But no one is going to do it for you. End rant. Let's move onto Course Creation I've created a handful of courses over the last 8+ years. And I can tell you without a doubt that I always made it WAY more difficult than it had to be. I did the exact same thing many of you have probably done. I mapped it out, had all kinds of cool branding and graphics created, planned the how and when, decided on the platform, started creating content. Then when all was said and done, I'd launch it (offer it once or twice is more like it)...

Niching Down with Nate Wright – Theme of The Crop WPCP: 131

Jan 24, 2017 48:24


Building a business with WordPress can feel a little challenging at times. As websites become more of a commodity it can feel a little like an uphill battle when you build websites with WordPress (and is personally one of the reasons I'm not doing service work anymore). I've said for a long time that I still believe there are great opportunities in the WordPress space to build a solid, profitable business. But it's going to look different than it did a few years ago. With more people 'building' WordPress websites (I use the term 'builder' instead of developer because there are so many tools available to make this process easier that you really don't have to be a developer to build sites for people anymore), it's imperative that you carve out your own niche within this market. If you're a 'builder' or developer, I still think the documentation space is wide open. There are plenty of things you can create training and content around that can provide a great income, provided you stick with it and market it consistently (there's the magic word, right? It's all about consistency). Today's guest has done just that with his business. He's picked a niche within this space and has created products (themes and plugins) that are specific to one niche. The Restaurant & Bar space. Nate Wright of Theme of the Crop joined me to talk about how he's niched down within WordPress and where he's headed. Questions I Asked Nate Before we get into Theme of The Crop, what brought you here? What were you doing before you launched this? Can you explain to the listeners what Theme of The Crop is and what differentiates your themes and plugins from everyone else? What made you decide to focus on restaurants, cafe's and bars? What was it like to take on something like online reservations when there are companies out there like Open Table who are established in that space? How do you market your business? What would you recommend to someone who wants to niche down in the WordPress space the way you've done? What's coming this year for Theme of the Crop? What You're Going to Learn How Nate's job as a journalist helped him realize what he didn't like doing How rejection through a popular theme marketplace drove him to build his own shop How long it took Nate to sell his first theme (and why he stuck with it) Who Nate's target audience is... and why it's not simply 'any restaurant' owner (he's drilled even deeper into his niche) How he's used the plugin repository to grow his premium plugins Why Nate is focusing more on content and marketing Where to Connect with Nate Website | Twitter  

Repurposing Your Content with Hani Mourra & His New Platform WPCP: 130

Jan 14, 2017 54:00


No matter what you do to repurpose your content, there's always more you can do. I know, that might sound a little depressing or overwhelming (how much more can you possibly do, right?), but the good news is that there is a lot of automation happening in this space and tools that are coming out to streamline this process. Which is why I was super excited to have Hani Mourra back on the podcast this week. If you haven't listened to my previous episode with Hani, you can listen to that here. Hani is the creator of the Simple Podcast Press plugin as well as a couple other WordPress plugins. Hani has launched a new SaaS platform called Repurpose does exactly what you think it would do, it repurposes your content. Not all of your content, but for those of you who create audio and video content, you're going to want to jump into this as soon as possible. Repurpose is currently by invitation only, but not from the exclusive sense. The first founders will get access in February (yes, I'm super excited to be one of those founders). Hani wants to make sure everything is working smoothly and the initial adopters are up and running (smart process). Questions I asked Hani What have you been up to since our last interview? (we had to catch up a little bit) For the listeners who may not be familiar with you, can you share a little about your business and what your WordPress plugins are? Let's talk about What made you decide to launch a web app for this as opposed to a WordPress plugin? How has creating this product differed from creating a WordPress plugin? How did you decide on pricing for your platform? Can you explain what is? Where can people find out more about What You're Going to Learn Why Hani decided to go with a web app as opposed to a WordPress plugin How he's decided which features to launch Repurpose with Why he considers Repurpose a platform as opposed to a web app Which integrations Repurpose will launch with Why Hani considers himself an 'automation freak' When you can get access to (and where) To say I'm excited about would be an understatement. I have always loved repurposing content, this just gives me a way to automate it and measure which channels give me the best ROI. Where to Connect with Hani Facebook | Twitter | *Transcripts coming soon*

2016 Year in Review & Why I’m So Excited About 2017 WPCP: 128

Dec 31, 2016 1:02:23


I've been thinking a lot about how to approach my 2016 Year in Review episode. Like many other people, this year has felt particularly long. I'm going to go out on a limb and guess that this was a record year for celebrity deaths and crappy politics. I promise not to go into either, although the celebrity deaths, particularly a couple of the musicians we lost this year reminds you how short life is because their music can take you back to a time and place in your life instantly. Both Prince and George Michael were huge when I was in high school (we had some fun music in the 80's). I lip-synced songs by both musicians at school (one was for a dance and one was at an assembly, in front of the entire school... wasn't shy back then either). All that being said, the last thing I want to do is write about or focus on the negativity... we've all had plenty of that and it's time to turn the page on it. My intention with this episode and post is to look back as objectively as I can, acknowledge what worked, what didn't, and share why I'm so excited about 2017. The easiest way for me to break down 2016 is in chunks... we'll look at each quarter of the year (hopefully I can remember everything worth sharing without having to go back to a calendar). First Quarter of 2016 It's a little crazy when I think about what was happening at the beginning of 2016 and where I was headed (compared to where I am). I had hired Jason Hornung to create a Facebook ad strategy for my 'podcasting done for you' service. We started working together in December of 2015 and in January I flew back to Wisconsin to spend a few days with him and a few other entrepreneurs as we worked through our ad campaigns, strategies, copy, and funnels. The whole enchilada. To say it was an intense (but amazing) few days is an understatement. I learned a TON about Facebook ads in general (and will be going back to his training when I get ready to launch my next campaign), had a very successful campaign (more on that in a minute), and walked away with an education unlike anything else I had experienced. What I mean by that is that is was like a lightbulb finally went off for me after all these years. After having spent the last couple of years in a mastermind (which was a great experience), I understood the value and importance of having a solid foundation and mastery of the fundamentals. I've been talking about this for months (mastering the fundamentals) and will probably continue to talk about it because it's made a HUGE difference. Outcome of Podcast campaign: My investment with Jason wasn't cheap, but it was worth it. It was a $15k investment: they did all the research, created my funnel, ad & worked with me on testing and tweaking. I also spent a couple days in his office with a few other entrepreneurs to dive deep into Facebook advertising. It was really a great experience (a little overwhelming in that there was a LOT of information). My total ad spend before shutting the campaign off was $2500. I got one podcast client ($7k) and ended up with her on a recurring retainer as well (so the campaign itself was paid for). During this time I also signed another podcast client ($6k... the first one included a site makeover and we gave her a discount for being a podcast client), so between those two clients and the retainer I've made my investment back completely. I turned the ads off after a month because it still needed more testing and tweaking (it was converting well, I gained about 900 subscribers in the process) and wanted to step back and evaluate things. During this time I also had website clients I was working with so I felt a little squeezed (hence ending the 'done for you' element of my business). Take away: It is without a doubt worth hiring the right people for mentoring. I got very clear after having worked with Jason that the only type of mentor I would hire was someone who could help me with a tangible piece of my business...

Haters, Self-Promotion, & Lead Generation WPCP: 127

Dec 24, 2016 58:44


After almost 9 years in this business there are some things I think I'll never wrap my head around. One of those things is the 'haters' out there. Those people who get bent out of shape by something that is absolutely NOT worth the energy they expend. Take a look at the screenshot below, which is what spurred this discussion about haters: WHOA! Settle down there tiger... I've been emailing much more frequently than I ever have before (almost daily). I am a customer of Ben Settle's email players and without a doubt this strategy has worked wonders for my business. I've talked about it a bunch of times on the show so I'm not going to go into detail about it here again, but I will tell you that it works. My engagement rate, sales, affiliate sales, social connections... have ALL improved. Here's another response I got to this same method: I received that email a couple months ago. I'm glad I took a screenshot of it. So now I have a choice... I can focus on the first email (whiners or snowflakes, as Ben Settle calls them), or I can focus on the second email. Clearly I'm going to focus on the second email. We all know the line... "haters gonna hate"... I simply cannot fathom getting so worked up about something like an email. Delete it, unsubscribe from it, don't read it... it's NOT a big deal. What these 'haters' don't realize is their pissy behavior says WAY more about them than it does about me (or you). I'm sharing this story for two reasons: The first reason is because it's kind of funny... and well, if you're going to get bent out of shape and email me it's quite possible I'm going to create content with your email. The second reason is to share that this happens to everyone. The more you put yourself out there, the more you share, the more you show up and do your thing the more likely it is that it's going to rub someone the wrong way. Regardless of your intention. Thank them for the content and comic relief, then go about your day. Self-Promotion This is probably one of, if not THE hardest thing I've had to overcome, work on, deal with... in my business. Like... ever. And I'm going to come right out and say that for some reason, unbeknownst to me, this seems to be a common problem for a lot of women. Men don't seem to have as hard of a time with this concept (I know I'm generalizing, but trust me on this, k?). Take my friend Jon Perez as an example... Jon has no problem promoting his stuff, blasting it everywhere and screaming from the rooftops that he's written something, created something, or is selling something. His biggest challenge is having more time to do it all ;-) . Yet somehow with a full-time job, a wife and two small children he manages to grow his business and continue working towards the lifestyle he really wants. I used to write a post, then share it and be done with it. Every now and then I might share it again or respond to a comment, but for the most part, I figured I did my thing and didn't want to 'spam' people. Let's stop and think about this for a minute. What is the likelihood that everyone who follows you or is connected to you on your social platforms is going to see the ONE message you share at that exact moment? Pretty slim to say the least. I shared this in an email yesterday, but let me go into a little more detail with something I did yesterday and the results I've gotten (so far): First, I went to a couple landing pages for current lead magnets I have and added featured images as well as a twitter & Pinterest image (for Social Warfare) Next I scheduled them to be shared a few times with CoSchedule Then I added them to the 'ReQueue' feature in CoSchedule under the category WPChick Landing pages (right now I have 3 categories for ReQueue- content, podcasts & landing pages) Within a couple hours of doing that I had about 7 opt-ins from ONE of the pages (I scheduled the other lead magnet fo...

Running A Business & Marketing Your Niche with Curtis McHale WPCP: 126

Dec 17, 2016 52:25


I have to say that this is the first podcast interview that I've done where we talked about poop. But that's what happens when you talk to a parent of young children (Curtis has young kids)... you just never know where the conversation is going to go. I was pretty excited when Curtis got in touch to be on the podcast. I had subscribed to him sometime in the last year and really loved his writing. Curtis shares his personal journey, lessons learned and doesn't hold back from giving an opinion. That being said, he's also pretty relaxed. Which I'm sure comes from having clear boundaries in his business. We talked about a lot of things (which is why I've included the transcripts below. I'll probably be adding these moving forward, it just depends on time. I'm also thinking of adding time stamps), but one of my most favorite take-aways was the need to set firm boundaries in my business. Curtis does something I've wanted to do for YEARS... he batches his calls on Tuesday. Meaning, Tuesday is the ONLY day he takes and schedules calls. The thought of that makes me feel like I won the time lottery (because somewhere I think that exists... and the beauty of the time lottery is that we're the ones picking the winning numbers. hmm... think there's a blog post in there somewhere). Questions I Asked Curtis Before we get into vetting clients, fill the listeners in on you & your backstory You have an agency & your personal site where you do coaching & work with clients. When did you start doing coaching? When did you realize you needed to get better at vetting clients? Was there a shift or something that occurred in your business that made you put better time & energy into client vetting? When you started your business how were you getting clients? How did the questions that you asked potential clients differentiate you from competitors? What You're Going to Learn How Curtis left a job by telling the owner he'd fire himself Why you don't want to get on the phone too fast How asking better questions up front is key in vetting clients Why telling a client that their idea is bad will gain their trust Why Curtis started batching his calls (hint: it's not rocket science) What his new is about Where to Connect with Curtis Website | Twitter | Book You can click the link below for the full transcript:

Growing Your Audience & Keeping the Faith WPCP: 125

Dec 11, 2016 55:24


Just when you think you've got a grasp on something... a little dose of reality comes in. In this case, it's a good thing. After last weeks episode on winding the year down and with Christmas quickly approaching, I'm starting to really wrap my head around what I want 2017 to look like for me. I'm still going to do a full 'year in review' episode but I want to share some of the things I'm doing as I wind down the year to prepare for next year. Beyond sitting down with my colored pens, planner of choice and BIG ideas. I've been talking a lot about going back to basics and mastering the fundamentals (maybe I can come up with an acronym for that?). The first two areas I've focused on have been copy and email marketing. When it comes to copy, I haven't even gotten into the sales type of copy yet (think sales pages, ads, etc.). I started simply by working on headlines and paying attention to copy. Let's talk about paying attention to copy first. This whole journey of getting interested in copy began at the very beginning of this year when I decided to sign up to work with Jason Hornung's Facebook advertising agency. I connected with Jason through another friend, had him on my podcast and knew I wanted to work with him. I won't go into detail on that experience in this episode (it was great and I'm planning on having Jason back on the show to do a follow up), but I got a bonus education outside of Facebook advertising. I was impressed with Jason's understanding of ad copy, persuasion, the psychology of copy and what drives people. When he got interested in Facebook ads he jumped in with both feet. He studied copy, advertising and direct response marketing. Books that had been around 30+ years... he created a solid foundation for building his own ad agency. Prior to working with Jason I had zero desire to do any type of copy (or get attempt to get decent at it). But when I heard Jason's story, observed what he did to master his craft all of the sudden I had a different respect for the art of copy. So I started studying and practicing. I tend to be someone who baby steps my way into things or I leap like a lunatic. In this case I baby stepped my way into it (but I'm slowly working my way up to a jog). I've focused on practicing headlines this year. For posts, emails and ads (although I haven't run an ad in a while, more on that in another episode). First thing I did was start paying attention to what headlines spoke to me. What about them did I like, what drew me in to want to read more / learn more. Then when I would go to write my post title I would head over to the CoSchedule Headline analyzer (which I've talked about probably more than you've wanted to hear) and start with my first headline. Holy moly were some of them bad. Then it became a game to see what I could come up with and how I could improve the score. Depending on the topic, I'd write 5 or 6 headlines or sometimes I would stick with something clear (and maybe not very exciting) for SEO purposes. Once I had settled on my headline I'd write my post (which believe it or not I spend way more time editing than I used to). After the post is written the next step is to write a couple more headlines (or use a few that I had written in the headline analyzer) and use the Thrive Headline Optimizer to run some split testing. I have yet to have my original headline win one of those tests (pretty interesting, right?). I can guarantee you that 5 years ago I was not spending this much time on headlines or content. Not because I didn't care, but because I didn't really know better. Which brings me to growing your audience. In the recent survey I did with my email subscribers this is what people most wanted to learn from me. I asked the question "If I were to teach a class, which topic would be most interesting to you?" Which made sense since the other topic people wanted help with the most was lead generation.

Your 1 Page Marketing Plan – Interview with Allan Dib WPCP: 124

Dec 6, 2016 34:59


Get New Customers, Make More Money, And Stand Out From The Crowd Anyone who has ever written a business plan (or attempted to), knows it's not a simple process (I had originally written not a 'fun' process, but who knows, maybe this is something you enjoy?). I had to write a formal business plan once. And that was enough. It was when I was getting ready to open a physical retail Scrapbook store with a business partner. We found our location and the property management company wanted a business plan. We had plenty of research, examples of products, scrapbooking in general and we had our appointment set. So I went to the office store and bought a software program to write the business plan (this was way back in 1998... so what was available online pales in comparison to what you can find today). It took me 8 hours to plug through the entire 'fill in the blank' business plan. Of course most of what I projected was just that... projections. I probably could have zipped through the program in a quarter of the time had I known the property management company was just going to 'skim' through the business plan (in fact I probably could have written some of my answers in another language and they wouldn't have noticed... but we'll leave that alone). Which is why I was SUPER excited when I came across the 1 Page Marketing Plan by Allan Dib. Once you listen to how Allan changed his own business through creating a 1 Page Marketing Plan you're going to want to jump in and grab the book. Questions I Asked Allan Before we get into the book, can you share your journey here (what you were doing before you launched your business - how you got into marketing) When did you get into online marketing? Let's talk about your book, The 1-Page Marketing Plan. What inspired you to write the book? I love the tagline of the book... "Get New Customers, Make More Money, And Stand Out From the Crowd"... In the book you talk about "the fastest path to money"... which I love, because there's SO much noise online about passion, etc. , which is important, but it's hard to do that work if you don't have any money. What is the 1-page marketing plan? Let's talk about the wrong type of business plan... can you share a little bit about that with the listeners? (strategy vs. tactics) I'm assuming that a lot of people listening to this show are not large agencies... what is one thing they could start implementing today that would make the biggest difference? What You're Going to Learn How Allan went from being a typical geek to writing a book Why being good at what you do doesn't matter (hint: you have to be able to market yourself) How the process of creating a business plan helps your business Why you need to be comfortable with being in business to make money (as well as follow your passion0 How focusing on marketing changed Allan's business Where to Connect with Allan Website | Twitter | Buy the Book

Winding Down 2016, Getting Ready for 2017 & Much Appreciation WPCP: 123

Nov 25, 2016 45:18


I'll be doing a 'year in review' post after Christmas, but thought this was a perfect time to do an episode on winding the year down, getting ready for 2017 and simply saying Thank You to YOU... my audience. You've made it all possible and have encouraged and inspired me to keep going. To say this past year has been a wild ride would be an understatement. I've gone through some massive changes in my business and personal life (and unfortunately for you I've bared my soul in the process). As challenging as some of it has been, it's also all been so very worth it. Winding Down 2016 It's been a long time since I've looked this forward to a year being over. As I write this I realize the reasons for this are hardly the end of the world, they've just been exhausting. Everyone I love is still healthy and happy, no one has had any major losses in their life and my business is doing well. Making the decision to sell my house was a big one, but I knew it was coming. It just came a couple years sooner than I had expected (I don't intend to stay where I am when my son graduates high school in 2 1/2 years. It's been a great place to raise my kids but it's not where I want to spend the rest of my life). I knew I needed to simplify my life (and my business). It's only my son and I at home now and while my house wasn't huge, it was more than I felt like taking care of (especially the yard, even though I loved my pool). It's still crazy to me when I think about the cost of living in Northern California... (specifically close to the Bay Area), but that's for another conversation. Part of winding down for me is getting all my client projects completely wrapped up as soon as possible. These could probably have been done sooner, but of course I'm the bottleneck (I have done a pretty thorough job of cutting expenses this year, which included my project manager). I'd love to have her work with me again but in a different capacity. As I start planning for 2017 I know that to do what I want to do I'm going to need some help in different areas. I guess it would still be project management but it won't be client projects. They'll be my projects. In order to wind the year down and enjoy the last couple weeks of the year (not working, although I'll probably be doing some work, but again, it will be on my projects. No calls, no new projects) I need to close the books on these projects (and I'm sure my clients want that too). So that's step #1. The next step to really winding the year down is to start getting ready for 2017. I've probably gotten at least a couple emails this week and last about planning for 2017 already. I still haven't decided what that will look like for me, but I have an idea of where I'll start. Planning for 2017 When I look at planning anything I tend to work from the end backwards (which I'm sure most people do... you need to have an end goal, right?). The idea of backwards engineering makes more sense for me than any other method. Before I can decide what I want my next year to look like I have to do a good, hard look at what didn't work this year (and what worked well). I can tell you without a doubt that my biggest take away from 2016, as it relates to my business, has been emailing daily. I've been a fan and customer of Ben Settle's for well over a year (I subscribed to his list for about a year before I became a customer). It took me until August of this year to start stepping into his email methods. I jokingly say that it was my 'almost-daily email' because it took me some time to work up to daily (and I admit it, I still miss a day here and there). The benefits have astounded me to say the least. I'm going to keep talking about the daily email process because it works that well and bears repeating! Not only do I feel my writing has improved (now to work on my speaking... haha... omg. I have to stop saying "like" as if I were a 12 year old),

Managed WordPress Hosting with GoDaddy – Interview with Gabe Mays WPCP: 122

Nov 19, 2016 37:28


Does it seem like there are a plethora of Managed WordPress Hosting options available now? Probably because there is. And I love the fact that GoDaddy has stepped into this space along with everything else they're doing to support the WordPress community. Needless to say I was excited about talking with the person who is part of this movement at GoDaddy and is behind the scenes with one of the absolute best on-boarding processes I've seen when it comes to installing and getting up and running with WordPress. Gabe was a champ and we addressed the 'elephant in the room' so to speak (the elephant that GoDaddy has had a reputation for not being a top hosting choice). I'm a firm believer that regardless of past experiences, when a company makes a concerted effort and improves their products and services it's worth giving them another shot. And can I just say, HOLY MOLY... The efforts by the team at GoDaddy are pretty impressive to say the least. Questions I Asked Gabe: Before we get into all the WordPress & Godaddy awesomeness, can you share how you got into all of this? Apparently you taught yourself how to code while deployed in Afghanistan? Let's address the elephant in the room... GoDaddy has changed a lot (for the better). Before we get into how much has changed and the new WordPress experience you guys are rolling out... what made you guys decide to put more energy into WordPress? Can you share the evolution of WordPress & GoDaddy?  You shared a sneak peek of the new WordPress OnBoarding process for GoDaddy customers... all I can say is wow! It looks fantastic. And I love that you partnered with Beaver Builder (love those guys). Can you explain this new process to the listeners? Plugins: I didn't know you guys had plugins... as in plural. I've used the P3 profiler to test the plugin load on my site. Can you share a little more about your plugins & strategy? Do you have any favorite plugins? What's coming fro WordPress & GoDaddy? What You're Going to Learn: How the change in management at GoDaddy has stepped into the WordPress Managed Hosting space What GoDaddy needed to do fix their reputation What's included in the new on-boarding process New custom themes based on the customers market (ex: if an accountant needs a new site there are accounting themes) Free access to thousands of high quality, royalty free images searchable by category Beaver Builder lite is bundled in the on-boarding process New partnerships coming (Yoast, Ninja Forms & more to come) ... and more features coming to make the initial installation and set up that much easier What GoDaddy does to choose their partners for what comes bundled in the on-boarding process Check out the new GoDaddy on-boarding in the video below:

Planning, Producing and Imperfect Action WPCP: 121

Nov 10, 2016 1:00:41


I've been thinking a lot about processes. My new-found love of the daily email practice (even when my emails aren't daily), has ignited a small fondness for discipline. I say small because the thought of structuring and scheduling my life to the point where everything requires a discipline makes my head hurt (and makes me go into immediate resistance.... don't MAKE me do anything). I'm finding little ways that I can apply this in all areas of my life. For the sake of the podcast though we'll stick with business. Like most entrepreneurs, I enjoy the process of planning and getting excited about the possibilities of what I can do with my business. Taking the time away from the daily tasks often gives us the perspective we need get re-inspired or even clarity on something we've felt stuck on. There's something about changing the routine that feels better (even when we feel like we 'should' be at our desks taking care of the tasks). As much as I like my time to myself, this can be most helpful when doing it with other people (mentor, peers, parters... your dog. Whatever works for you). The extra energy of someone else's excitement and enthusiasm is contagious. They see things you might have missed or can point something out from a totally different perspective that makes you take a second look at something. Then of course there's all the 'stuff' that goes along with planning... pens, calendars, markers (or is that just me), white boards, ideas... lunch with a friend. Kind of like the whipped cream on the sundae, right? Not necessary, but makes it that much sweeter. Here's the problem with planning... You can get STUCK there! (I wish I had some southern phrase or saying about being stuck... somehow it seems like it would just 'fit' here). I've been here myself. Many, many times. I've mapped everything out (I love me some outlines and Gliffy diagrams. I'm not really a mind mapper), created the first few steps then get caught back up in the tasks. Or better yet... I don't get past the first step and get caught back up in the tasks. I'm actually way better at following through on things than I used to be (not a lot of people who know me would say I don't 'get things done', but I make it way more of a chore than it needs to be), but at the end of the day what should get the most attention are the things that can make me MONEY. I'm running a BUSINESS. This isn't a hobby. As much as I love creating content, there needs to be an endpoint, right? (don't go all sideways on me with an altruistic opinion on this... you know what I'm talking about here). I'm going to give you two very specific examples so you can feel like you're getting something tangible and not just joining me for a self-help session (although that could be fun too). Let's look at The WP Chick first. When I decided to change my theme I knew without a shadow of a doubt that my messaging needed to be CLEAR (notice I didn't say clearer, because I can honestly say it wasn't clear at all before). I wanted people to know that when they got to my site they could learn about WordPress and Marketing. I have some re-structuring to do of my content model, but that's more of a 'moving forward' as opposed to going backwards. Meaning, new content that I create should support this model. There are some content pieces I am creating that will be more like cornerstone content (full post on getting started with WordPress, installation, theme, etc. ... because 'duh'... I should have done this years ago) as well as some really in-depth tutorials on certain products (ex: CoSchedule). Then it's a matter of the navigation supporting that direction and having a very detailed 'Start Here' page, clear paths for my visitors and products and services that support that. Oh. And a new, well thought out plan for lead generation (and execution of that plan). Here are the ways I'll be monetizing my brand:

SEO Done Right – My Interview with Rebecca Gill WPCP: 120

Nov 8, 2016 54:27


SEO is something we all know we're supposed to do. So we get the Yoast SEO plugin, name our images with relevant keywords, follow some of the tips from Yoast and aim for the 'green light' from Yoast (I won't get into readability right now, because as I've been testing posting my emails as posts and those never get a decent readability score, but we'll leave that for another conversation). Deciding to re-focus my efforts on a solid content strategy led me back to looking at SEO and what I can do to improve what I'm doing (or simply do it correctly... no shame here, it is what it is). If you're going to take the time to create content, share it and go so far as to do content upgrades (again, that's for another conversation), then isn't it worth it to make sure your content continues to work for you after you've hit publish? Needless to say when I started diving into all of this I knew who I wanted to talk with. Rebecca Gill of Web Savvy Marketing I've been following Rebecca and her team at Web Savvy Marketing (full service agency that also sells their own Genesis child themes) and have had the good fortune of connecting with Rebecca through a mutual friend, Carrie Dils. Not only is Rebecca wicked smart when it comes to SEO but she's pretty fun too (and I've only connected with her through Skype calls. I have no doubt she'd be a blast in person). I'm going to be jumping into Rebecca's DIY SEO Course soon and will be blogging the journey (what I'm learning, data beforehand, etc.). I've been holding off jumping into the course because I know I need to set a certain amount of time aside to implement everything (mind you... the longer I wait the less optimized my site is, right? #assbackwards). Regardless, that will be happening this month (November, 2016). Questions I Asked Rebecca What were you doing before you launched Web Savvy Marketing? Can you share what Web Savvy Marketing is with the listeners? What does your agency do? What made you decide to create a DIY SEO course? We've all heard "SEO is dead"... what's your take on this? If you could recommend people do one thing with SEO, what would that be? You've got an SEO even coming up in January with Cory Miller of iThemes and our lovely friend, Carrie Dils: Is this your first event? What made you decide to host a live event? What's going to be covered? What can people expect? What's coming for you & Web Savvy Marketing in the next year? What You're Going to Learn Why SEO isn't just about getting a 'green dot' on your content (or a green 'Y') Where you should start if you're new to SEO Why SEO & content should be a primary focus for your website What free tools Google gives you and why you should use them ( nothing like a little free data, right?) What SEO can do for conversions on your site and in your business Why you should attend the live SEO event (O.K., this was more me plugging than Rebecca) Where to Connect with Rebecca Website | Twitter | Facebook

My Platform Dilemma, Which Ones I’ve Tried and The Trending Lack of Responsibility WPCP: 119

Oct 29, 2016 51:33


I don't know if this is a distraction or real issue I need to solve. Well... it's probably a little of both. Let me back this up a bit and give you a little 'why' behind this so-called dilemma. I have done my fair share of setting up membership sites with WordPress plugins. I've used most at one time or another but tend to go back to Wishlist because I have a developers license for it (probably not the best reason, but hey, I can be practical once in a while). Last December like much of the rest of the online world I was anticipating the release of "New Kajabi" because I was tired of using different tools and piecing solutions together (we've all been there, right? After you have the website sorted, then you add the membership plugin, set up the payment gateway, connect it to your auto responder, create your landing pages... sheesh. Makes me tired just thinking about it and I know how to do all this stuff). So I jumped in with both feet. Purchasing New Kajabi that is. I had set up a new community (now defunct... I've learned a lot about myself in the past year, but I'll try not to go too sideways with that) and after I got the hang of it things seemed to be O.K., yet for some reason there was a disconnect. Don't get me wrong, it's a beautiful platform...I just found I never really wanted to login and do what needed to be done (and no, I'm not going to hire someone to do that for me). Then I though, I'll move my WordPress Genesis for Beginners course into New Kajabi... start selling that again. Only I didn't. I even moved the Selling with WordPress course Jon Perez and I had done into Kajabi. I still didn't sell it (or promote it). Why? That's the million dollar question, isn't it? Before I get into the mindset issue here, let me share a few of the other platforms and options I've looked at and tested: What is it with Kajabi that I cannot wrap my head around? I don't know... but I'll let you know soon enough because I have a call with them tomorrow. Now that I'm doing these 'daily emails' I'm getting better at posting them as blog posts as well (more on that in a minute). I recently shared something about my decision to NOT renew New Kajabi in December and lo and behold I got an email from someone at Kajabi today asking if I would be up for a chat. They saw I said I was leaving and they wanted to get some feedback and see if they could keep me if it was a possibility. Not too shabby on the customer service side of things if I do say so myself. And here's my two cents on customer service in general: You can ALWAYS find someone who has had a crappy experience with a company and you can ALWAYS find someone who has had an amazing experience with a company (O.K., most of the time. Just play along with me, k?). It's kind of like cars... some people hate a certain brand of car because they had a lemon. You can also find someone who has only bought that brand of car because they've been so reliable. Anytime you have people involved you're going to get a variety of experiences and opinions. This is something you have to decide for yourself. Here's what I'm doing before my call with Kajabi: First, I'm going to go through all their latest updates (they're kind of kicking ass with updates. #justsayin). I'm going to go through the blog (obviously I can't read everything since the call is happening tomorrow), log back into my site and spend some more time with the platform so I come to the call with less than "I don't know what my issue is".... and ideally, get the points of disconnect connected! When I started thinking about the benefits of using Kajabi it's a no-brainer. Everything in one place, I don't need to lay anything out, sales pages, checkout pages... they're all there. It's also ONE place for my customers to login if they've purchased more than one product from me (novel idea. Teachery actually does this too). It will save me $300 a year on Wistia (you get a Wis...

Social Warfare Plugin for WordPress – Interview with Dustin Stout WPCP: 118

Oct 22, 2016 50:49


Social Warfare is one of those plugins that you need to dive a little deeper into so you can understand what makes it different than all the other social sharing plugins. I had actually bought Social Warfare a while ago, had an issue and forgot to go back to it (issue was nothing major). Like many of you I'm sure, I've tried multiple different social media plugins over the years. Not all the social media plugins have the same result (some are for sharing, some are for connecting, some are for data... you get the picture). Part of making the most of any plugin that you use is understanding the bigger picture/ end result. In this case, it's not just about having options for social sharing on your site. It's about understanding how the different social media platforms work, what works better on different social networks and how you can maximize them for connection and results. Not only did I have a great time talking with Dustin, I learned a ton from all of his wisdom and experience. Questions I Asked Dustin Before we get into Social Warfare, can you share your background with the listeners? How did Warfare Plugins come about? Social Warfare is a popular plugin - what made you guys decide another social sharing plugin was needed? What were some of the challenges & struggles in launching a premium plugin company? What would you recommend to someone in this space? What's your business philosophy? What's on the horizon for Warfare Plugins? Wait until you hear the simple thing that made a huge difference with the Pinterest sharing feature in Social Warfare. Initially Dustin wasn't putting too much attention on Pinterest. Until he learned what he needed to do differently with Pinterest. He implemented a few changes that were recommended to him by friends in the social media space and saw a HUGE difference in the traffic from Pinterest. Within 1 month he saw a 300% increase. A year later he saw 1000% increase in his traffic from Pinterest. What I want to point out with this is we're not just talking about shares... we're talking about traffic. Which every website needs. What You're Going to Learn How Social Warfare doesn't slow down your website The biggest issues Dustin wanted to solve with Social Warfare (what made it different) The human psychology behind Social Warfare (and why it works so well) How Dustin became a well known name and trusted authority in social media and content creation Who influenced Dustin and how his own personal journey was the driving force Why Dustin feels every piece of content should be written for one person Where to Connect with Dustin & the Social Warfare Team Website | Facebook  | Twitter Links From this Episode Warfare Plugins Dustn.TV John Saddington Desk App Pomodoro Technique

WordPress Page Builder Elementor – Interview with Ben Pines WPCP: 117

Oct 15, 2016 47:47


Elementor Page Builder is fantastic! Yep... another front-end visual page builder for WordPress has joined the scene (even though it seems like these tools are coming out overnight, I can assure you these take a lot of time to build and test). Personally, I couldn't be happier. Maybe that's because I'm not a developer... many developers are anti-page builders. That's fine. They're not for them. Page builders have been built for users and people who want to get things to market quicker (and more efficiently). Asking a developer to endorse a page builder is like asking a vegetarian to endorse a hamburger. It's an argument that is irrelevant. And now that we got that out of the way, let's jump into Elementor. When I first saw Elementor I was really impressed with it. It has a really smooth UI, tons of features in the free version and is really easy to work with. Needless to say I was excited to have Ben Pines on the show. I'll definitely be doing a full post, review and video on it... but I didn't want to hold up the interview any longer (I have a list of 7 posts to write, so it will be coming soon). Elementor is created by the team at and Ben Pines is the CMO. Questions I asked Ben Fill us in on how you connected with the team at Pojo? Why did you decide to join the team? Visual builders for WordPress are getting much more popular. What made you decide to create Elementor? What makes this different from other visual builders? I'm sure you have this question before, but Elementor is free. How are you guys going to monetize this awesome tool? Where do you see page builders heading? Features of Elementor You're Going to Love Where to find Elementor & Connect with the Team Website | Twitter  | YouTube

How to Be Your Own Case Study & Profit in The Process WPCP: 116

Oct 8, 2016 51:11


The last few months in my business have been interesting to say the least. And by interesting, I mean good. I've been taking consistent small action in a number of areas in my business and the results are paying off. Every day. And I love it. Before we get into 'How to Be Your Own Case Study & Profit in The Process', let me share a little bit of how this all came up. I've been sharing with you guys a little bit about my affiliate journey on this site and on the Freedom Papers Podcast site (which by the way is getting a complete brand makeover, but more on that in another episode. Let me just say that the decision didn't come lightly but it's one we're really excited about). When I made the decision to start shifting away from service work (and by the way, if you're a current client please know that I'm not abandoning anyone. This is more about who I choose to work with and the type of work I choose to do) I had to step back and get clear on what I DID want to do (yes, this is uber obvious, I know). This is the beauty of making changes. It requires you to find a different perspective on things and fortunately, my personal life provided that perspective. The most obvious choice for me was to increase my affiliate income on The WordPress Chick. You've heard me talk about CPA marketing and affiliate marketing with niche sites and through things that aren't related to this brand, but I've calmed down about that. It's still something I'm going to pursue but not right now. Trust me though, there is a method to my madness. I have to admit that as I acknowledge all this it seems so obvious... the problem with obvious is that you have to be in the right frame of mind to see it. And I wasn't. The changes I was going through in my personal life were a little consuming (I'm sure you guys were as sick of my house move as I was). But hey... that's one of the reasons we run our own businesses, right? So we can live our lives too and not have our schedules dictated by what someone else dictates. Now that all of that is behind me and I'm settled in my new place, I feel a fresh excitement and clarity with everything. Yes everything. My business and my personal life. For the sake of not boring you, I'm going to stick with the business side of things today. Let's talk about Being Your Own Case Study When I got into my first big mastermind group the model was: Create a case study, record a video, drive traffic to an opt-in page so the lead can then watch the case study video, then get them to apply for a strategy session where you can offer a high ticket service. Simple enough, right? But what if you don't have any case studies? You go get them. What I did at the time was send an offer to my list stating that I was looking for case studies (I never said it would be free). I got about 8 responses immediately to my email and I set up the calls. Of the people I talked to I got 3 to sign up for a 3-month coaching program so I could get some results. At the time I also had two other coaching clients so I was gaining traction with what I was doing. From there I created my 'case studies', made my case study video and went into promotion mode. This was in late 2013 so Facebook ads were much cheaper, but it worked. From less than an $90 ad spend I made $500 in strategy session calls ( I charged for the appointment) and $10k in coaching clients (this was paid over a 3 month period). The next time I did case studies was for my Influence Podcasting program (done-for-you podcasting). We produced podcasts for 3 different people (show, show notes, website... all of it) at NO charge so we could get this process down. Only one of those people is still doing their podcast but it's worked extremely well for him (he got a $5k coaching client within the first two months directly from the podcast). We built our systems and ironed out the bugs in doing that. The trick with podcasting is that it's a marathon...

Content Upgrades for List Building, Growth & Sales – WPCP: 114

Sep 24, 2016 55:46


This post is brought to you buy Sitelock I've been talking about Content Upgrades for a while now. Not that I'm an expert by any means, but it's definitely a focus and something that I have first hand experience with. And it works. I don't quite remember when I first tested using content upgrades (it was a while ago)... actually, I think it was when I created a PDF for a tool called Reachly (they don't exist anymore) that was for Pinterest. It was the early days of Pinterest and I was using it quite a bit (more for fun than for marketing) and when I came across Reachly (which I think eventually became Pinerly), I fell in love with it. It had a beautiful interface and was super easy to use. I have no idea what inspired me to create the PDF, but I just got caught up in the moment and went to town. I had heard about content upgrades before but hadn't paid too much attention to them. At the time I had an opt-in offer on my site but was not focused on building my list (more on that in a bit). First, let's talk about what a Content Upgrade Is I know... it sounds pretty obvious, but there are a few different schools of thought on the matter. Some might tell you it is only when you provide more/additional content that is relevant to the content the visitor is reading /consuming. For the sake of keeping things simple, I'm going to say a content upgrade is anything that provides additional value to your visitor. Meaning, if you have amazing content that your reader might want to reference in the future, then providing that content in the form of a downloadable PDF is helping them (I don't know about you but I suck at bookmarking things and coming back to them. I just don't want to do it, so instead I save links and rarely go back to them. I know... doesn't make much sense). Keep in mind though if you're going to copy & paste a post into a PDF for easy reference, simply be transparent about it. Don't position the opt-in like they're getting something more. What I've done in the past is something like "If you want to download this post for easy reference click the button below" (or however I've linked to it). Personally I prefer creating something additional to the original content. It gives you more credibility with your audience and creates an asset for you in the process. Content Upgrades aren't just PDFs I think the default for creating a content upgrade is something in the form of a PDF, usually an ebook or guide. Here are a few other options for content upgrades (and yes, I know some of these are in the form of a PDF but think 'not an ebook'): If you're stuck with what type of content to create for your content upgrades (I'm starting to feel like I'm keyword stuffing here with the amount of times I'm using the word content), take a step back and think about what would help you the most. One thing I find most helpful is an actual example of when something has been used or implemented. Take this podcast & post as an example (this literally just came to me as I was writing this). I'll be including some tools and resources for content upgrades below. I could (can?) easily create a downloadable PDF with links to all the tools, a checklist for the process of creating a content upgrade (which may vary depending on what tool you're using) and maybe a video with one of my favorite tools (this could actually be a product to sell.. hmm... maybe I'll just include the checklist ;-) ). I could also include the audio download of the podcast for easy reference (no point in making someone come back and listen to it, right?). How you do this depends on your own personal creative process. There are times when I get ideas out of the blue (when I'm not at the computer) and I'll send myself a note or save a note in my phone so I don't forget it (the joys of getting older), but most of the time my creative juices start flowing when I'm doing the work.

Carrie Dils is Back… Does it Get Any Better? WPCP: 113

Sep 16, 2016 55:34


This episode is sponsored by Sitelock Yes folks, she's back. Holy moly though... a lot has changed with Carrie since she was on the show last (she was episode 7! One of my first guests and I was/am super appreciative of that). Fast forward a few years and knew I needed to have Carrie back on. Her business has exploded (my words) since we spoke last. She's created more products, creates Genesis tutorials for (how awesome is that?), runs the OfficeHours.FM podcast and spent some time working with Crowd Favorite. Oh... and she has added speaker to her list of accomplishments (I haven't had the pleasure of seeing/hearing her speak but I can only imagine it would be awesome). We talked about the disconnect that happens when you want to shift from freelancing to something else. Carrie had some great insight as to why this happens (which tends not to be for one reason only) and of course I had to get a little esoteric with her (I don't know what my obsession with that word is lately). This conversation went in a whole bunch of different directions with this conversation... and let me just tell you... you will be laughing. Carrie is not only uber smart, but she's pretty damn funny (I was laughing throughout the interview and again when writing the show notes). Questions I Asked Carrie Since we last spoke you had gone over to Crowd Favorite and are back working for yourself again. I have a couple questions regarding that shift for you. First, what brought about the decision to work for Crowd Favorite and then what made you decide to go back to working for yourself? When I was on your show last, we talked about changing directions and shifting gears with business. Obviously WordPress isn't going anywhere... where do you see opportunities for people in this space? What do you fee are some challenges with running a profitable business in the WP space? Where do you think the disconnect happens for people who are freelancing and decide they are DONE? Since you've been online for a while, how do you think the landscape has changed and is changing? Where do you want to take your business? Anything you'd go back and tell yourself, say 5 years ago if you wanted to dispel a little wisdom?   What You're Going to Learn  Where the landscape is headed for opportunities in WordPress How to pick your own space within WordPress How funny Carrie is (yes, I thought that was worth adding here) Carrie's thoughts on marketing and where she can step it up How Carrie's podcast, OfficeHours.FM has helped her business The struggle of keeping sponsorship going with a podcast To say I adore Carrie would be an understatement. I'm sure you can tell by listening to this show that it was a ton of fun and Carrie is a wealth of knowledge. Where to Connect with Carrie Website | Podcast | Twitter

The Merrymaker Sisters: Creating a Profitable Business Around Health & Fun WPCP: 112

Sep 9, 2016 51:48


This episode is brought to you by Sitelock If I could bottle up the energy of the Merrymaker Sisters I would do it in a heartbeat. I first discovered Emma & Carla Papas (aka, The Merrymaker Sisters), through Dan Norris. I had a feeling based on their name that they were going to be a blast to talk to  (which they were) and I loved what they were doing. I loved their story of getting out of dieting and how it changed their lives. They made a conscious choice to get off the merry-go-round and eat whole foods, stop pushing themselves at the gym and start enjoying their lives more. Novel idea, right? Their story into finding what was right for them (from a health perspective) really helped them shape their business in the process. Their story truly represents the saying "ignorance is bliss". They simply kept going with what was working and continued to share it. Their business continues to grow (cookbooks... a new book coming out in October! and a private membership). Emma & Carla are a huge inspiration and I know you're going to love the interview. Questions I Asked Carla & Emma Before we get into your business today, can you share what you guys were both doing before launching The Merrymaker Sisters?  I'd love to hear more about your story of getting fed up counting calories & fad diets (amen!)... where did you go to start changing things? When did you decide to take your business online? Explain what your business is all about? Your blog & content seems to be a mix of lifestyle, health and business (which I love). How has that worked with your audience? You also launched a podcast... how's that going? What are some of the ways people can work with you? What's on the horizon for The MerryMaker Sisters? What You're Going to Learn How they went from government jobs to their dream business How they came up with the brand (the name took 5 minutes) but the brand took time to grow. What Merrymaker actually means How they've allowed their interests to evolve and shift their business in the process Why they let their audience change and grow with them What allowed them to stop dieting (stepping into Paleo), feel great and start shifting into a whole food diet How they found a new way of living... and how it created a business Where to connect with The Merrymaker Sisters Website | Twitter | Instagram | Facebook

Add More Revenue… Courtesy of Google

Sep 2, 2016 51:30


This episode is brought to you from Sitelock. When I was coming up with this post title and I decided to go with 'Google Money' I had sort of a scary thought. That 'Google Money' probably isn't as far fetched as that sounds, right? I mean... we have bitcoin (although I can't say that I totally understand bitcoin). Then of course if you're a fan of Mr. Robot there's e-coin (I think that's what they call it). But since we don't live in the fictional world of Mr. Robot nor is Google creating its own currency... let's get back on topic. If you've been listening to this show (and hopefully Freedom Papers), you know that one of the things I've been talking about a lot lately is the 'Acres of Diamonds' idea. Meaning, what do you already have that could bringing you income but you're sitting on it or not even aware that it's there? I think as business owners we're so close to our own stuff that we forget to take a step back and look at what we've created or accomplished from a different perspective. I know I did that... and still do at times. But not as often as I used to. So what is Google Money? In this case, it's Adsense revenue. I finally took a harder look at my YouTube channel and have begun doing some tutorial videos again (I got away from them over the last year and a half because I didn't like Camtasia for the Mac and couldn't really get into Screenflow, until the recent update. Which I love). I had always put my videos up on YouTube but never dove into what I need to do to ensure they were optimized and working for me. The videos were working for me in terms of building an audience and people connecting with me but there was so much more I could do. Which is when I reached out to my friend Steve. Who I knew had a much better grasp on YouTube and what I should be doing. I knew I wasn't interested in becoming a 'YouTuber', nor did I want to go buy some huge YouTube course. I simply wanted to do a better job with what I had already uploaded and would be uploading. Remember, I'm not trying to create more work in my life... no more hustle for this chick. So after having Steve take a look at my channel and what I was doing wrong (which was really more about what I wasn't doing) I followed a few simple suggestions of his and went about my happy way. Then got a #notifcationofpayment from Google. I had just received a $120 payment from Adsense for the month (i.e., Google Money). Thank you more please! I have a decent amount of subscribers and views. Of course now I have to go back and tweak all my previous videos, but that's O.K., that's the kind of thing I can do at night when I'm watching TV (I've gotten pretty good at knowing which tasks I can do when). This is a perfect example of 'Acres of Diamonds' in action. My Favorite New Tools You guys know by now that I'm a complete geek about finding tools and plugins to use. As I write this I'm wondering if this is something I should bring up with my therapist?... kidding of course. There are a couple new tools and plugins I've been using a LOT lately and decided it was high time I share them with you. You'll be hearing more about each of these in individual posts or follow up podcasts (I have a couple interviews done with a couple founders), but I didn't want you to have to wait until those posts went live. The first tool I'm having a ton of fun with is actually a WordPress plugin, by one of my favorite companies, Thrive Themes. Thrive Headline Optimizer This isn't a new plugin by any means (although it was released this year, so it's kind of 'newish'), but I've finally started using it more. It's about as easy as it gets too. You enter your headline, then you can enter additional headlines (you can split test two or as many as you'd like). Thrive Headline Optimizer will then alternate showing the headlines to different visitors. You get to decide how long you want to run the test for,

Plugin Development & Leaving Envato with Gordan Orlic WPCP: 110

Aug 26, 2016 56:34


This episode is brought to you by my sponsor, Sitelock. Plugin development goes much deeper than the technical side of development. My guest, Gordan Orlic of WebFactoryLtd. went deep with me in this episode. Gordan and I connected through something so simple... and yet not many people do it. Email outreach. Gordan and his team at WebFactoryltd. have been selling their plugins through the Envato Marketplace for a while now and they've made a decision to start transitioning out of that marketplace. When he emailed me to see if I was interested in talking with him of course I said yes... I'm fascinated with the premium WordPress marketplace (plugins, themes and doesn't matter. And it's exciting to see it growing). Gordan and his team have a bunch of plugins over at Envato (CodeCanyon... to be specific) and definitely have their work cut out for them (but it will be well worth it). Questions I asked Gordan Before we dive into WebFactoryLtd., can you share what you were doing before you launched WebFactory? When did you decide to launch WebFactory? What would you recommend to someone who wants to get into premium plugin development? Why are you and your team moving away from Code Canyon? How big is your team? How do you market your plugins? Tell us about the white label plugin side of your business? What You're Going to Learn How the pricing models are shifting in the WordPress premium marketplace Why Gordan & his team are leaving Envato Why paying for support is necessary Who should actually be using Code Canyon The real cost in keeping your plugins up to date and compatible What the process is for moving off of Code Canyon What Gordan really thinks about Code Canyon's support The new WordPress news site Gordan & his team has launched Some of WebFactoryLtd.'s plugins: Google Maps Widget Optin Ninja Security Ninja Super Agency 5 Sec PayPal buttons Core Scanner .... and more! The first plugin that Gordan and his team have moved from Code Canyon is the Google Maps Widget... which makes it super easy (literally... you won't be banging your head against the wall trying to figure this out), to add a Google Map to your website.   Where to Connect with Gordan Website | Twitter | Facebook

Taking Massive Action & My Deciding Factor for Every Project WPCP: 109

Aug 19, 2016 51:03


This episode is sponsored by Sitelock With my 'anti-hustle' campaign I kind of surprised myself with the title of this post. Well... the "Massive Action" part anyways. I knew I was excited about launching the new show (Freedom Papers Podcast), but I had no idea what that was going to be like. I'm writing (recording) this episode almost exactly a month after the inception of Freedom Papers and I'm floored at how much we've accomplished, which is also why I've decided that what I've learned from this experience over the past month is going to be my new indicator for everything I do online. From Idea to Production First, I apologize if you've listened to the Welcome episode of Freedom Papers, but this little story bears repeating. It's such a testament to trust and patience (something I'm constantly working on. The trust is easier than the patience). I just looked up my initial interview with Jon (Perez) and it was almost 3 years ago exactly (bear with me, I swear I'm not a numerologist but I love these little synchronicities). August 15, 2013. And here we are three years later and we've found "it". Jon and I hit it off right away (how could you not with him, right?) and stayed in touch. We would chat on skype, talk about our businesses and how we could support one another. We knew there was a great chemistry there and wanted to work together. We tried a handful of things to make that happen: Here's the thing though... None of those "felt" right. And I'm here to tell you that what you feel matters. We implemented and took action on each of those tasks, but somehow life always got in the way. Our course (Selling with WordPress) was great, but it felt like a struggle to complete and while I can't really speak for Jon (although clearly I attempt to), our hearts weren't into it. We were looking for that "thing". The big payday, the solution... the ONE thing that would change our trajectory. I have zero regrets about everything we've tried. I know without a doubt that we wouldn't be doing Freedom Papers if it weren't for having tried everything else. Here's the real kicker. If I were to break down each of those other things we did and step back for a minute I can easily tell you that I had a niggly feeling with all of them (in one manner or another). Not that it wasn't right or a quality product, simply that it didn't inspire me to do more, grow it or really stick with it. Those were all things that came after everything else (and trust me when I tell you that the podcast we were doing was a TIME SUCK... the concept was great but the chemistry with the 3rd person wasn't). My guess is that you guys can all say the same thing. Every time you did something that didn't work out you knew in your GUT that you should have let it go sooner. O.K., back to idea to production. We came up with the idea for Freedom Papers on July 18th. When this episode airs it will be exactly ONE month later. In that time frame here's what we've done: Recorded 8 episodes Logo, website & branding: done Email list Produced the intro for the podcast (Jon was the creative brilliance behind that) Launched the show Mapped out our strategy for production (creating systems as we speak) Mapped out our monetization model (I could not be MORE exited) Tracking EVERYTHING we're doing Connected with an amazing transcription service and have transcripts already Are converting the transcripts into a physical newsletter... Freedom Papers (literal papers.. haha) Launching a GiveAway next week for the show ... and a few other things that are TOP SECRET As you probably know by now, I'm not really one to shout from the rooftops "Look what I DID!" (although I have every intention of doing that more). I'm sharing this with you because doing this has been effortless. It has completely taken on a life of its own. Remember when you were a little kid and you could get lost for hour...

Be An Unlimiter – My Interview with Dallas Hardcastle WPCP: 108

Aug 12, 2016 56:28


This episode is sponsored by Sitelock. Dallas and I connected about a year and a half ago through the same mastermind. I knew right away that Dallas was 'my kind of people'.... his energy is great, he's super positive and probably one of the most giving people I've met in a while. His story is a bit of a 'tears to triumph' story in that like many of us, Dallas hit rock bottom before getting clear on what he really wanted to do with his business. I hadn't heard Dallas' entire story before this interview. I was honored that he shared it with me (us) and think you're going to be inspired as well as interested in being an "Unlimiter" in your own life. In the beginning of the interview Dallas & I talked about things we both learned through the mastermind together, the value we got and how we think things are shifting in that space. Questions I Asked Dallas What were you doing before your current business? Can you share with the listeners what it is you do today? I know you had some personal struggles & challenges... can you share what that was and what has shifted for you? We all know mindset is important. What made you decide to focus on this? What are some of the challenges your clients face? What does it mean to be an 'Unlimiter'? [Tweet "I lost complete and total control of my brain. @DallasHardcastle"] Through his journey Dallas has created some rituals & daily routines. He has 8 things that he does everyday and he shared those with me during our time together. Resist the interruption of your left brain ( don't let the analytical part of your brain analyze how you're going to do what you're going to do). Think more.. "what can I do" Block out the distractions (more overwhelmed) -quiet your mind. Focus on ONE thing Take & diversify different types of information (mentally rehearsing the days events) Make time to exercise (physical exercise) Exercise your imagination (take time out to do this) Remain as relaxed as possible Practice visualization Become very detail oriented Find out more about working with Dallas and becoming an Unlimiter  

E-Commerce Done Right with Chloe Thomas WPCP: 107

Aug 6, 2016 54:23


This episode is brought to you by my sponsor, Sitelock. E-Commerce is one of those things that I've thought about jumping into on and off since I started my business (in 2008), but never pulled the trigger. I started looking into more seriously this past year when I realized I needed to shift the way I was doing business. My overall arching 'theme' has been to stop trading time for money. I've already created some recurring revenue streams but they were more of an after thought than a well planned strategy. Then I hit a wall. I knew it was time to pull the plug on the amount of services I offered and provided (I still do them, but it's more about who I want to work with and whether or not I feel I'm the best person to provide the value someone needs). And then of course there's my motto...."If it's not fun, I'm not doing it." I found Chloe Thomas after getting her recent book, Customer Manipulation (which we talk about in the show). Of course I purchased her other books after getting this one. I'd love to tell you that I've started my new e-commerce site and store, but that's not happening yet. At this point in my life I've finally gotten smart about not taking too much on at once. What I can tell you is when I do launch my e-commerce store I'll be following Chloe's steps! Chloe went deep with me in terms of the brand [Tweet "I'm a big fan of keeping your e-commerce store simple @"] Questions I Asked Chloe There are SO many places I wanted to start with for this interview... but I think it makes sense to start with your background because you have an extensive background in eCommerce. Can you share your background with the listeners? You've worked with people from solo entrepreneurs to big companies. This is a two-part question.... can you give examples of each and share a little bit of their journey/success? Shopify vs. Woocommerce or another self-hosted commerce solutions. Where do you begin? Who should do what? Dropshipping? FBA? Teespring? T-shirts? Gearbubble? Determining profitability of a niche? Is there such a thing as a crowded market? Subscription model? Customer Manipulation: Latest book, what it's about, etc. Best place to connect with you? What You're Going to Learn Where you should start if you want to launch an e-commerce store How the owner of an electronic cigarette e-commerce store has achieved massive success Why you need to have some level of passion for what you're selling (or you may struggle) Which platforms you can use for creating your e-commerce store Why you don't need to have an individual personality behind your store How you can bring in a personality to your store (be humans behind it) without having to be a personal brand   Where to Connect with Chloe Website | Podcast | Twitter | Facebook Links from this episode Chloe's Books: Customer Manipulation eCommerce Master Plan eCommerce Marketing Get the first chapter of Customer Manipulation FREE here! CrateJoy The Automatic Customer (book) GearBubble TeeSpring

WordPress Visual Editors, Hanging with Troy Dean & Freedom Papers WPCP: 106

Jul 30, 2016 50:28


This episode is sponsored by Sitelock. I've been thinking about doing an in-depth post on WordPress Visual Editors (besides Thrive Content Builder & Beaver Builder, which of course are still my favorites!) for a while now. I'm still planning on it, but thought I would do a podcast episode first to gauge the interest as it's probably going to be a pretty time-intensive piece of content (which is O.K. too, but nothing like getting a little validation first). There are a LOT of WordPress Visual editors on the market now and I expect we're going to see more. I'm going to skip any of the visual builders that have shown up in JV Zoo during the past year because I have no idea if they're going to be around or supported (not that I can guarantee this with the rest of these plugins, but more they'll more than likely be here longer than the JVZoo products). What's interesting is that I've had this conversation a few times now (I think I've talked about this on the podcast before), but with the amount of new tools and options that are starting to show up I thought it was time to revisit this. We'll start by addressing the elephant in the room. Which is whether or not you should use page builders. Obviously you know my answer, but before you write them off, let's talk about when and why you would want to use a page builder. If you look at why the team at Beaver Builder created their awesome plugin it was simple. They wanted to find a way to be more efficient with their client work. They were repeating tasks/work on their client projects and wanted to deploy the sites quicker. So they built the solution they needed. Less time on a project does NOT mean it has less value. You're still providing the client with what they want and you're doing it quicker. I know there are arguments out there about it not being as clean (referring to code here) or as light on the site... but I think we should look at this from the bigger picture. First, most of these tools are getting better and better. Some use the WordPress customizer (for some reason this still isn't my favorite option... I don't know why. I probably need to spend some more time using it, which I will be with one of the latest tools, Elementor). Whether you're building sites for clients or for yourself, here are a few things to consider when deciding if you want to use a page builder: That being said, here are the page builders I'm going to talk about today. Keep in mind this isn't a full list... it's simply the ones I've looked at, used or currently use. If you guys want me to do a full post / video review of these tools let me know. It will take a decent amount of time to complete it, but I'll make it as complete as possible. Thrive Content Builder: O.K., I won't go into details here on this because I've written about Thrive a handful of times and am about to publish a new post with 4 videos on Thrive for you (which I'll link to as soon as it's published, but in the meantime you can checkout a recent post I did where I explained why I use Thrive & Beaver Builder). I primarily use Thrive for landing pages (sales pages, squeeze pages, webinar pages, etc.). But in the post I'm about to publish I used the Thrive Content Builder for the first time in a standard post. Pretty awesome! Beaver Builder: See above. :-) I'll do an updated post on Beaver Builder in the coming months, but in the meantime you can checkout the recent post & video I did on why I use Thrive and Beaver Builder. I use Beaver Builder for creating site pages. One of the most amazing things with Beaver Builder is the community support. There are a lot of 3rd party developers creating add-ons (keeping the core plugin lighter and more streamlined). What I love about this is that the Beaver Builder team is completely supportive and is active within the Beaver Builder Facebook group. Elementor: This is the newest page builder to hit the web and I have to say, I'm LOVING it. Oh...

Chuck Wang on Consulting, Following Your Passion & Robots in Restaurants WPCP: 105

Jul 22, 2016 48:18


This episode is brought to you by my sponsor, Sitelock. I had the great pleasure of being on Chuck's podcast after we had connected via social media (twitter I think). Talk about a ton of fun (it was also mu first blab). I enjoyed it so much and appreciated how Chuck Wang shows up that I asked him right away to be on my show. Chuck's story is one that I think many people can relate to. He started out on his entrepreneurial journey with a drive for the 'almighty dollar' (his words, not mine) and how he ended up losing it all and turned it around through serving others. Chuck shared a real-life story of one of his companies (who creates podcasting software) and how he helped them streamline their process (most valuable process). I absolutely love the insights and step-by-step instructions Chuck shared with me. Questions I Asked Chuck Before we get into MVP.Consulting, can you fill us in on what you were doing before your launched your current business and podcast? You share some really personal challenges on your About page... what made you decide to share at that level? What gave you the idea to start MVP.Consulting? What's your business model? Why did you decide to launch your podcast? How has the podcast shifted your business? What's on the horizon for you for the rest of 2016? [Tweet "I would rather go small and live a big life than "go big" and live a small life" @TheChuckWang"] What You're Going to Learn How Chuck figured out what he really wanted to do (we talked about passion and finding that) Why he decided to create a human experiment to change the trajectory of his life What it meant to Chuck to be 'soul poor' What his rock bottom was.... after he was chasing the almighty dollar When he had to file bankruptcy and how his life turned around after that Why he needed to hit the 'reset' button on his life How to create your most valuable process Where to Connect with Chuck Podcast | Twitter | Linkedin | Facebook [Tweet "Inspired Works was my gateway drug to get out of that - @TheChuckWang"]

Are You Losing Money? The Opportunities & Income Right In Front Of You WPCP: 104

Jul 15, 2016 58:14


This post may contain affiliate links This episode is proudly brought to you by my sponsor, Sitelock Sometimes I wonder if I'll stop learning things the hard way. OR... maybe that's simply part of my journey in this lifetime. This episode will probably be a mix of tangible with philosophical, so sit tight, it might be an interesting ride. I've mentioned recently that I'm going through some major changes in my personal life and with my business. I've recently sold my house, which I've owned for 14+ years and was the house my husband and I bought together (he passed away in 2003). I was talking with my mentor/therapist about all these big changes and the attachments to the house and she asked me if it was because my husband and I bought this house together. It wasn't. It was really more that this was MY house. When we bought this house life was full of promises. We had two small kids (they were 4 & 1 when we moved in), I had a new career I was excited about and everything felt like it was in front of us. Fast forward a year and half later and my life as I knew it was gone. Turned upside down in with one tragic accident (stay with me here, it will get better, I promise). This house represented me. My ability to survive... and... here's the kicker... getting to do things however I wanted to. It sounds so odd to say this, but I've often said that losing my husband was easier than a divorce. I've watched people I love go through a divorce and there can be soooo much pain, anger and resentment. And then you have to find a way to navigate a new path with the person you least want to engage with. I never had to share my kids or worry about how someone else was raising them. Deciding to sell my house is sort of like closing a chapter in my life. We've created amazing memories here and it's been an awesome place to raise my kids. But I'm ready... Ready for what? I'm not sure... I will of course be sharing the journey with you. All of this personal sharing brings me to the opportunities and income that are right in front of us, we just don't always see them. I had something 'hit' me on the way home from my last trip up to my therapists and it was something that I think every single person listening can benefit from. "Stop looking outside of yourself." How many times in your business have you made a decision but somewhere along the way (or deep down), you had a niggly feeling it wasn't what you wanted to be doing? I'm not talking about doing things to pay your bills or take care of your family. I think we all get that when you start a business we all do 'what we don't want to do in order to do the things we DO want to do' (say that 10 times fast!). But we're subscribed to so many sites, marketers and people who are doing things bigger and better than we lose ourselves and keep searching for something else. Then I had my HOLY MOLY moment. Let me give you the scenario... I check my email and get a notification from PayPal that Hatchbuck just sent me $70.42 (hatchbuck was my previous email provider prior to switching to Active Campaign. I LOVED hatchbuck... but switched to Active Campaign for a few reasons, which I should get into in another post or podcast). The same day I had shared on social media a new tool called 'Connect Retarget' by Wilco De Kreij. I have a few of his products (all lead gen / Facebook advertising related) and he's a great guy. His products are great, he sticks around (not a JV Zoo product) and continues to develop amazing software. Anywho... I knew I was going to get it (and will probably promote it more in the future, I just wanted to be able to test it and use it first) and thought I'd share it socially one day during the launch. I'm sitting in bed that night writing an email and get a PayPal notification that I just made $98.50 for Connect Retarget. No emails, no ads... just one simple share. So total for that day was $168.92.

Beaver Builder: They’re BAA-AACK! Updates From The Team at Beaver Builder WPCP: 103

Jul 9, 2016 58:12


Thanks to my podcast sponsor, Sitelock for sponsoring this episode! If you've ever wanted to hang with the guys from Beaver Builder, you're going to love this episode! I'm having a ton of fun doing these follow up interviews with previous guests and I feel like the team at Beaver Builder are old friends... (they're simply awesome people...  in addition to their tool being an amazing page builder). We started the interview off by catching up a bit with what has happened sine our last interview (which was March 6, 2015... btw, I recorded this interview with the guys a couple months before we published). The cool thing about the timing of this interview is that it's right in line with some of the things I've discussed on my last two solo shows (where I discussed getting out of client services). If you haven't listened to the first interview, you're going to want to listen to that which will bring you up to speed on where things are today. We caught up with some of the personal things happening with the guys... Billy and Justin have both moved into new houses a couple hours away from Robby, who is still in the South Bay. A few months prior to this interview the guys made a decision to completely phase out of client services and focus solely on Beaver Builder. We talked about the transition, how they've supported their long-term clients during the transition and how long everything has taken. In April of 2016 Beaver Builder celebrated their two-year anniversary (and this is when they started completely transitioning out of client work... so for those of you who have a product or want to develop a product and get away from services, know that it's going to be a process. It might not take you two years, but it will probably take longer than you think). [Tweet ""It's hard to focus on two separate things at one time... client services or your product" @beaverbuilder"] What You're Going to Learn How the company has grown over the last two years What goes into reaching a million dollars in sales When they stopped client work How the community has rallied around and supported Beaver Builder How they decide which features to add and when What the learning curve has been for them with marketing Questions I asked When did you transition out of client services? What would you recommend to someone who wants to get into the product side of things (themes or plugins)? Having a background in development & design, what was it like to start having to market yourselves? Can you share a tangible marketing experience that worked and one that didn't? How much time to you guys spend doing the different tasks/elements of the business? [Tweet "One of our goals was simple but powerful" @beaverbuilder] This is truly a behind the scenes look at what it's like to build a software company from idea, to minimum viable product to going full time with your product. They've added two full-time support people, 3 contract developers and a designer to the Beaver Builder family. I could not be happier for Justin, Billy & Robby with their well deserved success and growth of this amazing product! If you haven't checked out Beaver Builder, you're going to want to. It's an amazing tool created by even more awesome people. Where to Connect with Beaver Builder Website | Facebook | Twitter Links from this episode Beaver Builder Plugin Beaver Builder Podcast Episode 53 Why We Ditched Our Silicon Valley Offices to Work From Home - Robby McCullough

The Future of WordPress As A Business & Listener Validation WPCP: 102

Jun 18, 2016 59:27


Nothing beats unsolicited validation when you're not sure about that feeling in your gut. There's something inside of you that has become more of a push than a nudge, you know without a doubt that this is what you want to be doing... you're just not sure how to get there. Then you take that leap. You put something out there... a message, a post, a product (a podcast) and people reach out to you telling you they feel the same way! That's what happened for me with my last solo episode which was milestone episode 100. I had been thinking about what I wanted to do for that episode for a while. Part of me thought do a big party, live stream, celebrate... whatever. But it's not where I'm at right now and it felt like that would be forcing something or doing something because I thought that's what I should be doing for the 100th episode. I don't want to repeat everything I said in that post or episode, but the message that seemed to resonate with SO many people was when I shared that I was getting out of client services. I have to clarify also that I do have a couple clients I'm still working with and will continue to work with (in case they're reading or listening) but that's only because they're lovely people and I enjoy working with them. Other than that? I'm done. Here's the truth: I have yet to meet a freelancer who doesn't eventually want out of the client work. And... that makes sense! Not simply because there is a frustration level involved in working with clients (because we all know that could be a podcast in and of itself. That would also drain the life out of me and as much as my ego wants to rant, who needs more negativity, right?)... but because as human beings we're hard wired for more. Gone are the days of doing one thing for 30 years (and my guess is that even for the people who did that there was a level of boredom that sank in. They just didn't think they had other options). [Tweet ""I have yet to meet a freelancer who doesn't eventually want out of the client work." @kimdoyal"] We have SO many more options today. And maybe that's part of the problem? Seeing other people going for what they want... doing business the way they want to do business... you question why the hell you're not there as well, right? And I'm not talking about the side they share on social media (as someone who has actively participated in all of that I have to say I am really grateful to be on the other side. I still use social media but I don't get why people feel the need to broadcast every little thing they do. The armchair psychologist in me says there's going to be a bit of a crash for these people. What happens when the 'lights go down' so to speak. But I guess that's for another podcast as well). I received a handful of emails and comments about what I shared in episode 100. Which completely validated that I'm on the right path and headed in the right direction. Even if I've got a nervous pit in my stomach on a daily basis. I know this is something I've got to do. [Tweet ""Seeing other people going for what they want... doing business the way they want to do business... you question why the hell you're not there as well, right?" -@kimdoyal"] The Future of WordPress As A Business Let me get my crystal ball. Can you picture that? I've got my Madame Kim.... errr... Madame Chick turbin on, big chunky rings on my fingers and I'm gazing into a crystal ball. I rub my hands over the ball and give you a "hmm... very interesting"... O.K., I don't know where the bucket that came from, but I had to run with it. First, let's look at what I'm talking about when I refer to WordPress As A Business. These are the business types I'm referring to: WordPress websites WordPress maintenance / hosting WordPress training / teaching / documentation (general) WordPress specialty (think focusing on a specific aspect of WP, ex: Woocommerce, marketing, speed,

Launch Your Course Like A Rockstar – Interview with Troy Dean WPCP: 101

Jun 13, 2016 1:01:08


You know how there are those people that when you talk with them initially you feel like you've known them forever? And then every time you talk with them you walk away with a smile on your face and know your day was made better because they were a part of it? Yea... that's Troy Dean. Oh... and besides being a great guy and ridiculously fun to talk with, he knows how to create and scale a profitable online business. Which is why I was super excited about talking with him about his latest venture, Rock Star Empires. Yep, a Course about Courses. Troy has plenty of experience (and more importantly data) on creating successful online courses. Many of you probably know Troy from WP Elevation (which started as on open-ended community/membership and shifted to a course) or Video User Manuals (a WordPress plugin that you can install in your site with step-by-step WordPress tutorials). Troy's focus these days is the online education space... and he explains how he transitioned into that (while keeping the other businesses running). And of course we had a ton of fun. [Tweet ""You're constantly reacting to client demands" @troydean"]   Questions I asked Troy You're still running WP Elevation & Video User Manuals: Why step into a course on courses? Time for Money Trap: Discuss What are some of the challenges you see people face when: Taking a course Launching a course What are some key components to creating a successful course? I love that you did a beta run of the program... how did that go? Can you share what's included in the course? [Tweet ""How do you build your online empire by positioning yourself as the Rock Star in your niche?" @troydean"] What You're Going to Learn Why Troy took WP Elevation from an open-ended community to a course he re-0pens a few times a year The one factor that makes a HUGE difference in getting people to commit & complete a course The shocking statistic on course completion (this one kinda blew me away) Why Troy doesn't produce the course until he sells it (I've been there!) How you can successfully launch your own course What Rock Star Empires is all about... Where to Connect with Troy Website | Facebook | Twitter

Episode 100! The Journey So far, Massive Changes & Where I'm Headed

Jun 7, 2016 1:00:49


The problem with referencing songs when you're writing is that they get stuck in your head. Like... forever. I just got done writing an email about my friend Troy Dean's new course (Rock Star Empires) and referenced a bunch of 80's music (more specifically, Van Halen songs... because I love Van Halen). Then as I opened my editor to start writing out this post and thinking back to when I launched the podcast, the song "Oh What A Night"... "(late December back in 63... what a very special time for me... " even though I wasn't even alive in 63, the 'Oh What a Night' popped into my head. You're welcome. And for those of you who don't know the song? Go to YouTube... it's by The Four Seasons and is just as awesome song). So for whatever reason... when I start reflecting on the good things in my life, 'Oh What A Night' cues right up. I'm always amazed at how music can transport me back to another time & place in seconds. Or change my mood (lift my spirits, energize me, calm me down or even bring me to tears). But it's not just the music... it's the lyrics. It's the 'why' behind the music. Which brings me to my own 'Why'. I think this is something that as entrepreneurs we find ourselves re-evaluating from time to time (which is a good thing). I am going through some major changes in my personal life (selling my house, probably the last summer my daughter will be living at home, my son has started working, is getting his drivers permit and I have completely closed the door on certain aspects of my business). As my kids start taking off in pursuit of their own dreams, my why has totally shifted. When I started my business 8 years ago my kids were a HUGE part of my 'why' (to provide for them, be home for them, etc.). They're still a part of my 'why' but more from the perspective that I want them to see that you can go for what you want... have dreams, ignore the herd and follow their hearts. The Journey So Far When I decided to launch my podcast a few years ago I did it for the SOLE purpose of wanting to have more fun in my business. I don't think I had quite found my voice in my writing yet and was struggling with being the technician, which was NEVER a goal of mine when I decided to start an online business. I've done a lot of personality tests (one of my favorite tests for entrepreneurs is Roger Hamilton's Wealth Dynamics Test) and I'm never surprised when it reveals that I want to be the 'Star'. So being behind the scenes as a pair of hands (keep in mind this is what my perception was when I started this... and it's all about how you position something) has always been frustrating. In the last three years I've... launched an outsourcing company participated in a high-end mastermind (raced a Ferrari, went ziplining, snorkeling, ATV racing in Mexico, hot air balloon and connected with some wonderful people) gotten into paid advertising traveled more than I had in the previous 5 years (Hawaii a couple times, Mexico, Scotland, France, Las Vegas (not a fan), St. Louis, Park City Utah doubled my email list launched a high-ticket, done-for-you podcasting service done coaching (stopped for a while  and will be doing so grew my team to 12 people gotten one child graduated from HS and off to college (3 more years for the second one) had a friend live with me for a year decided to sell my house (recently) ... enjoyed it all and decided it's time for a new chapter All of this has been a wild ride. Most of it amazing, some of it frustrating and exhausting. The podcast, while not always as consistent as I would like it to be, has been the one constant (along with this brand). And outside of the podcast, there are going to be some massive changes. Massive Changes The first big change is happening in my personal life. I've decided to sell my house. It's a little sooner than I was planning (my son has 3 more years left in high school and I was plannin...

From Welfare to 8 Figures in Two Years with Giancarlo Barraza – WPCP: 099

May 27, 2016 46:44


I first met Giancarlo Barraza at a mastermind event in January, 2014. My first impression of Giani? TONS of enthusiasm, passion and commitment (if you follow Giani on Facebook, which I recommend you do, you'll see what I'm talking about. Because his passion & commitment show in everything he does). Giani left the mastermind we were in together and I've watched his amazing growth over the past two years (and quite frankly have been in awe). I've said it before on the podcast and it bears repeating here... if you can learn how to do paid traffic (and I mean learn how to do it correctly and be profitable), you can succeed online. You simply have to be patient, test and measure everything you're doing. If you haven't heard of CPA marketing (and affiliate marketing), or aren't familiar with it, you will be after this interview. I specifically asked Giani how someone could get started if they were totally new to affiliate marketing and CPA. His answer? You have to listen to the podcast... :-) [Tweet ""You don't need a lot of money to get started, but you have to remember it's a business" - Coach Giani"] Questions I Asked Giani Can you fill the listeners in on what you were doing when we first met? Explain what it is you do (what your business is today). What are some of the challenges and struggles you've dealt with? What is something you see your students doing over and over again that gets in their way? Where would you suggest someone start when they're first getting into paid traffic? [Tweet ""Mostly it's about mindset... it's about how badly you want it" - Coach Giani"] What You're Going to Learn What he sacrificed when he was building his business (everyone thought he was crazy) The one place Giani recommends you get started... and why he recommends getting started this way How he's built his team Why he believes mindset is the most important thing you need when scaling a business What Giani does on Facebook everyday to reach his community Where can someone start with their mindset? [Tweet ""If you train your mind to believe, you can pretty much achieve anything you want" - Coach Giani"]   Connect with Coach Giani Website | Facebook | YouTube Other Episodes You Might Enjoy It's Time to Hack the Entrepreneur with Jon Nastor From Prison to Prosperity - My Interview with Mike Pisciotta Growing a Business with T-Shirts - My Interview with Trey Lewellen

Brandon Lewin, Selling More & SEO WPCP: 098

May 21, 2016 57:25


Brandon Lewin. So much to say... so little time! :-) I had the good fortune of connecting with Brandon about a year and a half ago. He reached out to me via social media, we ended up on a Skype call and periodically stayed in touch. We reconnected when I did my first Periscope and I mentioned on that broadcast that I was looking for someone to help me with SEO, backlinks, site optimization, etc. Next thing I knew we were on another Skype call setting up a mutually beneficial business arrangement. I would coach him and he would manage that stuff for me. Best. Decision. Ever. Not only because Brandon is brilliant at what he does, but because he's just a great guy and someone I'm honored to consider a friend. I've referred to Brandon as my 'secret weapon' (on multiple occasions), because he's really helped me shift my content strategy and use of keywords. Now my challenge is simply getting clear on exactly what it is I want to be doing with my business, but we'll save that for another episode. Brandon made a big decision to move his family from Chicago to Austin, TX (yea... he was a little tired of the snow) and has taken massive action connecting and reaching out with other entrepreneurs (something I tend to stay away from where I live... I might head over to San Francisco once in a blue moon, but not often). Not only is Brandon great at what he does (writing, conversions, SEO & strategy), he's a genuine connector. Someone who truly enjoys connecting other people (which makes it super easy to want to make connections for him as well). Questions I Asked Brandon: Before starting your current business, can you let the listeners know what you were doing and how you decided to venture out on your own? Can you share with the listeners what your current business is You work with both online & offline businesses, so this might be a two-part answer. Is there a common mistake you see people making when it comes to SEO or their SEO strategy? (beyond not having one) Let's talk a little about content & SEO. We both know people who spend a LOT on paid traffic, but don't see the value in content. What's your take on this? Where would you start with someone who had an online business but wasn't getting the results they wanted (or any results at all)? Can you give us one strategy that people can start implementing today that will set them on the right path? How can people work with you? What's on the horizon for you? [Tweet ""It was the kick in the ass I needed to get me going" - @BrandonLewin"] What You're Going to Learn: How getting laid off was the best thing that could have happened Why I decided to move my family to Austin, TX from Chicago How he realized he was stuck in the time for money trap Why Brandon considers Austin the "mecca" of internet marketing Why SEO isn't just about looking at Google Analytics How you can take the data and drive it back to 'what the problem' is How you can identify 'low hanging fruit' on your blog and monetize it (or get better results) The role content should play in your marketing strategy [Tweet "You need both content & SEO to be successful" - @BrandonLewin"]   Where to Connect with Brandon Website | Facebook | Twitter Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Cashflow, GooRoos and My First Post on Medium Todd Brown & Conversions: SO Fly Starting an Online Business Today: What I'd do Different

CashFlow, GooRoos and My First Post on Medium WPCP: 097

May 10, 2016 50:33


In the last solo show I recorded I talked about what I would do different if I were starting my business today. I had also done a similar episode in the very early stages of the podcast (that's the beauty of this type of content, it's always relevant, even though certain elements may change). The one thing I don't think I talked much about (that's my brain for you)... was cashflow. Not from the basic accounting side of things, because I think we all get that concept. More about what you can do to keep if flowing and why it should be your absolute first priority... yes, even before doing the things you "want" to do. Which is a tough one for this chick. Remember, one of my motto's is "If it's not fun, I'm not doing it". But guess what? Earning money IS fun... and creating cashflow in your business can fuel you to pursue more of your passions. Here's where the GooRoo's go wrong... (and I have to credit Ben Settle with the 'gooroo' thing... I'm a fan of Ben's work and subscriber of his Email Players newsletter... and would LOVE to have him on the show. But that's another episode). Having been in this business for a while now, I've seen a boat load of product launches, huge courses and high end masterminds (I've invested in all of them). What you DON'T see very often is the one thing that will help you get closer to being able to invest in all of those things. Creating consistent cashflow in your business. Why? Because it's not super sexy and most people don't focus on what they need (what would really solve their problems), they focus on what they WANT. And gooroo's and marketers alike know this. But that's where the magic really starts to happen. When you can give someone what they want while solving what they need, it's a win-win, isn't it? Here's what I wish I had grasped early on. Get the cashflow set up FIRST, then pursue the fun stuff... the passion projects... whatever you want. Not that I necessarily would have listened. :-) I can be a little stubborn at times... but eventually I come around (ever wonder at what point we stop learning things the hard way?). When the money obstacle is removed (meaning you can cover all your expenses and still have the quality of life you want), you're in a completely different mental space to produce the things that make your heart sing. Before we move onto gooroos, let's talk a bit about what you can do to get the cash flowing. And I'm going to be a little firm with you here... but trust that it's coming from the right place, O.K.,? Please don't start with a bunch of "yeah, but..." reasons as to why you can't/don't/won't take the steps to get cash flowing in your business. Been there, done that. And it's bullshit. You absolutely can get these things going. And I get it that there are a lot of different types of business models out there, but you'd be hard pressed to find one of these things below that doesn't apply  or can't be implemented in your business. Even it if requires a few tweaks. I'm simply going to bullet point them here but go into more detail in the podcast itself. Cashflow opportunities: Do all of these take time? Absolutely. But the time is going to pass whether you implement these things or not. I have a friend who used to think of affiliate marketing from the perspective of "yea, but the money doesn't come in for at least 30 days". True. But in 30 days from now that is going to make a difference, right? It makes me cringe a bit when I think of the amount of affiliate income that I've left on the table over the past 8 years. It was that old, tired story of not wanting to offend anyone or seem cheesy because I was promoting affiliate offers. WTF?! And all of this can be chalked up to perception. Most people are too busy thinking about themselves to worry about what you're doing. Moving onto GooRoos The second I saw Ben Settle write that I was hooked.

Don’t Get Hacked! WordPress Security & What You’re Doing Wrong with Paul Irvine WPCP: 096

May 6, 2016 45:22


This interview is another testament to reaching out and making real connections online. Paul and I connected through Facebook and went back and forth a few times via messenger, then set up a Skype call (I've made the mistake in the past of setting up interviews with people that I haven't had a chance to talk to prior... it doesn't always go so well. Not that the interview is bad, but it's not always the best fit for my show & audience). Obviously that wasn't the case with Paul Irvine. While WordPress Security is absolutely crucial... it's not always the most fun topics (or dare I say interesting? No offense Paul... because you certainly make it more interesting!). What tends to happen is that people get interested in security after the fact. As in, after they've been hacked, something has broken or things aren't working the way they're supposed to (nothing like a couple thousand spam comments, huh?). [Tweet ""The corporate world decided I was going to be part of the implosion in 2008" - @paulirvine79"] Like many of us, Paul tested a bunch of different things when starting his online business. The reason I always ask this question of my guests is because there is SO much value in hearing that you're not alone (we all beat ourselves up for the money we've spent on products, mentors or 'systems'.... and never got us the 'ROI' we wanted). The one common denominator in every story is that they didn't give up. They kept trying, testing and simply decided they were going to find a way to make this work. That's where Paul Irvine comes in (thankfully). What You're Going to Learn: How Paul made the most of the financial crisis in 2008 Where the search for 'make money online' took Paul (the rabbit hole) How he leveraged his corporate skills into his own business The few things that Paul did when trying to get his online business going (affiliate marketing, CPA marketing, article marketing... you name it) How he got his adsense account banned What you should be looking for with hosting [Tweet "There is a way to make money online, but there isn't a magic button. You have to have the drive to make it work" -@paulirvine79"] Questions I Asked Paul What were you doing before you started your current business? What made you decide to take the leap and go out on your own? You focus on WordPress & WP Security. What made you decide to focus on security? What are some common mistakes you see people making with security on their own sites? If you could get everyone to do ONE thing with their sites, in terms of security, what would that be? You have a course coming out soon. What's on the horizon for you this year?     Where to Connect with Paul Facebook | Twitter | Website Links mentioned in this episode Wordfence LiquidWeb Hosting   Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Lee Jackson of WP Innovator & a Ton of Fun Freelancing & WordPress - My Interview with Brennan Dunn Building a WordPress Business through Community - My Interview with Brandon Yanofsky

Todd Brown + Conversions: SO Fly WPCP: 095

Apr 28, 2016 56:58


I've been following Todd Brown for a while now (I'd say I was stalking him, but that's just kind of creepy...and not really true). One thing I think a lot of online entrepreneurs take for granted is the ability to learn from other people simply by subscribing and paying attention to what they're doing (note: that doesn't mean you never invest in tools and training... it simply means you can take your time to get to know what someone is all about before you make the leap & invest their products and services). Todd is one of those 'funnel guys'. Now, before you decide you've had enough of the word funnel, listen to this interview. If you don't like the word funnel, call it something else (remember though, water isn't water because of what you call it... H20, aqua, etc. You get my point, right? It is what it is). And funnels WORK. Here's the awesome thing about Todd though... he's worked his arse off to master this stuff and is a true direct response marketer. We chatted at length about direct response marketing and why learning those principles is vital to the success of any business (especially an online business where you can track and measure everything you do). Enter Conversion Fly. Conversion Fly is Todd's new tracking software that is pretty friggin amazing if I do say so myself. As someone who is fascinated with the idea of a SaaS product (software as a service), I was super excited to not only connect with Todd but to hear his story of creating the product and how it's going so far. I think you're going to love it... both the interview and the software. Here's what you're going to learn: How Todd almost won a Ferrari (but didn't go away empty handed) What he bought on ebay when he was getting started (and why it made a HUGE difference) How he transitioned from working for a health club to his own business (Marketing Funnel Automation) What the difference is between marketing tactics and strategies Why Todd never reads books about marketing tactics (I literally just got rid of old social media books... because they're no longer applicable.... a couple years later) [Tweet ""You don't get enamored with tactics" @toddbrown"] Questions I asked Todd: Can you share your story of what you were doing before you built Marketing Funnel Automation & Conversion Fly? When did you launch Marketing Funnel Automation? What would you recommend to someone who wants to get started with funnels? What is Conversion Fly? And what made you want to launch a SaaS product? What was some of the feedback on the beta version of the product? Is Conversion Fly for someone who is just getting started with funnels? How can it help with lead generation? After the public launch of Conversion Fly, what else is on the horizon for you and your company this year? Where to Connect with Todd Facebook | Twitter | Website   Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Hani Mourra & Simple Podcast Press Jason Drohn & Scriptly - Email copy done for you What I'd Do Different If I Were Starting an Online Business Today

Lee Jackson, WP Innovation and WAY Too Much Fun WPCP: 094

Apr 20, 2016 54:20


As always, I'm SUPER excited to have Lee Jackson from  and the WP Innovator Podcast.  I had a great time talking and laughing with Lee and found out some really great tips and well as his background on how he got to where he is today.  Don't miss this episode! [Tweet ""Try and find that niche that you are passionate about." - Lee Jackson"] Questions I asked Lee Jackson: What were some of the things you did before getting into web development? Did you go to school for IT? When did you start your own agency? How did you approach increasing your prices so dramatically? How do you see yourself growing your business - where are you taking things? [Tweet ""I quadrupled my prices overnight and have since quadrupled them again. - Lee Jackson""] What you'll learn from this podcast: The process of starting your own agency How Lee transitioned into consulting The drive behind Lee starting his podcast and how it's going How Lee differentiates himself from other development companies Recommendations from Lee about what to do if you started today Lee's best lead source [Tweet ""Making sure we make products that are freakin' awesome is my goal." - Lee Jackson"]     Where you can connect with Lee Facebook | Twitter | Website   Other Episodes You Might Enjoy: Grow & Convert with Devesh Khanal & Benji Hyam Content, Metrics & List Building Interview with Jason Drohn

Here’s What I’d Do Different If I Were Starting My Online Business Today WPCP: 093

Apr 2, 2016 59:18


I'm super excited about this post and episode because it was inspired from a listeners email to me (Thanks Jen!). I don't know about you, but I often forget that just because I understand and know something doesn't mean everyone in my audience does. I won't go down my armchair psychologist rant and self diagnose on that one, but suffice it to say I've gotten away from some of the basics of what I've learned while growing my business. Which makes sense. By now you guys know that I'm a bit of an information nut and love testing and trying new things. However, as fun as all that is, am I overlooking an element that can be serving my audience? One of my first few podcast episodes I did was "What I Would Do Different if I Were Starting My Business Today". That was 3 years ago.  Holy moly have things changed. Not just in my business, but in how I do things. Fortunately, the 7 things I listed in that post are still relevant, but I'd like to approach it from a little different perspective and include some actual step-by-step direction in hopes that this will help someone. I'm going to use WordPress as the business example here but really you can use any niche or business, because most of this is going to be applicable across the board. Let's get into the updated version of "What I'd do different if I were starting my business today". While I'm a HUGE believer in jumping in and taking action there is something to be said for starting out with some sort of strategy in place. The challenge with this is that you don't know what you don't know, right? What's fantastic about the internet today (as opposed to 8 years ago when I started), is that you can pretty much find someone who has done what you want to do. The not-so fantastic part of finding someone who has blazed a trail before you is that you can quickly lose yourself in the process but feel like you're doing everything right (copying as opposed to modeling). Start with the end in mind I did this recently when I was re-designing my site (which still has plenty of tweaking to do, but hey ho). I really took some time to step back and think about what my goals were with my site. Then I backed into it. I know this sounds really ambiguous, so let's start from a fresh perspective. Let's say you're starting a new WordPress business. Maybe you're offering website services (new sites, hosting, maintenance). The bare bones minimum you have to start with is what your target income is (and while I am a HUGE believer in setting big goals and the right intentions, we're simply looking for your number here). Are you replacing income from a job? Do you need to bring in X amount of money to cover specific expenses? Do you not have to cover expenses? (have a spouse or partner whose income covers everything) What business expenses do you have to cover? Once you have your "number" in mind, then you can back into it. For me this was a little challenging because the industry was totally new to me and I did SO much second guessing because I wasn't a trained programmer or designer... thankfully those days are behind me). Here's what I wish someone had told me when I was getting started: "It's just as easy to find someone willing to pay what you're worth as it is to find someone who will negotiate the hell out of your value." That's where the almighty "C" word comes in. No, not that word you dirty bird. Clarity. I'm totally going to contradict myself here because you will constantly be getting clearer and clearer as your business evolves, so the things you're clear on today will be completely different from the things you're clear on 5 years from now. You need to get clear on both the tangibles and the intangibles. Here are some examples of both: Tangibles - Income / rates - Business hours - Communication (email only? phone calls? in-person meetings) - Profitability - Work you do (brochure sites? e-commerce sites? consulting?)

Pat Flynn and Testing Your Ideas - Will it Fly? WPCP: 092

Mar 20, 2016 50:24


To say I had a blast on this interview would be an understatement. This interview came about from a Skype call I was having with a friend. We were talking about Pat's new book, "Will It Fly" and I thought, "duh! I should ask him to be on the show to share his book!" I tweeted him and we had the interview a month later. :-) Listening to Pat's podcast, The Smart Passive Income podcast, is the reason I launched my podcast. I loved the fact that I could take Pat with me when I went to the gym or grocery store. I've always been a huge fan of audio books so when I started listening to podcasts it was a perfect fit! Initially when I started listening to the SPI podcast it was only once a month (yep, I've been listening that long) so I was thrilled when it became a weekly show. Pat Flynn & Will It Fly Regardless of whether or not you're just getting started in your business or you've been in business for a while, Pat's new book, Will It Fly, can help you determine whether or not your idea for growing your business is viable. The book provides tangible steps (along with great stories) to see if what you want to do will work as well as being in alignment with your personal 'Why'. And because Pat tends to over deliver with everything he does, there's also a companion course (free) that will walk you through the book and steps. Questions I Asked Pat Flynn:  What compelled you to write the book? What do the listeners get with the book? What was the plugin idea that you had? What would you recommend to someone who is starting out brand new to build their audience? How do you work through your own ideas to pick the 'right' one? Things You’ll Learn from this Podcast: How you can align what is going on inside with what you should be doing for a living How Pat approached writing his book Some exercises on how to get clear on your idea Pat's $15,000 loss/learning experience How to learn the three P's of your audience Where to Connect with Pat Website | Twitter | Facebook   Other episodes you might enjoy Will You Make the Difficult Decisions When it Counts? - WPCP: 087 From Prison to Prosperity - WPCP: 089 Falling in Love with CoSchedule - WPCP: 084

It’s Time to Hack the Entrepreneur With Jon Nastor – WPCP: 091

Feb 24, 2016 59:04


Today we have Jon Nastor of Hack the Entrepreneur on the podcast! To say I was excited to talk with Jon would be an understatement... and I just got more excited as the conversation continued. It's refreshing for me to find like-minded individuals doing cool things online that don't believe you have to sacrifice everything else in your life to make things happen. When Jon was a teenager, way before he launched Hack the Entrepreneur, he spent a lot of time playing punk rock music. It was during this time he realized how much he loved “DIY” in the sense that if he wanted something, like making music, playing a show, etc. he had to do it himself to make it happen. He carried this with him into his 20’s and then in 2011 he discovered he could make a business on the internet. One of the biggest things he’s created is Velocity Page, a premium WordPress plug in. He created it with Bill, his brother in law, and Mark Jaquith. Velocity Page is a way to create WordPress pages without the “techy” mumbo jumbo. It takes you out of the admin panel so you can live edit on your page so what you see it what you get. Jon created this tool because a few years ago he needed something like this but he couldn’t find it so he went to Mark with this idea and they created it. In 2014 he went to Chris Ducker’s conference called Tropical Think Tank where there were a lot of serious podcasters (Chris runs Tropical Think Tank once a year and it's in the Philippines... and event I plan on attending at some point!). He realized he had both the time and the resources to start his own podcast. Even though he had little to no experience doing podcasts and interviewing people, he knew he just had to start somewhere. So that summer he made a list  of about 30 people that he wanted to interview and he thought he would interview them over the course of a few months and then be done. To his surprise, about 2 months later it got bigger than he expected so he ramped up production to 3 podcasts a week. The same sort of thing happened to me when I started my podcast... not that I jumped into multiple episodes per week (kudos to you Jon... I love it!), but my podcast definitely shifted everything in my business. For Jon he saw that there wasn’t really anything in the podcast space that he really like/captured his interest. So he decided to create it, just like one would create a product because they don’t see what they want out there already. He experienced the same sort of thing with Hack the Entrepreneur. With a little bit of help from a friend, Jon took the idea and ran with it. After the success of the show and his 5 categories of hacks (Being Wrong, Fears, Habits, Mindset and Ideas), he brought the best of all of this into a book! (Hardly a guy to rest on his laurels, right?). I highly recommend getting the book (in addition to the podcast). Questions I Asked: How did Jon create Velocity Page? What was it like for Jon to reach out to Mark? How did Jon come up with Hack the Entrepreneur? What is his book about? How does Jon come up with each hack? Things You’ll Learn: How to figure the right format of a podcast for you and your audience. Commonalities that Jon sees in a lot of entrepreneurs. The biggest thing you need to grow your business. Why “the hustle” isn’t relevant anymore when it comes to making money. A few of Jon’s favorite hacks from his book.   Where to connect with Jon Website | Podcast | Facebook | Twitter Links mentioned in this episode: Velocity Page Hack The Entrepreneur

Create Fun Quizzes for Lead Generation & Engagement My Interview with Josh Haynam of Interact WPCP: 090

Feb 19, 2016 54:22


Today I have a very special guest on the show, he's the first follow up interview with one of our guests! Josh Haynam of Interact, a company that makes it easy to create quizzes as a lead magnet. It's a unique and fun way to connect with your audience in a way they enjoy while getting those leads you want. I love all of those quizzes on Facebook (What Disney character am I? What's my word of 2016? etc.) so to actually find a quiz where the result is lead generation is so awesome. Businesses are taking from the entertainment world in the sense that these things that have been working for say Disney, Buzzfeed, and NY Times, you can then tweak these things so they relate to you and what you're doing while you create fun and entertaining content that will get you those leads. Ex. "What's you content marketing personality/superhero?" Hayman talks about how they have a "Shaq rule" (named after Shaquille O'Neal) and he says that 75% of all content you create should be for entertainment, 15% should be to educate, and 10% should be to sell... which actually ends up being the perfect ratio for a quiz. He also explains the significance of creating content, like a quiz, to use your own personal voice no matter how silly it may seem. Do you use funny/silly words or sayings? Use them! Humanizing your brand will keep you from sounding boring and will get people more interested and involved. [Tweet ""75% of all content you create should be for entertainment" @tryinteract"] Business really aren't the way they used to be. We're moving towards driving content through entertainment and then using that to gather information that is more relevant to your business. Josh team have done so and now help their customers figure out how to cost effectively generate leads from social media. It's always been pretty hard to really know how to use all the different types of social media ads and it sort of ends up being a "test and spend," "test and spend" situation for many people... But, by using a tool like a quiz from Interact, one can easily use entertainment and fun to capitalize on social media content. Whether or not it always converts, the engagement is huge. The entertainment part of your content will make people more inclined to share it which will bring you more likes, shares, etc. [Tweet ""Humanizing your brand will keep you from sounding boring and will get people more interested and involved." @tryinteract"] Questions I Asked: How did Interact come about? How does Josh drive revenue through entertainment? What types of quizzes besides personality quizzes do Josh and his team create? What is Interact's content strategy? What has Interact's journey looked like since we last talked a few years ago? Things You'll Learn: Why it's important to use your unique voice when creating content. How exactly these quizzes result in lead generation. How an entertaining quiz can be relevant to any type of business. How to drive traffic to your site after creating a quiz. What the optimal format for a quiz is. Where to Connect with Josh Website | Facebook | Twitter Links from this episode Interact Quiz Builder Easiest Quiz Builder - My Interview with Josh Haynam of Interact WPCP: 027

From Prison to Prosperity: My Interview with Mike Pisciotta WPCP: 089

Feb 17, 2016 56:44


Lately I’ve really been talking about content, and a huge piece of content is stories. Today’s guest is Mike Pisciotta and he’s going to share how his story drove him to get his business going. At the young age of 18 years old Mike woke up in a jail cell with no idea of what happened or why he was there. I had a Skype call with Mike before we did our interview and the second we started talking I knew I wanted to be a part of sharing his message. Mike's energy is infectious to say the least... and his enthusiasm for making the most out of his life will definitely light a spark in you! Growing up Mike experienced a lot of negativity at home, dealt with drugs,  and there really wasn’t any positive success that he could look to. At 18 he was sentenced to 10 years in prison and he felt overwhelmed at the idea of going away to prison while everyone else his age passed him by while they started their lives and their careers. Mike spent a lot of time reflecting on his life and looking at what was ahead of him. He accepted that his choices and his actions put him where he was and he fully realized that he would give them 10 years of freedom, but he decided that he would not give them 10 years of life. At that moment he made that internal commitment that he had to focus on every single day because he knew he still had life. He knew he had 10 years to continue to live life and better himself in everything from exercise to foreign languages to business skills so he could prepare himself for life when he was done serving his time.  [Tweet ""Working hard isn't always working right" @freedomcatalyst"] That choice to continue to live his life to the best of his ability was a constant struggle that was challenged every single day, but his commitment to change everything that he was removed anyone’s excuses and/or doubts. Mike explains that we all live in little prisons, whether it’s a cubicle, excess weight, etc. we always have a choice to let that thing define us, break us, and hold us back, or we can let that thing be the catalyst that pushes us into success.  Often times we assume that we’re the only ones dealing with that little prison. We think that we’re the only one’s struggling, but we need to realize that there are so many people struggling with the same things too. So instead of continuing to let it pull us down, we need to let it fuel us and allow it to push us forward. Learn how to enjoy the small victories instead of always looking at what the next thing is.  Questions I Asked:  How did Mike transition from prison to life outside of prison? How did Mike start working online? What did Mike and his wife do to find clients online? What was it like to move into a consulting business?  How does someone go out and make a name for themselves? Things You’ll Learn  You are not your experiences.  Why “working hard” isn’t always “working right.” The importance of a traffic strategy.  Why content is such a crucial part of being online.  The biggest thing Mike doesn’t see people doing online.  Where to connect with Mike Website | Facebook | Twitter Other episodes you might enjoy  The Truth about Facebook Advertising - My Interview with Jason Hornung Breaking the Perfectionist Mindset - My Interview with Bob McIntosh Gratitude & Retiring the Hustle WPCP: 081

Push Button Email Marketing – My Interview with Jason Drohn WPCP: 088

Feb 12, 2016 56:53


Every now and then you come across a tool that is a massive game changer. And you wonder "where have you been all my life?" ... That's how I felt when I found Scriptly. Email Marketing isn't as easy as you think it is (or should be). I have an old story in my head that I need to stop telling myself, and that is "I'm not good at copywriting". I love creating content and writing in my own voice. Once I stepped into that fully and owned that that was how I wanted to write, content became a piece of cake. Over the last couple of years my content has gotten better, I enjoy writing and take more time to provide as much value as I can. Here's the deal though. It's taken a LOT of practice. I don't know why it never occurred to me to apply the same principle to writing copy (slow learner much?). Kind of comical now that I think about it and put it out there. The cool thing is that all of that has changed over the last couple of months and I've started investing more time into understanding copy and testing what works and what doesn't. It started with using the free headline analyzer by CoSchedule (which is now built into the app so you don't have to go to the tool on the web to analyze your post headlines). By inputing my headlines, getting a score and re-writing the headlines to get the best possible score I could, I started to understand copy a little more. AND... it started feeling 'fun' to write headlines. Whaaaaaatttt???? I know. I kind of surprised myself too! One HUGE piece of online marketing and copywriting is email copy. I don't necessarily mean a broadcast email that you send out to your list... but email sequences. I'm O.K. if someone gets me started. As in, email #1 should be this, email #2 should be this, etc. And note that I said "I'm O.K.", that doesn't mean it's done really well or converts really well. I think in my head I had this aversion to 'writing copy' because it felt like I was being less than genuine. Which is kind of silly. As long as what you're writing is honest, all you're doing is crafting the words in a way that makes the reader think differently (you're appealing to something inside of them). Which is why I fell in love with Scriptly the second I saw it. I was introduced to Scriptly from a good friend in his Facebook group. I checked it out and knew INSTANTLY this was a tool I needed! You're going to hear more about Scriptly in the interview, but to cut to the chase - Scriptly writes your email copy & sequences FOR YOU. Naturally when I find a tool I love and become a little obsessed with, I dig a little deeper (do a little more research on who is behind the tool) and ask them if they'd like to be on the podcast. To say I hit it off with Jason Drohn, the founder of Scriptly, would be an understatement. We had an initial skype conversation that lasted at least an hour, then scheduled the interview. Jason is a breath of fresh air when it comes to the internet marketing space. Mainly because he's been in the trenches and gotten out. You'll understand what I mean when you listen to the interview. The Questions I asked Jason: Before we talk about your current business, can you share with the listeners how you got into online marketing & what brought you here? What was your first piece of software? What made you switch from what you were doing to creating software? What were some of the challenges you faced while building your software company? I have fallen in LOVE with Scriptly.... fill the listeners in on what it is and how it works What would you recommend to someone who wants to get into software / SaaS model? What's coming next? [Tweet ""Software isn't easy. You have to do a really good job marketing it" @JasonDrohn"] What You're Going to Learn How Jason got into Internet Marketing What he did to build a great income with affiliate marketing Why he left affiliate marketing When he stepped into software development

Will You Make the Difficult Decisions When it Counts? WPCP: 087

Feb 10, 2016 47:23


We're going to go in a little different direction today. I thought about doing a 'Kim Snippet' version of the podcast for this topic but then realized this would probably end up being a full length episode. Not really a snippet. (Clearly I'm not great at keeping things short & to the point). I'm going to try with every ounce of my being to share the story of what brought me to this difficult decision without being too ambiguous (because I'm not interested in sharing names or making anyone or anything 'wrong'). I mentioned this in my year in review podcast,  The Truth About 2015, Showing up in 2016 and WAY More Fun. Last year was amazing, but it was also really, really tiring. So I sort of took December off. When I say sort of I mean I took the month off from the mastermind I was in (note the past tense, which is where this is going). My year was up at the end of November and I was just fried. I wanted to simply do my thing, trust myself and work at a pace that worked for me. As opposed to what I was committing to in the group or from a public accountability perspective. I wanted more 'ease' in my life and less 'hustle' (we all know how I feel about the word hustle, so I won't go into that again). During that time I had also made the decision to hire Jason Hornung & his team to help me get my Facebook ads dialed in and running. After a couple years of just hopping in and testing Facebook Advertising (with some direction), I wanted to do it correctly. I wanted to run paid advertising based on data (novel idea, huh?). I had NO idea that my decision to hire Jason & his team would completely turn my world upside down (in a good way). I don't want this episode to turn into another 'Jason Hornung FanClub' episode (you can't really blame me though... he's just that good), but you can't un-push a button. Once you've seen what's 'behind the curtain' you can't un-see it. [Tweet ""Once you've seen what's behind the curtain you can't 'un-see' it" @kimdoyal"] Not only did I get the support and feedback I was so desperately needing, I also got the step-by-step system. Which unfortunately put a spotlight on the areas where I wasn't getting what I needed. Hence the difficult decision. It was time for me to leave my mastermind.  I felt this in my gut when I took December off, but I was afraid. This is the EGO not only riding shotgun, but driving the car. FOMO (Fear of missing out for those of you who haven't heard the term). What if?  What if I can't do it on my own? Will I lose relationships (inevitable when people are involved)? Will there be any backlash? Regrets (no matter how much I try to stay out of that place, it still shows up) But then there's the side that really matters. How I want to FEEL. The gut instinct. The truth about how I want to move through the world and how I want to show UP! I'm not sure when this hit me, but all of the sudden I realized that I was trying to do things one way with my brand, but then another way when I was marketing. Let me see if I can explain that better. Last fall I started getting a little obsessed with content marketing. I dove into content marketing with the same fervor I had when I realized I wanted to build a business around WordPress. Something finally 'clicked' for me with content marketing and I was having a ball. Because of this new found passion for content marketing I started looking at everything I was doing through new eyes. A different perspective if you will. None of my mentors were content marketers. They were all great at what they did, but they didn't have the experience (or knowledge) to help me drive what I had spent almost 8 years creating. Which was a brand. With an audience. And a message. They also didn't see the value in content marketing (which is not an argument I feel any need to go into... to each his own). Something inside me was screaming "TRUST YOURSEL...

40,000 Visitors in 6 Months – Grow and Convert with Devesh Khanal & Benji Hyam WPCP: 086

Feb 5, 2016 1:10:45


I seem to be on a kick lately of paying attention to tracking and numbers and along those lines you are going to love my next guests!  Benji Hyam and Devesh Khanal started a blog site about content marketing and converting call  These guys have an amazing blog that you should subscribe to! Before even interviewing these guys I realized what a goldmine their site was. If you want to get more traffic to your site and don't know how to do it... follow their journey with this blog. Every. Step. Of the Way. My guess is that even if you implemented one or two things you'd see a noticeable difference. It will probably also help you step back and look at your blog & business with a different perspective. [Tweet "We want marketers to take OUR concepts and apply them to THEIR businesses - Benji Hyam"] Besides running this blog, Devesh runs a conversion optimization agency called Devesh Design to help companies increase their conversion rates and email list size.  Benji is the Director of Growth for a company called Everwise in San Francisco and also has a company in San Diego called Founder Insights to learn about how founders grew their businesses. *Quick update since the recording of this episode: Benji has 'quit his life' (his words) and is going full time with You can read his post on 'Why he quit his life' in the link below on his personal site. I have to tell you too... I probably could have stayed on the interview for hours with these guys and will definitely get them on individually. It's probably also the quietest I've ever been on an interview. Questions I asked Devesh & Benji:  Before we get into "Grow and Convert", can you fill the listeners in on what you do outside of this project?  How did you guys connect?  Explain to everyone what Grow and Convert is.  What are you guys doing to grow it? Meaning, can you share some of the strategies you're implementing to take Grow and Convert to 40,000 visitors in 6 months?  You have until April 17th to reach your goal, how's it going so far?  Based on your background & experience, what are a few common mistakes you see people making when trying to grow a blog and get traffic?  If you could suggest ONE strategy that people could implement today, what would that be? [Tweet "If you start something and it doesn't work, it doesn't mean it won't work with some tweaks - Devesh Khanal"] What You'll Learn in the Episode:  The book Devesh recommends for a quick read that will have a big impact.  The formula for developing a good content strategy for your business.  Some good distribution tactics for sharing your content  Some of the challenges they've faced in their own businesses Connect more with Devesh & Benji: Other Episodes you may enjoy: Viceo, Advertising & Creating Connection - WPCP:080 Visual Content Builder - WPCP:052 List Building & Starting Over - WPCP:073

The Truth About Facebook Advertising – Interview with Jason Hornung

Jan 27, 2016 53:39


This is now the second post (actually it might be the third?) that I've talked about Jason Hornung. The difference with this post and podcast episode is that it is solely about Jason Hornung. This interview is also what led to me hiring Jason and his team to get a solid strategy in place for my Facebook ads. Instead of guessing what I thought would be the right message or right target audience, Jason and his team actually developed a real strategy for me based on data and KPI's (key performance indicators). I recently came back from an accelerator workshop in Madison, Wisconsin at Jason's and to say my brain was on overload would be an understatement. All in a good way of course. I'll continue to talk about my experience with Jason and his team as my ads start rolling out and I have actual numbers and data to share with you (I know, shocking. I'm not a huge fan of collecting and managing data, but there is no doubt it will be at the core of everything I do from now on). We launched a couple ads last week and I'll be launching more this week as well. One thing I do want to say, and this is kind of a bold statement, is that working with Jason and his team has probably been one of, if not the best, experiences I've had since I launched my business almost 8 years ago. They've set the bar pretty high and I'll be using them as my standard now when it comes to investing in my business. O.K., onto the interview! Questions I asked Jason What were you doing before building your Facebook Ad Agency? What is the Jason Hornung Agency? Can you share your journey into internet marketing? How did you transition into Facebook advertising? How should someone get started with Facebook Advertising? Where does content come into play with a paid traffic strategy? How do you work with clients? Agency? Products? [Tweet ""You buy one of these things and thinks it's going to magically start working for you." @JasonHornung]"] What You're Going to Learn How Jason started making money online as an affiliate marketer How a Google slap forced him to look at another way to grow his business How he built his team, after working 15 hour days  How you can profitably scale your offers online with Facebook Doing the RESEARCH! How Jason sets the foundation for their ad campaigns using a tool called 'The Inception Campaign Planning System' Who Jason studied in direct response marketing and advertising so he could apply the same strategies to Facebook Advertising Retargeting & Metrics... No doubt you've heard the term retargeting and you already know what metrics are. I'm pretty familiar with retargeting, but never have I heard it explained to the degree that Jason explained it. He talks about backwards engineering the process so you can get to your numbers before you even begin advertising. You need to know your numbers. Most people want to skip over this stuff because they're anxious to get ads up and think it's as simple as creating a headline, a graphic and a landing page. If you take that approach, you're going to set yourself up for a world of frustration. I'm going to stop attempting to share all the amazing knowledge Jason shares so you can get it directly from the man himself! [Tweet ""You need to establish what your numbers are going to be before you do anything." @JasonHornung"]   Where to Connect with Jason Website | Facebook | Twitter

11 Ways Podcasting Will Explode Your Business

Jan 25, 2016


I've often stated that nothing has done for my business what podcasting has. And I'm going to say it again. Podcasting is hands down the BEST thing I've done for my business. I decided to launch my podcast a couple years ago and I really had to expectation, strategy or plans for it. I simply knew that it was something I wanted to. I wanted to connect with my audience at a different level and bring a little more 'fun' into my business. Suffice it say that podcasting has completely exceeded any expectations I had (which I know, clearly weren't many when I started). The crazy thing was that even though I knew I wanted to do the podcast I wasn't quite sure what the content was going to be about. Obviously it needed to be relevant to this site (the podcast is called "The WordPress Chick" podcast), but I didn't want it simply to be about how to use WordPress. WordPress is simply a tool (albeit an awesome tool). I also knew that I wanted to take my business in a different direction... and podcasting was going to be a part of that. Up until the time I launched the podcast my business had grown and shifted pretty consistently but more often than not I was still stuck in the 'time for money' trap. I wanted leverage in business and I wanted to choose EVERYTHING I did (meaning not take work just for the money because I needed it, which, is part of the process when you're first getting started. I was beyond the 'starting point').  I had been creating content on my site for a while, both written posts and video tutorials. I kept wondering how I was going to translate some of the stuff I did on video into a podcast. The only real plan I had was that I was going to alternate between solo shows (just me recording) and doing interviews. I didn't want to do an interview only show because I had (have), plenty to say. I also wanted to use the interviews as a way to highlight great people, regardless of whether or not they might be considered an "influencer".  (There are soooooo many people all over the world that you can connect with and do business with. Don't get caught up in talking only to people you think you SHOULD be talking to. It's YOUR show. You get to talk to whomever you want). Once I got my mic and figured out which recording software I was going to use (my first mic was a Blue Yeti... I've since upgraded to the Heil PR40 and I use Adobe Audition), I just went for it. I had an introduction produced by Music Radio Creative, planned about the first few episodes and started lining up guests. For the first 10 episodes or so I was doing all the editing. Then I announced on air that I needed to hire someone to do it for me and found a great editor right away. My shows are 45 min. to an hour long... so double that with editing and it was way too time consuming. Keep that in mind when you're launching your podcast. Hiring someone to do the editing (and or the stuff that isn't your forte'), will make you much more likely to stick with it and start reaping the rewards. The rest is, as they say, history. Here are the 11 Ways Podcasting Will Explode Your Business 1.  Consistent Content Even though I've had times with the podcast where I've missed a week (or two) for one reason or another, I always come back to it. One of the driving factors in succeeding with a podcast is consistency. Since publishing a podcast (with WordPress), requires that you also publish a post you're in fact creating two types of content for one episode. The audio and the written version of the post. Ideally the written post will contain relevant keywords and be optimized with high quality images for sharing (which really, all content should have high quality images... makes me crazy when I go to share content and there isn't a 'share-worthy' image). The benefit of this is also the more often you create content the better you get at it. You're also giving the search engines exactly what they want... fresh, quality content. 2.

Falling in Love with CoSchedule and The BEST Business Investment I’ve Made In a Long Time WPCP: 084

Jan 15, 2016 56:53


If you haven't heard of CoSchedule, let me give you a little rundown of what it is and why I continue to fall in love with it a little more EVERY single day. CoSchedule is to content marketing what peanut butter is to chocolate (yes, Reeses is my favorite candy bar and I love me some peanut butter & chocolate ice cream). But I know, that's not really telling you what it is, right? I signed up for CoSchedule immediately when it first came out but didn't really give it the attention it deserved. After having worked with a social media person for a year and using another tool (Edgar, which was O.K., but truthfully I didn't see the ROI for it. You can create a library of categories and a schedule, but CoSchedule does SO much more) and not seeing enough 'results', I went back to CoSchedule and started consuming all of their training and content (their blog is FABULOUS!). Once I decided to 'overhaul the WordPress Chick' site and my content strategy I knew that I would need a solid editorial plan as well as a better promotional schedule. Which is where CoSchedule sort of 'starts' (because again, it does WAY more than provide you with a simple editorial calendar).  First, here's a brief look at what CoSchedule does, then I'll get into each element a little deeper: I'm in the process of creating a complete CoSchedule tutorial & review post, so I won't go into every single detail in this post but using this tool has been a game changer for me and I think it will be for you too. I had made numerous attempts in the past to use an editorial calendar but without having a solid content strategy in place (or working on one), it just took up space on my site. All of that changed when I drank the content marketing Kool-Aid. Kid you not, it's become such an obsession of mine that I'm seriously considering taking a speed reading class or course so I can consume more content. O.K., not really, but you get my point. Like I mentioned above, I originally went back to CoSchedule for the social media calendar aspect. When I started using it again I simply added my social media person as a user to my site and she went in and scheduled all the content to be shared in my dashboard (which was also great because I could see exactly what she was doing. Not that I couldn't before or that I didn't trust her, but since I was logging into my dashboard everyday I could see what was being scheduled without having to log into a separate site). After using it for social media for a while I started diving a little deeper into the editorial calendar, headline analyzer (which is probably one of my MOST favorite online tools EVER) and the data within the CoSchedule web app (btw, did you know you can use CoSchedule without WordPress? Although my guess is if you're reading this or listening to this podcast you're a WordPress user). What CoSchedule has done for me that I DIDN'T expect... Helped me create a content marketing plan that has made content fun, engaging and strategic (and yes, even the strategic part is FUN). The Best Business Investment I've Made In A Long Time I've mentioned this in a recent podcast episode, but since I'm deeper in the process of working through this I really wanted to give you an update. If you're new to what I'm talking about, I'm referring to my recent decision to hire Jason Hornung & the Jason Hornung Agency to help me launch a new campaign on Facebook for my podcast offer (I go into a little more detail on that in the episode, but this is really more about my decision to hire Jason and his team, what the process has been like and why I'm starting the "Jason Hornung Fan Club".. kidding. Maybe). As your business grows and you start scaling what you're doing you need to partner with the right people to help you grow. I've done some Facebook advertising and have had some success...I've also had horrible results, which is why I went looking for help. From the moment I first talked to Jason (for a...

Growing Your Business with the Switchback Approach – My Interview with Brock Cannon WPCP: 083

Jan 8, 2016 46:08


I had the good fortune of being introduced to Brock Cannon through a good friend. I'm SO glad he introduced us. I'm definitely a fan of The Switchback Approach. You might think I sound a bit like a nutty fan or over-zealous reader, but I absolutely LOVE Brock's approach to helping people achieve their goals. I often waffle between goals and intentions. I totally get the value in setting a concrete, tangible goal. I also know the value in setting intentions (which to me is a gentler approach and implies a lot of TRUST). Brock's approach to goals has totally shifted that for me. Questions I asked Brock: What is the Switchback Approach What made you decide to write a novel (as opposed to a business book) What is your current business? How do you work with clients? What are your plans for taking for your business this year? What You're Going to Learn: Why Brock has his clients ADD something into their lives first as opposed to taking something away How he helped a client lost 30 lbs. with this method Why I became a super excited fan of Brock & The Switchback Approach How you can apply the Switchback Approach to your own life to reach your goals How you can get a FREE copy of the book! Where to Connect with Brock Twitter | Facebook | Website

The Truth About 2015, Showing up in 2016 and WAY More Fun WPCP: 082

Jan 1, 2016 53:33


I'm kind of tripping out right now that I'm doing another "year in review" podcast episode. Where is the time going?! Do you feel like you say that every year? I do. The odd thing is that with the day-to-day it doesn't feel like time is flying by. I've made a very conscious effort to be present with whatever I'm doing so for that I'm grateful. I just can't believe we're about to enter another New Year. O.K., enough of my wonderings about time passing quickly... let's get onto the year in review shall we? The Truth About 2015 When I was thinking about the title for this post (and yes, I totally used the CoSchedule Headline Analyzer which I LOVE) I started laughing to myself because it almost implies I've been lying (or have lied) about the past year. Fortunately for me I think you guys know me well enough to know that it simply means I'm going to share it all... the ups AND the downs. No sugar coating here, although you don't have to worry about me being a negative nelly either. That's not how I roll. I'm going to structure this post a little different than previous 'year-in-review' posts I've done. Instead of going through the year in chronological order I'm going to start at the end. As in December of 2015. Why? This year kind of kicked my butt. I have a tendency to go and go until I hit a wall, then I crash, then I recuperate. This used to bother me until I realized that this was my process. Now when I feel the crash coming I honor it and check out for a bit. It works better for me to keep going when the inspiration is there (I don't really push myself anymore because that tends to backfire) and then when I can't go anymore I take the much needed rest. This usually happens for me around Christmastime but it hit me earlier this year. By mid-November I was FRIED. I needed to slow down, put the brakes on a few things and listen to what I needed most, which was simplicity. I decided to take the month of from my Mastermind, made sure I wasn't over scheduled and canceled any webinars or major promotions for myself or other people. I actually said No. A lot. And it felt great. The time away from the external influences allowed me to get really clear on what I'm doing and where I'm going. Before I get into where I'm going, I want to look back at 2015, the experiences, the lessons, the successes, all of it. This is going to be a mix of business and personal for me because I can't necessarily separate the two. I am my business and I love what I do. Travel I had some great trips in 2015, both for business and personal. I went to all 3 of my mastermind trips (Vegas in February, where we raced Ferrari's, Maui in June where we went snorkeling and Orlando in October where we went to Universal Studios). I brought my dear friend and project manager to Maui with me (that was a blast) and brought my son & niece to Orlando. Maui was probably my favorite because it was a great combination of relaxation and work (inspiration/motivation). While the kids were great in Orlando, I don't think I'll be bringing family on any of those trips again. I don't want to feel responsible for anyone other than myself when I go away for business and there's no way around that when you bring kids (of course The Wizarding World of Harry Potter was awesome). I also went to Vegas in May for the first Click Funnels event and then onto the south of France with my daughter in July for her graduation. I actually ended up canceling (rescheduling) a trip to Ireland for the beginning of November because I was simply done traveling and wanted to be home. What I learned: While all the trips were great, I need more down time for myself. I made a commitment to myself a couple of years ago that I wouldn't go to conferences or on business trips that weren't relevant to what I was working on at that time and it's made a huge difference. For 2016 I'm carrying that theme into the New Year but I'm going to take it a little fur...

Breaking the Perfectionist Mindset – My Interview with Bob McIntosh WPCP: 081

Dec 18, 2015 53:00


As soon as I heard the title of this book I knew I wanted to speak with the author. I would bet that at one time or another most entrepreneurs have dealt with the 'perfectionist' mindset (and this is by no means exclusive to entrepreneurs). It's easy to get caught up in things being 'just so' before we launch, ship, publish and share our message with the world. If you've ever done this (or do this? Maybe you find yourself taking longer to complete something than you should?), then this interview and book are for you. Before we get into the interview itself, I want to make sure you have the details to get a copy of the book yourself. Get Out of Your Own Way!: How to Break the Perfectionist Mindset and Unleash the Floodgates of Prosperity in Your Business by: Bob McIntosh I recorded a solo show earlier this year titled, "You are the obstacle in your business"... so clearly this book and interview resonated with me. Plus, Bob is just a great guy! What You're Going to Learn in this Episode: What Bob was doing before he started his current business How he went from Real Estate to online business and Author That we're all at different points in our business and lives... we even discussed one of my least favorite words ('hustle') What you can do to achieve excellence in your own life & business How to identify your core values [tweet_box]"Perfection is defined by our internal standards, Excellence is defined by everyone else's perception of what we're putting out there." @thebobmcintosh[/tweet_box] Questions I asked Bob Is there a story behind the title? Where did the perfectionist mindset come from? What are some of the things we can do to get out of our own way? What were some of the things you learned from your mentors? What are some of the ways we can achieve excellence without worrying about being perfect? [tweet_box]"You VIBE attracts your TRIBE" @thebobmcintosh[/tweet_box] Where to Connect with Bob Book Website | Facebook| Twitter   Other Episodes You Might Enjoy: YOU Are the Obstacle in Your Business - WPCP: 051 Gratitude & Retiring the Hustle :WPCP 081 Not Another Friggin Idea! :WPCP 071   Leave me a comment and I will randomly choose one person who will receive a free copy of Bob's book!  

Infographics & Awesomeness – My Interview with Ching of Piktochart WPCP: 080

Dec 12, 2015 38:37


As you all know, I am such a geek when it comes to the visual side of the web. I LOVE graphics, icons, info graphics, and tools and all that awesome stuff. So I’m super excited to be able to talk to Ching from Piktochart today. Before Ching founded Piktochart, she studied experimental psychology and worked at Procto and Gamble where she found that she really like info graphics. She looked to see if someone had created a tool that she could use to make them, but there really wasn’t anything out there. After talking to the now co-founder of Piktochart, Andrea, she decided that she wanted to create something people could use to create graphics they needed. Andrea was her then boyfriend, now husband, and he was more of the tech side of the team because he was very involved in the Wordpress framework and PHP; Ching was more of the creative/marketing side of the team so together they worked on their idea then they brought it to an Excelerator in China. 30 days after they pitched their idea, it took only about 30 days for them to step into the Excelerator.  Questions I Asked Ching: How can someone use Piktochart? What tips would Ching give to someone who wants to start making info graphics? What kind of people use Piktochart? What’s coming in the future for Piktochart? Things You’ll Learn: What differentiates Piktochart from other tools and programs. How Ching and Andrea make sure that Piktochart is always benefiting their audience’s needs. Different ways to use Piktochart without using data.  The importance of info graphics.  [tweet_box]“You’re not just creating a visual piece for a post, this is a way to generate traffic and connect with your audience…” - @piktochart [/tweet_box] Where to Connect with Ching Website | Facebook| Twitter Links Mentioned in the Podcast: Piktochart Other Episodes You Might Enjoy: Video Advertising with Gideon Shalwick Clammr for Content - Interview with Parviz Parvizi When it All Comes Together and You Still Feel the Doubts

Gratitude & Retiring the Hustle WPCP: 081

Nov 27, 2015 38:07


It's about that time of year again. No, I'm not referring to the holidays, even though they're quickly approaching. I'm referring to that time of year when I need to take a step back, take some time for myself and do a little reflecting. In the almost 8 years that I've been doing this 'online thing' this feeling hasn't ever hit me until after Christmas. That time between Christmas and the New Year when rest feels like a reward (as opposed to a necessity). The excitement of the New Year starts kicking in and you feel like anything is possible (again, I think I really was Pollyanna in a previous life). For some reason though it's hit me much earlier this year. I found myself really overwhelmed, which then lead to frustration, tears and a little bit of a collapse. Fortunately I know I don't stay in that place for very long, even though it feels some what debilitating when you're in it. I'm on the tail end of that now so it's much easier to share this with you (I'm not much of a sharer when I'm in that space). I've gotten much better about making decisions when I'm in that space... as in, I don't make decisions when I'm there. I'm grateful to have my therapist in my life still to turn to when that overwhelm kicks in as well as great friends and family. So before I get into my little 'collapse' and much needed time for reflection, I'm going to start this episode with some gratitude. First, a VERY Happy Thanksgiving to everyone in the U.S. I hope you get some quality time with family and loved ones. Even though I adore Christmas, the lack of pressure on Thanksgiving is sooooo appreciated! I want to give a shout out to some of my recent reviewers (listen to the episode) and promise to be better at these acknowledgements in the future. Truly, it means the world to me to hear from you that you like the show and appreciate what I do. I don't know if I've ever mentioned this on the show before, but public speaking (more specifically, motivational speaking) is always something I wanted to do. I was a speech major in college for a little while (long story) and have always loved getting in front of people sharing from the heart. I truly believe podcasting has given me the ideal platform to do this from (and stay tuned because I AM launching another show, #justshowup). I'm so grateful to all of you who continue to read my content, listen to the podcast and attend my webinars. It feels a little hokey to say this but my audience really drives me to create more of what I love doing, so Thank You. Without writing out lengthy, mushy sentences, I'm going to bullet point the things I'm grateful for: My kids My family My dogs My friends My business The quality of my life Baths WordPress Books My mastermind & mentors My clients Noise canceling headphones The Noizio app Laughter Podcasting Green juice Coffee Travel My therapist / mentor My home The rain... that is supposedly coming to California this winter (I'm setting the intention that it does) Seems kind of basic, huh? I am SO all about simplifying my life... seeing that in writing actually makes me really, really happy. Which is part of what has help me move through whatever it is I've been going through the last couple of weeks. Retiring the Hustle I literally put that under my Skype name. I'm SO over the push, the fight, the intensity of "getting shit done". It's not how I move through my life. I've done that and I have to tell you it doesn't work for me anymore. I used to be SO 'type A'. I took pride in being busy and have a ton on my plate. Need something done? I'll do it! I never, ever stopped. When I look back to certain periods in my life after my husband passed away I wonder how on earth I did what I did! In many ways I know that who I was then is exactly how I got through the darkest period in my life. I think if I weren't busy I would have wanted to just check out for a while (and there were times w...

Video, Advertising & Creating Connection – My Interview with Gideon Shalwick WPCP: 080

Nov 20, 2015 50:11


I have Gideon Shalwick on the podcast today! Get a pen and paper because all this information that Gideon Shalwick provides is going to blow your mind! Tons of knowledge bombs in this one! Gideon's entrepreneurial journey started about 9-10 years ago. He had a great job but something wasn't feeling quite right. For several reasons, he decided to quit his job and work for himself. Gideon and his wife moved to Australia on a whim to 'start over'. They thought it would be easier to do something new in a new place, and it worked! It helped them focus on their relationship and their business. The first thing Gideon did was he wrote an ebook and it sold extremely well in 77 countries. But once the excitement of his book died down he realized that his site traffic was gone, his sales were gone and his money was gone. He knew he needed to research and learn how to drive traffic. After interviewing several experts, his started to figure it out. After each success, he just kept learning and building from there. [tweet_box]"I wanted to drop out of the system of limitations inside my head and break free" - Gideon Shalwick[/tweet_box] Questions I Asked Gideon: I know your business today is primarily around video marketing and advertising. Can you share with the listeners your story and how you got here today? What was the ebook that you wrote about? What made you decide to move into video advertising? What is the biggest mistake you see people make with video? What’s the best way to get started with video advertising? How hard is it to get into a subscription model? [tweet_box]"Instead of designing technology, I prefer to play with it" - Gideon Shalwick[/tweet_box] What You're Going to Learn: The reasons behind Gideon deciding to start over What his first successful case study was based on What his background is in technology What is Veeroll and how it works Some guidelines that will help you be successful with video [tweet_box]"I realized there was such a massive audience to reach with video but the trouble was with MAKING these damn little videos" - Gideon Shalwick[/tweet_box] Where to Connect with Gideon Website | Facebook | Twitter Check our this amazing tool: Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Scaling Your WordPress Business – My Interview with Kai Davis When it All Comes Together and You Still Have Doubts Passion Into Profits, My Interview with Tony Teegarden [wprs-box]

Your Own Community on WordPress – My Interview with Merav Knafo of Peepso WPCP: 079

Nov 13, 2015 1:08:34


Today I have the pleasure of chatting with the team from Peepso: the founder, Merav, Eric the project designer, and Matt the lead developer. I'm going to be completely transparent and tell you I was SUPER thrilled to talk to Merav not only because she's awesome (as is Peepso), but because it was great to talk to a woman who has founded a software company and is doing it well ( of course Eric & Matt are awesome too :-). Next time I'll have to interview them in person, since they're in Indonesia!) Merav, Eric, and Matt worked together on Jomsocial over the years so the transition to working together on Peepso.  Merav had been involved with Joomla since around the time it started. Right after Merav discovered Joomla, she bought the domain name where she has been creating extensions for Joomla ever since. Eric originally got a BA in English in college, then worked his way up in IT. He then started working for Jompsocial where he became project manager. Matt used to be a freelance developer for years, then he got involved with Joomla during the first few months it came out. He then met the owner of Jumpsocial and began working there, where he met Merav. When Merav saw how well Eric and Matt worked together she knew that the three of them would make a great team on Peepso. Peepso allows people who use word press to have their social media inside their own site. So instead of sending people to your Facebook to connect with you there, they can connect with you on your website. Questions I Asked:  What is Peepso? What made Merav decide to launch Peepso? Why did Merav choose to use the "free-mium" pricing model instead of a full fledged suite? What challenges did Merav face when creating her business? What has been the response in the WordPress community? What advice would Merav, Matt and Eric give to someone who wants to have their premium developed?   Things You'll Learn: Why it's important to keep people on your site to connect with you instead of sending them to other sites. How Merav overcame working with a community who expects most products to be free. The many features of Peepso. How different companies have been able to use Peepso. The value of community sites opposed to Facebook groups. [tweet_box] "It's great because it's not free" - Merav Knafo[/tweet_box]   Where to Connect with Merav Website | Facebook | Twitter Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Interview with Shane Melaugh of Thrive Themes Interview with Matt Medeiros - Creator of the Conductor Plugin Beaver Builder- My Interview with the team at Beaver Builder

Content, Metrics & List Building WPCP: 078

Nov 7, 2015 53:10


I cannot seem to get enough content about content! (say that 10 times fast) It's as if I turned on a light switch in my head and I realized there's SO much more that I ever imagined. Bear with me here because I'm going to get more specific and promise I won't be talking in circles (and I'll do my best not to repeat what I've discussed in my recent posts about overhauling my site and content as the foundation of your business. I may however repeat a few points because they bear repeating). Back in my Overhauling the WordPress Chick post (Part 1) I mentioned the book Content Machine by Dan Norris (which by the way is absolutely fantastic). I've been working my way through the book and accompanying resources while I craft my new content strategy for my site. Even if ALL you do initially is start looking at content from a different perspective, then the book is worth every penny. The goal of course is to implement what you read and learn (I know, novel idea, right?), but for me it took a little percolating to really "get it". Trust me, I'm all about doing the work but I've also learned that I set myself back a few steps whenever I try to force something. It just doesn't work, I waste time and end up really frustrated. It's not like content is new, right? And it's not like I haven't been creating content since I launched this site. I have. Where I missed the mark though was that I never created a content strategy. I know, part of me thinks "should I be saying this out loud?"... but I kinda sorta had a content strategy. It was just that I only had a few pieces to it. Now I'm creating the entire map, GPS and all. My 'kinda sorta' strategy was to check keywords, comments and feedback from my audience and create content from that. I also created content around what I was loving at the time and why. Then I'd make tutorials or share it in a way that was easier for the everday user to understand (no boring code snippets here! :-) ). Then I realized what the problem was. I never sat down and started with the end in mind. Not the end of my business, but what was the ultimate goal of my site. What was I trying to DO with my business? What did I want to create? Who do I want to serve? All of that is changing now... and I couldn't be more excited. I can't quite reveal what this all means, but I'm crystal clear on one thing... my content strategy is at the core of everything I'm doing moving forward. Here's the beauty of creating a solid content strategy.... you can measure it's effectiveness and tailor it so it meets your objective. When I decided to fully step into this I started working with my 'secret weapon' (you'll hear more about him this month, I promise) before I created any new content or spent anytime deciding if I wanted to re-do my theme (which I've since decided I want to update my theme... originally I wasn't goiing to. It wont' be a totally new look, just a little different style) we got on a skype call and started with the end in mind. What do I want to do with my site (products and services) and who am I serving? How we approached this: After our initial skype call he went and did some analytics digging and keyword research (the stuff I hate but know is ridiculously invaluable). From there we started a notebook in Evernote and started digging in. You can see in the screenshot below some of the notes and areas we're focusing on: And we're just getting started (kind of fun, huh?). Now let's talk a bit about Metrics It's no secret that I'm not a fan of doing this myself, but I know it needs to be done. I like knowing the numbers, I just don't want to have to go in and collect them and analyze them. Hence my 'secret weapon'. In order to grow your business and proivde value to your audience you have to track and measure what's working, what's not working and what they want more of. I've had Google analytics and webmaster tools set up (although something...

Podcasting Isn’t a Trend – It’s Content

Nov 5, 2015 12:08


I think at this point this is something we can all agree on. Although I do think there are people who see podcasting as the 'latest bandwagon' (we're just going to go on my hunch on this because I can't quite fathom the idea of trying to find facts to support this opinion. I know that there are people out there who take that opinion whenever a new platform rolls out... they take a stance as to why they're not getting all hot and bothered with the latest 'thing'... think Periscope or Blab). Of course podcasting is hardly new. The more people that start podcasting the more it feels like people are jumping into it (although isn't that point when something becomes mainstream? The weird thing is that people don't really do that with mainstream media, have you noticed? No one complains because other TV Networks outside of the big ones are launching their own series. Something to ponder...) Back to Podcasting I know that saying podcasting is content isn't revolutionary, but it seems like it often gets overlooked. I adore podcasting because I can take it with me anywhere (I was a listener of podcasts long before I started my own). I often joke that I've become a very anti-social shopper because I tend to have headphones in listening to podcasts when I'm out and about running errands... actually it makes me a much calmer shopper (for what it's worth). Here are a few things to keep in mind with Podcasting: Because we have SO much content available to us we automatically filter out what works for us and what doesn't. I know for myself that there have been bloggers or people I've subscribed to that at one time I ADORED what they did and what they said. Now? It doesn't quite feel the same. It doesn't hold the same draw as it did a few years back in my business. Which is a good thing if we're all growing, right? Ideally your business evolves and grows as you do so your ideal client or target audience is going to be different. Which is why content is SO crucial when your goal is to create a real business and are in this for the long haul. One of the things I hear most often from people when they're considering creating and launching a podcast is that they don't have the time. I won't go into some long drawn-out preachy paragraph about how we all have the same '24 hours' a day. You know all that already. What I will tell you is that it's a form of content that can get you a much faster return on your investment of time and energy. Your podcast listeners are YOUR people. [Tweet "Your podcast listeners are YOUR people."] They're not cold leads and they're not occasional readers. They DIG you. They appreciate you. The CHOOSE you. If you've been thinking about podcasting, start looking at it from a content creation and connection perspective. AND... really think about whether or not it's something you want to truly #showup for. If your heart isn't into it (and into it for the long term), then find a form of content that you can stick with and is feels right for you. I've said this over and over again, and yes, it bears repeating. I believe every niche can be served from a podcast, but I don't think everyone should podcast.

Clammr for Content & Podcasting – Interview with Parviz Parvizi WPCP: 077

Oct 30, 2015 48:16


Today I have Parviz Parvizi, one of the founders of Clammr on the show. After meeting in law school, Parviz and his co-founder David were both admitted 'slow readers' so they were always big audio users.  After completing college they both got blue chip jobs to pay down some of their school debt - one  in consulting and the other in banking.  Parviz and David always knew they wanted to work together so they were always throwing around ideas, and many of these ideas were shared via audio.  During this process, they both became frustrated with how clunky it was to share that 'golden nugget' in an audio file with each other.  From that challenge came the idea and creation of this amazing tool called Clammr! And you know what -  it's totally FREE! Questions I Asked Parviz: What is Clammr? Tell us the thought process behind redirecting the audio snippet to a link and what is the value in it? If you were launching new podcast today, how would you use Clammr to drive traffic? What is the value in using this amazing tool on Social Media? [tweet_box]"We thought of Clammr as a lead generator for audio." - Parviz Parvizi[/tweet_box] What You're Going to Learn: Some new opportunities for podcasters Interesting ways people have used Clammr What's on the horizon - what's coming next Parviz' experience and advice with launching a software company [tweet_box]"With Clammr, your audience can become marketers and promoters of your podcast." - Parviz Parvizi[/tweet_box] Using the Clammr Button with Simple Podcast Press   Where to Connect with Parviz Website | Facebook | Twitter | Private FB Group Register for Webinar Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Simple Podcast Press Plugin- Interview with Hani Mourra Visual Content Builder – My Interview with Shane Melaugh of Thrive Themes Interview with Ray Ortega of The Podcaster’s Studio

Write to The Heart of Your Business- My Interview with Christine Sheehy WPCP: 076

Oct 23, 2015 1:01:34


So excited to have Christine Sheehy on the podcast today! Christine and I met about two years ago through a Mastermind course and we really connected.  She started her career as a lawyer, but always found herself drawn to the writing aspect of law.  After having her daughter, she got into working with corporate clients with their communication needs and helping them focus on creating impact in their businesses.  She soon realized what she really loved was connecting with the individuals within these businesses.  Christine then moved into copywriting coaching - helping her clients identify their unique skills and communicate their ideas and value on their websites.  Questions I Asked Christine: Was there a struggle when she decided to leave her legal work? What are some common mistakes clients make when it comes to writing? What work do your clients have to do when working with you? How does someone begin to share their 'business' story? What is one thing she wishes people would do when it comes to writing for their business? What are some different ways someone can work with her? Things You'll Learn: Why it’s important to not only be professional, but to also be yourself. You don’t need to be 'bigger' than who you are to have credibility. The importance of being clear about exactly what you do. Why you just need to show up and do the work. How to be confident in what you're doing and understand how to differentiate yourself from other people in the same field.    [tweet_box]“If you are the face of your brand, BE the face of your brand.” - Christine Sheehy[/tweet_box]     WEBINAR REPLAY   Where to Connect with Christine Christine's Website Write to the Heart of Your Business on Facebook Christine on Twitter Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Interview with Julie Harris Interview with Marianne Manthey

Freelancing & WordPress: My Interview with Brennan Dunn WPCP: 075

Oct 9, 2015 58:31


Today I had the pleasure of interviewing Brennan Dunn. Back in 2008 he started freelancing full time after he gathered a large client base. He realized he was losing a lot of opportunities by staying small so he decided to grow his business. Brennan learned how to sell, market, and how to price what he was doing and then he was able to build a team. He opened an office and hired 11 full time payroll employees. He eventually exited that company he created but he still consults and does similar work. His main focus is to help freelance consultants grow their businesses without going through all the the troubles he dealt with. The biggest thing was that he didn’t just become better at what he did overnight, he really figured out how to do what he wanted and how to do it well which made a night and day difference when it came to how much money he made. He now provides software and products to freelancers and consultants with the luxury of doing it all from his home! (Gotta love it!) Questions I asked Brennan: What was it like to have employees and be responsible for people’s livelihoods?  How did Brennan go about becoming a full time freelancer? What are some common obstacles people have when they jump into freelancing? How does Brennan help his clients realize their worth? Why don’t people market their own business? What makes people more likely to refer you to others? Things You’re Going to Learn:  What Brennan’s biggest business shifting event was. How Brennan was able to shift from selling himself as a commodity to selling a solution and how it helped his business.  Why it’s so important to understand your client’s business model and what relationship their website has with their business.  Why you should sell yourself as a positive addition to your client’s business rather than an expense.  How Brennan was able to provide value to people without them being a client. [tweet_box]“The code, the business, and the design are all means to an end...”[/tweet_box] Where to Connect with Brennan  Website | Facebook | Twitter Links Mentioned in the Podcast: Other Episodes You Might Enjoy: WordPress Business - My Interview with Troy Dean Interview with Carrie Dils - Genesis in the house! My Year in Review - A Look Back at 2014

ENOUGH! STOP with the “Just Do The F@#CKING WORK!” WPCP: 074

Oct 2, 2015 39:55


Ever had "One of those days?" Yea, me too. That's what fueled today's episode. I hit a wall of overwhelm which has made me really step back and take a hard look at where I'm at and WHY I'm feeling so frustrated. It's time. Something has to give. I'm really tired of the message "JUST DO THE WORK!" This clearly strikes a nerve in me, so hear my heart when I tell you that I KNOW this triggers something in me. I'm really tired of the message that the ONLY way to get ahead in your business is to aggressively do the work. Yelling and screaming or going at everything with aggression doesn't work for me. It's time. It's time to ONLY do things that work for me. If I can't take in someone else's message (in this case, "DO THE EFFING WORK!") then it's my responsibility to NOT read those messages. Unfollow those people or hide those posts. That's MY responsibility. I know this is a super short post (the written version), but I really want you to listen to this episode. It's a bit of a tangent but I needed to get this off my chest. Thanks for listening! xo Kim

List Building & Starting Over: My Interview with Maritza Parra WPCP: 073

Sep 26, 2015 40:50


Today I have Maritza Parra from on the show. Martiza has been crazy about horses her entire life. Growing up, she spent all her free time with her horse and other horses from the local barn. Once she got to high school, she needed a way to pay for her riding gear, toys for her horse, and lessons with dressage instructors so she got a job at a laundry mat. It wasn't long before she realized she hated it and just couldn't do it anymore. That's when she choreographed her own Dancing Stallion Horse Show with her brother and some of her friends. She choreographed the dances, planned the costumes, and found gigs for them. Not only was Maritza doing what she loved, she was also getting paid for it! Eventually people in the show started settling down and focusing on growing their families, but such wasn't the case for Maritza and her husband. Her doctor recommended stopping riding so she could have a better chance of conceiving so her business quickly came to a halt. A few years later, Maritza found herself in a divorce... ending up with no business, no husband, and no baby. Panic set in. She had to go back and get a job. Then she realized that she still had a website she had created about horses many years before, which still had a decent sized list. Maritza wrote weekly emails to her list, building her relationship with them. One day, she thought, "hey, what if I could offer a product to my list?" She sent them a survey, they told her what they wanted, and she delivered! That moment shifted her perspective because she found something that gave her the maximum leverage (high results and profits with little effort). She then took this skill and began teaching other people how to maximize their list's effectiveness. Today we touch on why having a list is so important. More often than not, trying to build one's list is looked at as a negative thing. It shouldn't be... Questions I Asked Maritza: Can you share a little bit about your journey before getting here? Is there a higher conversion when a customer receives a physical note rather than just an insert? Why is having a list so important? Why does trying to build a list have such a negative connotation?  Why are people so hesitant to building a list? What’s the one thing Martiza thinks people should know about building a list? What You're Going to Learn: How Maritza built her list at a young age.  How Maritza was able to sell $29,000 of product to her list by going back to her business.  Why everyone should have a list.  The benefits of building your list the right way.   Common mistakes made with lead magnets. How Maritza figured out what her list wants. Different ways to drive people to sign up for your list [tweet_box]"List building… it’s a relationship that’s made even better when you use technology to give value and make offers."[/tweet_box] Where to Connect with Maritza Website | Facebook | Twitter  Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Passion into Profits, My Interview with Tony Teegarden Don't Be a Buttso and Stepping Outside Your Comfort Zone Racing Ferrari's, Zappos and Game On!

Scaling Your WordPress Business – My Interview with Kai Davis WPCP: 072

Sep 11, 2015 55:06


Kai and I connected through an awesome mutual friend, Mary Lou Kayser (awesome person btw and I will definitely have her on the podcast! I'm so grateful when people connect with other people they know! You just never know where that connection may lead (for both parties!) - Kai was no exception. Kai used to work as a director of marketing for a large construction company in Oregon. He managed requests for their proposals and large bids for projects. From there became a front end word press developer, working as an independent consultant by helping people build their websites and solve their marketing problems. He then realized he wanted to help his clients work on a higher value problem that they wanted to solve, such as getting more traffic and help them build relationships online. Questions I Asked: Why is there consistently a progression to higher end consultations for front end developers? What challenges did Kai go through when he began his business? What common mistakes do people make with their websites? What is Kai’s “Website X-Ray?” How does someone drive traffic to their website? Where does social media sit in relation to SEO? What are some important steps to take to get a better result with link building? Things You’ll Learn: How important it is for consultants to always be looking forward to a new area to drive or deliver value in.  How to give your client not  only what they want, but also what they need.  There’s a difference between just being a tool to a client and helping them achieve what they need.  Why working it’s important to just be the working help, but the partner on a project. What the best approach to SEO is. The importance of connecting on site and off site optimization.    [tweet_box]“There’s a difference between asking say, an architect, for a really nice hammer, and asking the architect to help you build the house of your dreams...”   Kai Davis[/tweet_box]   Where to Connect with Kai Website | Facebook | Twitter Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Interview with Troy Dean Interview with Matt Medeiros Interview with Brandon Yanofsky

Not Another Friggin Idea! WPCP: 071

Sep 4, 2015 54:11


...And Content and Metrics. In my last solo show I shared with you guys that there were a couple of opportunities for me to collaborate with people. Well... I almost jumped the gun on yet another collaboration with someone else! I know, I know. We both got caught up in the moment, sat with it for a few days and when we had our next call both decided that it was a complete distraction and NOT the direction either of us wanted to be heading in. Which brings me to the  IDEAS part of this episode. As an entrepreneur we're NEVER lacking ideas... in fact, there's often a plethora of them that tend to be more of a distraction than anything else. The crazy thing is that for me, I allow these distractions in, even though I know in my GUT that I need to stay focused. What I've learned about these distractions lately is that it's more a part of my process than anything else. And I don't buy into every distraction. I usually have a few different things going on at any given time. I've read all the books (The ONE thing, Essentialism, etc.... which btw are GREAT books), but I also know myself and how I operate. I have two VERY clear priorities in my business right now. And then there are a handful of 'side' projects that I have going for me. The difference with the side projects for "me" and the collaboration projects is that I'm not responsible to anyone else for the work that does (or doesn't) get done on these side projects. They're something I play with when I need a break from everything else I'm doing. When I want to 'play' with something that doesn't require me showing up as Kim Doyal. Part of my journey in ALL of this is to genuinely show up as myself, which I love (as scary as that can be). But it can also be a little tiring at times. When you make a conscious decision to put your name and face on things you want to do it in a way that serves your audience AND you. No one can do that 24/7. So what do you do with all these fantastic ideas? That's up to you. You need to figure out what works best for you and run with it. Here are a few things I do with these ideas: Here's what I DON'T do: Shift my priorities so any of my new 'ideas' overtake my focus and before you know it I'm exactly where I was a few months ago. I see this happen over and over and over again with people. What they're doing isn't working the way they want (hear producing the income they want) so they jump ship too early. Instead of tweaking and measuring what they're working on, they give up and jump into something else. There's also that entrepreneurial rush that kicks in when you come up with an idea that lights you up! And it's pretty addicting. Which is where the Content and Metrics come in. Unless you have an unlimited budget for advertising, you're going to have to create content. [tweet_box]"Unless you have an unlimited budget for advertising, you're going to have to create content."[/tweet_box] It's not just that 'content is king', like we've all heard over and over again. Content is REQUIRED. Content isn't just about SEO, indexing and keywords. It's about building relationships and trust in a way that makes people want to do business with you. It's providing value before people hand over their hard earned cash. Lately I've seen a LOT of discussion around people who aren't going to keep giving things away. Some think the 'free model' doesn't work anymore, do people really care about opt-ing in for your free guide, ebook, cd, audio, course, etc.? I don't have the answer to that (nor do I care to get into a discussion or debate around it. Not because it's not a worthwhile topic, I simply don't have the energy). What I DO know is that people who do content marketing RIGHT are killing it. Take a look at Dan Norris as an example (founder of WP Curve and author of The 7 Day Startup and newly released Content Machine). Dan literally is a machine when it comes to content (I'm hoping to have him...

Entrepreneurial Creative Juice – My Interview with Julie Harris WPCP: 070

Aug 28, 2015 1:00:56


Julie Harris from Julie Harris Design has joined me for today's podcast. Julie is a creative business consultant and brand designer. Before she started her current online job, she had a day job in a bank in Hawaii. Julie didn't know what she wanted to go or what direction to go in. She studied more to do with design and got heavily into social media. She got a degree in marketing and started blogging to share her thoughts. Julie now has Julie Harris Design which is a digital creative studio that she built herself and it's also an online business platform. She aims to work with bloggers, creators, small business owners, entrepreneurs, solopreneurs, and individuals who are looking to create a digital platform to share their thoughts, ideas, businesses, wisdom, just to create a space that looks, acts, sounds and feels exactly like they do. Julie also helps her clients better define who they are and what they do. Coming up with strategies to get them be more productive and proactive with their time online. She further helps to reach their target audiences, providing value to their followers, and creating something authentically them that they can maintain and manage and grow within the future. [tweet_box] "When somebody is investing in your services, make it the most exciting investment it could possibly be so that they're no longer worrying about the financial investment but just excited about the outcome of what they're going to be getting from that investment." - Julie Harris[/tweet_box] In this podcast we touched on many things including human connection - sending out cards, postcards, or newsletters to clients. Going out of your way to make that personal connection to show they're important to you beyond an email. It doesn't have to be expensive at all, just a simple 'thank you' card. Everyone feels special when they receive something like this! Questions I Asked Julie: What brought you here? What were you doing before you launched this? You were not specifically trained in design at all? What are you thoughts on businesses evolving as the web does? What is Julie Harris design all about? When you were starting your business, what were some of the challenges that you faced when you decided to launch Julie Harris Design? What You're Going to Learn The human connection strategy Julie uses when working with her clients on their branding and positioning Two common mistakes that Julie sees people making, what those mistakes are and how she would fix them The guidance and/or direction she gives to her clients Her thoughts on clients wanting the branding to be perfect and using that as an excuse for not launching Her perspective on her clients fear of showing up uniquely as themselves Something fun that people may not know about her [tweet_box]"For anybody who is interested in this development, the resources are there to educate yourself. It's committing the time and diligence to make it happen." - Julie Harris[/tweet_box] Where to connect with Julie Julie Harris Design Connect with Julie on Facebook Branding by Julie on Pinterest Julie on Twitter Other Episodes You Might Enjoy Interview with Marianne Manthey of Design Your Own Lovely Blog Interview with Hani Mourra of Simple Podcast Press When it All Comes Together and Your Still Have Doubts

When It All Comes Together and You Still Feel Doubts WPCP: 069

Aug 24, 2015 45:23


I had one of those moments today. When you realize that everything you've been working towards is all coming together. And not because something specific happened or even something 'BIG' happened. It's more like a series of small things that simply validate that you're on the right path and somehow, all of the sudden, you just know.  You've Got This. And then you wake up the next day and all those doubts, fears and frustrations. Again. This is what separates the hobbyists from the enterpreneurs. Do you have the strength and conviction to move through whatever you're feeling? Will you focus on the big picture or feed the fear? [tweet_box]"Will you focus on the big picture or feed the fear? The choice is yours." - Kim Doyal[/tweet_box] So You've Made a Decision Time to shake things up and move in a new direction. That's what I did this year. It's been both amazing and scary at the same time. And I feel this on a daily basis. I've talked a LOT about the mastermind I'm in over the last year (mainly because it has changed my life and forced me to look at things in a completely different way). One thing I see people doing over and over again in my mastermind is moving in the direction they're being called to. It's not just about what everyone else in the market is doing or what the latest guru is preaching about. They go with their gut, they implement and then they measure what's working. Novel idea, right? I wouldn't say I've half-assed my business, because I know I've worked really, really hard to get where I am today. BUT.. I also know that I am STILL playing it small. What do I mean by that? Let's look at a few things that need to be done in my business: (By the way, that list is not in any particular order. Just sayin.) One of the things I've tried to be very consistent with in my business is making sure that the first part of the day is spent on my work (in other words, no client work). This isn't because the client work isn't important, it's because I know myself well enough and the first part of the day is when I'm most creative, which is when I need to create content (or creat anything for that matter). Yet somehow that seems to have gone to hell in a handbasket these last couple of months. As I started writing this I realized why that's happened... and it's really not as big of a deal as I've made it out to be in my head. I don't know if I've officially mentioned this here or not but a lot of my energy is being put into podcasting. Not just my own podcast, but a new division of my company, INFLUENCE Podcasting. INFLUENCE Podcasting is a done for you service (right now, I have more plans for it). It's for the entrepreneur who has a successful business, wants to start a podcast (because of the value, leads and traffic it generates) but doesn't have the time. They simply record and we do everything else. I started this venture in February of this year and it's really taking off. We've been working on onboarding, branding, processes, marketing, all of it. And this was after we did a handful of case studies (for free mind you) to get everything set up. And when I say 'we' it really is a team effort. I have an amazing project manager, a couple of editors, a blog post writer, developers and designers. And that's been going on while keeping The WordPress Chick going. But something has to give. First let me say that it's not The WordPress Chick, so no worries there. In fact, I have big plans for this site and brand. I miss creating videos and content for this site (I haven't stopped, it's just less) and know there are a few things I could implement instantly to kick things up a notch. But I can't do that and everything else I'm doing. So what's the solution? I need to give a few things up. Which doesn't mean they stop altogether, it just means I stop doing them. One of those things are websites. Yep,

The Tropical Entrepreneur – Josh Denning on Building a Digital Agency Overseas WPCP: 068

Aug 16, 2015 54:12


I’m joined today by Josh Denning from Tropical Entrepreneur. Before Josh moved to Thailand to set up his very own digital agency, he spent the last 12 years in the marketing industry. He worked with a lot of companies and he managed to launch a product himself. Josh took a couple of years off to figure out exactly what he was going to do and moved to Thailand. He found a digital agency there and worked his way up in that job. 18 months ago, he moved away from that business to set up his own, new digital agency. Josh had a great experience doing this as he had previously worked over seas. He also watched training videos and read blog posts about setting up companies in other countries, so he was mentally prepared for this next step. [tweet_box]"There is no better way to learn than to closely observe what the experts are doing." – Josh Denning[/tweet_box] We touch on authority in this podcast and Josh did the consulting for Authority Factory. He was reading books such as “Think and Grow Rich” and “See You at the Top” and that started him on a journey to studying authorities. A tip from Josh about authority is that when you're starting off it helps a lot to use your personal authority and pass some of that over to your enterprise. Questions I Asked Josh What were you doing before you started Tropical Entrepreneur? All of the internet marketing you were doing with the product launches, you were doing whilst you had a full time job? So you got a taste of the freedom that working for yourself really brings you? What was that like creating your own company in another country? What is the name of your agency? Were there any challenges you faced when launching this? Fill me in on how you came to doing the consulting for Authority Factory? What brought you to that place? What would you recommend to somebody who wanted to get started in that authority piece and building their brand that way? Do you have any client stories? What's the most fun thing for you in getting these people launched with their authority? What's the time frame on writing a book? Do you think there is a base foundation? Or what would be the criteria that you look at for somebody who wants to step into the authority marketing piece? Is there anything fun that you'd like to share that maybe people don't know about you? [tweet_box]"I think having a team is the key to growth and scalability." - Kim Doyal[/tweet_box] What You’re Going to Learn How Josh managed to start his own digital agency in another country The challenges he faced whilst setting up his digital agency Some tips on how to build up your authority A couple of Josh’s amazing client stories and how they got to where they are now   [tweet_box]"One of the fastest ways you can accelerate your authority without a shadow of a doubt is starting a podcast and also a book." – Josh Denning[/tweet_box] Where to connect with Josh Smart ROI Authority Factory Tropical Entrepreneur

Building Raving Fans with Design- My Interview with Marianne Manthey WPCP: 067

Aug 8, 2015 45:56


Podcast sponsored by: Today I'm joined with the amazing Marianne Manthey. Marianne is a designer and has her own blog where she shares tips on how to make your site just that little bit better. As well as having design tips on her blog, Marianne also has a book out called: Blog Beautiful: 50 Tips + Fixes to Make Your Blog Glow! Marianne started a Facebook page early in 2013 for her blog to share things whilst her blog was being set up. She was doing her Facebook page for six months before her blog launched in July, and she gained 100 followers in this time.'s aim is to teach women how to design their own blogs. Also to show people how easy it is to do customizations, learn design, learn more about different styles, ect. Marianne wants to share all of these things with her readers and that's why she created her book. Blog Beautiful has all of her thoughts on design inside. She needed a place to pull all of these thoughts into one and put them in order and work through with people - where to start, what's next. [tweet_box] "There's a lot of people who want to learn how to do things themselves. They're in the DIY mindset." - @marianney [/tweet_box] Questions I Asked Marianne 1. What made you really step up before your site was ready? 2. Before we get into the site and the blog, fill everyone in with what you do during the week?  3. When did you officially launch the blog?  4. What's the premise behind it? And when you launched it, what was the plan and direction you wanted to take it in? 5. How do you manage all of this?  6. What were some of the challenges or obstacles that you faced in growing this? Any advice? What would you recommend to somebody?  7. With the writing, did you use a tool like Scrivener or Evernote? 8. Have you thought about publishing it as a physical?  9. How long did it take you from concept to sale?  What You're Going to Learn [tweet_box]"You don't need to wait for everything to be ready or perfect to get started, you just need to take action." - Kim Doyal  [/tweet_box] Where you can connect with Marianne Website | Facebook | Twitter

Socially Stumped: I JUST don't get this WPCP: 066

Jul 29, 2015 27:41


Podcast sponsored by: Welcome to 'Kim Snippets' #2 Before I get into this episode of the podcast and my second official 'Kim Snippet', I want to point something out to you guys (which is simply a reminder). Content is EVERYWHERE and ALL AROUND you ALL THE TIME! (excuse the crazy caps here, but there's a method to my madness, which is emphasis, not shouting per se). This episode was inspired by something I saw on social media recently and has been something I've thought about often. It's one of those things that once you start thinking about this and REALLY look at the reasoning behind this (assuming of course this resonates with you), you're going to be amazed at how often people do this. AND... you're going to be very conscious that you don't become one of 'those' people. Let's start with the post I saw on Facebook that inspired today's snippet. Someone posted a little bit of a 'rant' (and hear my heart, I love a good rant as much as the next person... but remember your rant says a LOT about YOU, not just what you're ranting about) on Facebook about someone who had started a crowd funding campaign to start a blog. The tone of the rant was one of "why should you get crowd funding instead of doing the work? Where's the hustle? The rest of us had to work hard and hustle to get our blogs launched"... a little bit of a "who do you think you are?" slant. You might be thinking, big deal... someone ranted about something. I get it, really I do. But let's break this down a bit shall we? First of all, there was zero context or explanation about the crowd funding campaign referenced. I would be curious to see what the campaign was all about, the reason behind the crowd funding and what the blog topic or niche was that the person was trying to launch. As an example, if the blog was going to be about finding housing for the homeless in the United States (I just read a statistic this morning that there are over 4 million homeless people in the U.S and there are over 18 million homes sitting EMPTY), what would your initial thought be behind the crowdfunding campaign? All of the sudden there's a different feel or vibe to it isn't there? Mind you... I'm not saying that crowd funding needs to be for non-profit, charity or social change (it's awesome when it is but it's just as awesome when it's for something we don't need and simply want. Case in point - the crowd funding for the Exploding Kittens card game), but you get my point. Would you like to know what my FIRST reaction to this little rant was? "Wow. Someone's bitter." I stated this in a recent guest post over at WP Elevation and it bears repeating here: [tweet_box]"When you love what you do and get paid what you're worth you don't waste time judging what other people do."[/tweet_box] When you rant, bitch or vent on social media it speaks VOLUMES about you. NOT what you're ranting, bitching or venting about. I'm so, so, so very tired of people using social media to tell the world what they're AGAINST. Start sharing with the world what your are FOR. Let's look at the recent passing of gay marriage in the United States (and if you comment about gay marriage one way or the other here it will be deleted. I will NEVER get into a politcal or moral debate with anyone. #justsayin). The difference between people posting their beliefs for LOVE vs. people who posted beliefs for HATE (and this occurred from both sides of this issue) was fascinating. It makes me think of a quote by Mother Theresa (and I'm paraphrasing here) about the Vietnam war. She was asked if she would march against the war. Her answer was No. But she said she WOULD march FOR peace. See the difference? If you believe strongly in something or have an opinion, share the 'for' side, not the 'against'. It's much more powerful and says SO much more about who you are. All of this ties directly in with the 'vulnerability movement' that Brene' Brown started a few y...

Building a WordPress Business through Community – My Interview with Brandon Yanofsky WPCP: 065

Jul 24, 2015 57:24


Podcast sponsored by: For today's podcast I have Brandon Yanofsky with me! Brandon is building an amazing presence in the WordPress community. He is currently working on My WP Expert and WP Radius.He's in forums, answering questions and helping solve people's problems as much as he possibly can. He also goes to meetups, speaks at events, networks with people and writes guest posts. Before WP Expert and WP Radius, Brandon's first business was in college and it was a clothing company. He realized he needed a website for his business so he played around with some website builders. Someone recommended WordPress to him and he really liked it! He got the hang of it and started helping others with the site online. [tweet_box]"Just because one person is doing something or there's a company doing something well, doesn't mean you can't do it in a way that works for you and serves your audience." - Kim Doyal [/tweet_box] Questions I asked Brandon: 1) Your background? What were you doing before you launched WP Expert? What got you here? 2) Is WP Expert all your running from that site? 3) Is WP Radius a similar support model? 4) What were some of the struggles and challenges you had when stepping into this and starting your own business? 5) How did you go about creating a name of yourself? 6) What are your thoughts on "online business is easy"? 7) What would you recommend to someone to help them find out where their clients are? 8) What are some of your best tips on Lead Generation and list building? 9) What are the top 3 things that you'd tell someone with a WordPress site them they should be doing in order to drive business to their site? 10) What are your thoughts on investing in your (online) business? 11) What are your thoughts on opportunities in the WP base? What do you see are some great business opportunities in WordPress? 12) What is in store for WP expert and WP radius? 13) Is there anything fun about yourself that maybe people don't know? [tweet_box]"If you have a really good product or service that people want, it basically will sell itself." - Brandon Yanofsky[/tweet_box]   Brandon explained how building relationships is key. Find your audience and clients, and reach out to them. Learn about them to understand what they like. Think about what you can give them and what they actually want! What You're Going to Learn 1) How building relationships play a big part in an online business 2) How creating and sustaining an online business isn't as easy as everyone thinks 3) How to find your audience and customers 4) Some of the best strategies for your website 5) How reading the 4 Hour Work book will help you understand time worth [tweet_box]"If it makes it cheaper, easier, faster then definitely invest in it."- Brandon Yanofsky[/tweet_box] Where to connect with Brandon Website: My WP Expert - WP Radius -  Twitter Other episodes you might enjoy: Sidekick for WordPress: My Interview with Ben Fox Conductor Plugin: My Interview with Matt Medeiros WordPress Business: My Interview with Troy Dean

Time to Celebrate! My Birthday Podcast & Wish for You WPCP: 064

Jul 10, 2015 56:03


Podcast sponsored by: Yep, Happy Birthday to Me! Kind of a crazy way to start a post, but I'm all about celebrating the good things in life, and yep, that includes birthdays! ALL of them. Getting older doesn't bother me... aging, well, that's another story. But the truth about aging is we have some control over the quality of our lives as we age (as in taking better care of ourselves, honoring who we are and making the most of our lives). Which is why I thought it would be a great idea to record a podcast on my birthday, especially since it's mid-year and I can check in with how the year has been going and what's in store for the rest of the year. So today is my 45th Birthday (see, told you I didn't mind getting older). And here are a few things that make this birthday awesome and why I don't mind getting older: The first half of 2015 The first part of 2015 has been amazing! I put the intention out there a couple years ago that I wanted to travel more and each year seems to bring more travel (something magical happens about putting the intention out there, letting it go and continuing to work with inspired action). So far this year I went to Vegas in February (EMPIRE Mastermind), Vegas again in May (Funnel Hacking), Maui in June (EMPIRE) and am heading to the South of France in FOUR DAYS with my daughter! WOOHOO! I've loved every trip but think I'm looking most forward to France since it really is a vacation as opposed to a 'business trip' (even though these trips hardly feel like business when you love what you do and the people you do it with). My business has grown exponentially. Both financially and in terms of taking things up a notch, which I know is kind of vague, so let's see if I can bullet point some of what has happened: Hired a new project manager who has absolutely made my life easier in terms of what I can focus on and keeps things moving. She also happens to be one of my very best friends and being able to share this journey with her is a blessing I finally feel like we're getting systems and processes down in a very structured way so I can focus on what I love doing most and is the best way to serve the people I work with My project prices have gone up My Coaching fees have increased and I'm coaching a little less I've launched a whole new division of my company, INFLUENCE Podcasting, and it's taking off in ways I never dreamed! (more on that later in the year) I've stopped doing things I don't want to do The podcast is still rocking (and still one of my absolute favorite things to do) I've connected with some amazing people and am grateful for all the new friendships Had a $24k week! WOOHOO! I'm starting to love the sales and data side of things And that's why it's time to Celebrate. There was a time in my life (not so long ago, and really, I still struggle with it), where I had a hard time really celebrating what I've accomplished or how far I've come. Somehow it felt like I was bragging. Then it hit me, with the help of a mentor (a few of them actually), that if you don't celebrate where you are and what you've achieved how will you go further? How do you accomplish more? Being authentic and transparent means sharing BOTH sides of the coin. The difficult times AND the fantastic times. And here's the kicker... when you show up as yourself, all the time, people will be there with you through it all. I'm not talking about the trolls or the haters. Why on earth people choose to expend energy to be nasty or negative is beyond me. One thing I've learned is that people who are living in their own truth, are happy with what they're doing and are earning a good living with what they do (yes, money gives you that freedom), don't waste anytime berating, bitching or judging other people. They don't have time for it. They also understand that everything they do is energy. When you put negative energy out into the world that's exactly what you get back...

Simple Podcast Press Plugin- Interview with Hani Mourra WPCP: 063

Jun 30, 2015 53:42


Podcast sponsored by: When it comes to podcasting I have a few personal rules after the basics are met (best audio quality and valuable content come first). We all know I'm a huge geek about the visual side of things so after having had my podcast for a while I knew I wanted to put a better looking player on my individual episodes than the default player from PowerPress (no offense to them, they pretty much keep everything going with their plugin, but the players are a little dull). Enter the Simple Podcast Press by Hani Mourra. Could it be more Awesome? :-) Yes, that's the fantastic player that you're looking at below the image in the post. What I love most about the Simple Podcast Press is that it's geared towards marketing with your podcast. It's not just a good looking player, it takes everything one step further by adding buttons, opt-ins and reviews on your site. What you might not know is that before launching Simple Podcast Press Hani created and released Simple Video Press (which I've also purchased but haven't gone through my site yet to swap out videos. I'll get to that later this summer, so stay tuned for videos on that as well). [tweet_box]"I love that feeling of solving problems." @hanimourra[/tweet_box]   Questions I asked Hani: 1) What's your backstory? (What brought you to WordPress Plugin development) 2) What are your thoughts about the premium WordPress Plugin space? 3) What have been some of the challenges you faced when launching the plugin? 4) How did you decide to do a podcast plugin? 5) Do you have your own podcast? 6) What were some of the features that people wanted that surprised you? (for the plugin) We went a little sideways in our discussion about podcasting and what you can do with it (which I think you'll enjoy as well), which is one of the things I love most about these interviews (letting the conversation flow organically and see where it takes you). Hani also shared what his plans are for launching his upcoming podcast and why he wants to do an audio and video podcast (something I want to add to my podcast as well, may as well record the video at the same time, right? More on that front coming soon too). What You're Going to Learn 1) How to keep podcasting SIMPLE 2) Why you should focus on content 3) Why you still need PowerPress (by Blubrry) 4) The different ways you can pull your reviews into your site with Simple Podcast Press 5) How Hani's initial focus for the plugin was automation... then his customers dictated what they really wanted 6) How you can grow your subscriber list with the Simple Podcast Press [tweet_box]"I just listened to what people wanted and gave them that. You have to listen to your customers." @hanimourra[/tweet_box] Where to connect with Hani Facebook | Twitter | Website   Links from this episode Simple Podcast Press Simple Video Press Other episodes you might enjoy Interview with Matt Medeiros of Conductor Interview with Aseem Badshah of Socedo Interview with Shane Melaugh of Thrive Themes  

Funnel Hacking Live – My Event Recap WPCP: 062

Jun 16, 2015 1:03:08


Podcast sponsored by: I have a tendency to go through spurts where it seems like I'm traveling a lot or attending a lot of events or I'm doing nothing. Maybe that's just me. :-) Lately it's the traveling a lot (which fortunately I love) and I'm excited to share my 'take aways' and event recap of the first annual Funnel Hacking Live event that I went to at the end of May in Las Vegas. Funnel Hacking Live Funnel Hacking Live was put on by Russell Brunson & his team at Click Funnels. If you're not familiar with Click Funnels, you will be. :-) I'll be doing some free 'funnel training' via hangouts with a private group (no idea what this looks like just yet but I'll keep yo uposted). I figure I may as well share what I'm doing while I do it, right? Click Funnels creates, surprise...funnels. Everything you need is built into Click Funnels. It truly has a drag & drop customizable interface where you can create any type of page you want (again, think marketing pages here - which are listed below). You're not limited to what you see on the template (which is one of the things  I've always disliked about LeadPages. You can change colors or hide elements but that's it). Here's a list of the type of funnels you can create within Click Funnels: O.k, let'e get back to the event. The event was 3 days and completely jam-packed. The first day didn't start until 1pm (which was kind of nice after travelling the day before) and went until about 6pm. They had some 'round tables' after the first day where you could talk to the 'Inner Circle' members (Russell's coaching program members). We hung around for a bit to go in then changed our minds (I love meeting new people and networking but I also appreciate the downtime in between sessions). Here are some of the topics that were covered by the speakers: Book launch Free plus shipping Webinars High tickets services Physical products All of the speakers had great content and great value. No one sold from the stage, which was refreshing and they all 'taught' something. Awesome. The two announcements Click Funnels made during the event were: 1) Affiliate program (where you can run your OWN affiliate program) called Basecamp 2) Email Marketing called Actionetics Both are launching soon (I think Basecamp will be available this month and Actionetics is coming in the next month or so). The topics covered by the speakers ranged from book launch funnels, to webinars, to affiliate programs to nutritional supplements. There was something for everyone - and even if your business wasn't covered there was pletny to take away from watching what other people were doing with their funnels and how they were making Click Funnels work in their business. Click Funnels Next Year Yep, I already bought my tickets for next year at this years event (which fortunately will be in San Diego next year as opposed to Las Vegas). I hope to see you there! :-) *disclaimer: I am an affiliate of Click Funnels*

Passion Into Profits, My Interview with Tony Teegarden WPCP: 061

Jun 5, 2015 51:46


Podcast sponsored by: ANYONE who has wanted to take their current business to the next level with high ticket offers needs to listen to this interview. I was fortunate enough to connect with Tony through a mutual training we took and instantly knew he was someone I wanted to connect more with. Needless to say he didn't disappoint. :-) Like many of my guests Tony has an interesting story that brought him to where he is today. With a background in classical music (violinist, pianist) and then moving into music in metal band (there are some awesome pictures of Tony with the 'oh so awesome' hair of the 80's, but I promised I wouldn't put them in the post, so you can do some Googling yourself if you want verification of his band days) to landing in network marketing. Not a traditional path by any means. The interesting thing about Tony and Network Marketing is that he didn't like the industry, yet he ended up building a profitable business. [tweet_box]"The good news is they can help everybody. The bad news is they can help everybody." @ateegarden[/tweet_box]   Questions I Asked Tony 1. What were you doing before starting your current business? 2. I love your tagline - Turn Your Problems Into Profit. How did you come up with that? 3. Explain your current business and who you work with? 4. What are some common challenges you see your clients face?  (biggest obstacle) 5. What would you recommend for someone wanting to step into coaching & high ticket offerings? 6. What's coming for Tony Teegarden? 7. Anything fun about yourself you'd like to share? Where you can connect with Tony Website | Facebook | Twitter Check out Tony's BRAND NEW Podcast: Turn Your Problems Into Profits Click here for a Special Offer from Tony Teegarden

Social Media Lead Generation – My Interview with Aseem Badshah of Socedo WPCP: 059

May 16, 2015 46:42


Lead Generation is something we ALL need. All the time. I honestly don't remember exactly how I found 'Socedo', but am SO glad I did. I think it was through Twitter (which makes sense because that is one of the key elements of Socedo). The funny thing is that I went through their lead generation process without even realizing it! (That tells you a lot about how good the system is, right?) Socedo also has one of the BEST onboarding systems I've come across as well. As soon as I signed up for the trial I was contacted by a rep to see if I wanted to go through a walk through of the features, how it works and what it could do for me. In the past I tended to pass on the walk through because I was afraid of being 'sold' into something (duh!). Now I look at it as an investment in my business and if it is in alignment with what I'm focusing on now and can help me achieve my goals (and I have a way of keeping up with it consistently) then it's kind of a no brainer. The Questions I asked Aseem Like I mentioned above, you'll hear me talk with Aseem about how I didn't even realize I was going through their process when I signed up for Socedo. You're also going to learn how Aseem came up with the name "Socedo" (which totally makes sense when you hear him explain it because for the life of me I couldn't quite figure out where it came from :-)). I would highly recommend signing up for the 14 day free trial of Socedo, setting up your filtering criteria and looking at your stats as you go along. I think you'll be pleasantly surprised at the engagement, connection and leads that come from using Socedo. Links from this episode Socedo Aseem on Twitter

Why 'Fake it Till You Make It' is Ass Backwards WPCP: 058

Apr 21, 2015 13:10


  Have you ever had one of those moments when a thought comes to you and you feel like you're in a V8 commercial? (getting bonked upside the head like "DUH!")... that's what happened to me with this idea (and for anyone outside of the U.S., V8 is vegetable juice and the commercials are always about people getting bonked on the head after they realize they 'could've had a V8'). I used to like the "fake it till you make it" idea. It always seemed like it went along with intention, right use of will, law of attraction... all the things that are near and dear to my heart. But then I realized what a disservice it is to 'fake it till you make it'. Bear with me on this because it might not be as easy to explain in writing (which is why I did the video) as I think it is or make as much sense as it does in my head. First, let's look at what 'fake it till you make it' is all about (or at least my interpretation). Let's say you want to be a successful online entrepreneur (like how I dug deep to find something unique for that example? Although hopefully I can be more clear in using this as an example). When you're first getting started you're super excited and everything seems full of possibility. You absorb as much information as you can, ideally you implement on some of the ideas you're learning and start seeing some results, regardless of how big or small the results are. If you were to 'fake it till you make it' you might decide that you shouldn't share the frustrations, challenges, weepy moments, pissed off at everyone you know moments or even how many times you thought that maybe a getting a job would be easier. Instead you paint a perfect picture of how effortless it is to build an online business. (*Note* I also had an 'a-ha' moment last week about "doing the work" and "hard work". For me, "doing the work" to build my online business has NEVER been as "hard" as some of the long, physically demanding and frustrating days I spent in retail management. Start thinking about 'doing the work' as opposed to 'hard work'). You only share your successes. You're thinking that if you were to share those 'less-than-perfect' moments it would hurt your brand and business. People might not hire you because you're not quite the expert they thought you were. Does any of this sound familiar? OR... maybe instead of only sharing your successes you keep everything very 'safe'. You create content that probably appeals to your audience, are nice about everything and never take a firm opinion on anything if it differs from the masses (or more importantly, your community). The problem with this second scenario? People become indifferent. They don't love you OR hate you. They simply don't care. Ouch! Just the thought of that makes me cringe a little bit. I know I played it very safe for the first 5 years I was in business. I didn't want to ruffle any feathers (which might seem odd to those who know me personally, although I think it depends on the subject and our comfort level) or take a strong stance on anything. And quite frankly, it was a little boring.  Not that I'm going to start writing controversial posts or going out of my way to piss people off (mainly because I have made a conscious choice in my life NOT to focus on the negative... ever). It's actually kind of funny when I think about it... I mean how pissed off can you get with WordPress?  Recently a mentor of mine asked me what it would have been like for me had people that I looked up to and respected had shared some of their struggles? (not my current mentors, this is going back a few years). My answer? It would have been HUGE! It would have made a significant difference! During those times of frustration I wouldn't have felt like I was alone or like I was doing something wrong (which I wasn't, but you don't know what you don't know, right?) So.. what does all this mean? SHOW UP!

Conductor Plugin - Not Just Another Page Builder

Apr 11, 2015 50:59


After having talked to Matt a few times (we had a 'hey, how's it going' chat on Skype first, then we recorded the podcast... which didn't record! So we did it a second time), I kind of wondered what took me so long to get Matt on the show (my doing, not his!). No complaints here though that it didn't record the first time because that simply meant I got to talk to Matt again (and I'm sure it comes as no surprise to tell you that Matt was a total champ about having to do the interview a second time... and he recorded it also, just in case! You gotta love interviewing other podcasters and tech savvy people!). While I'm sure Matt doesn't need much of an introduction, I'm going to give it to you anyways . Matt Medeiros founded & runs "The Matt Report", Slocum themes and the uber awesome Conductor Plugin. The Matt Report is a WordPress Podcast for Digital Business Owners. Slocum themes is the theme shop he founded (with his Dad... how cool is that?) and now the Conductor plugin, which is a visual page builder for WordPress (but not like some of the other visual page builders I've discussed on the show. But we'll dive deeper into that in a bit). [tweet_box]"I was really trying to figure out where I could make the biggest impact in WordPress"  @mattmedeiros[/tweet_box] We talked in depth about what makes the Conductor plugin a unique page builder (it focuses on content and uses the built in WordPress Customizer). What You'll Learn in This Episode Questions I asked Matt [tweet_box]"For me, having my ear to the ground by doing client work is what helps me improve my product."  @mattmedeiros[/tweet_box] I think once you hear what Conductor can do for your clients you're definitely going to want to see how powerful this tool is and what it can do for YOUR business as well! Be sure to register for the webinar training on April 28th, 2015 at 5:00 pm PST where Matt is going to demo the power behind Conductor and show you exactly how you can create amazing sites by focusing on the content (and increase conversions!). Where you can connect with Matt Conductor Plugin | The Matt Report | Slocum Themes Links from this Episode Conductor Plugin Matt Report Slocum themes

A 7-figure Business in 18 Months- My Interview with Dan Norris of WP Curve WPCP: 056

Apr 4, 2015 43:42


There's something about hearing the story behind the business that makes things so much more relatable. Starting a business is both awesome and hard. Sometimes you feel like you're on an island by yourself, even if you have people you connect with regularly (daily) or even have someone who works with you (or for you). Hearing how other people have managed all of this is a great reminder that you're on the right path (or maybe that you've accomplished far more than you give yourself credit for). That's how I felt after talking to Dan Norris of WP Curve. If you haven't heard of WP Curve, you will (and not just from this podcast). WP Curve is a service that provides unlimited WordPress support and small jobs, 24/7 from $79 a month (if that sounds awesome, it's because it is... and is their explanation of what they do!) As someone who has made a conscious choice to stay away from maintenance and support (that's for another conversation), I LOVE that this is an affordable and amazing solution for my clients. Dan is one of those people that you talk to and wonder if he ever sleeps ... not only is he the founder of WP Curve but he is also an author (The 7 Day Startup: You Don't Learn Until You Launch) and a microbrewer! Yep, he's starting a microbrew too (I know, I totally want to hang out with him too). What You'll Learn in This Episode [tweet_box]"We're focused on rising above the competition in terms of building a better team." Dan Norris @wpcurve[/tweet_box]   Questions I asked Dan Connect with WP Curve Website | Facebook | Twitter   Links from this episode - WP Curve - The 7 Day Startup - Facebook group Content Machine - How to build a scalable WordPress business in 1 week (WordCamp Sydney slides)

Don't be a 'Buttso' and Stepping Outside Your Comfort Zone WPCP: 055

Mar 23, 2015 1:13:19


This episode is a little 'Out of the Box' to say the least. I was joined by Trey Lewellen, aka, Mr. ON IT ... or maybe I should say I joined Trey (at his offices in St. Louis, Missouri to get his upcoming podcast rolling). I decided to do a podcast episode with Trey while I was there because this trip was part of a new venture for me (and the first of many I'm sure) and it was simply an amazing experience. This episode was really about stepping outside of my comfort zone in SO many ways! I could go on and on about this episode, but I really think to get the most out of this episode you need to listen to it. Here's what we talked about in this episode: You'll have to bear with me because we went in a WHOLE bunch of different directions, but this is one of those conversations that took on a life of it's own and there are a BUNCH of gems nestled in our crazy tangents. [tweet_box]We should nickname them "buttso"... or is it so, but? - Trey Lewellen[/tweet_box] You're also going to get an update on Trey's business, where he's going and what his intentions are for scaling his business to a 12 million dollar a year business. [tweet_box]Are you willing to #stepup and say "Call me out?!" - @kimdoyal[/tweet_box] Links from this episode Hatchbuck My first interview with Trey Trey's ILMG Facebook page University of Guns  (Trey's gun website) Other Episodes You Might Enjoy  You are the Obstacle in Your Business

Racing Ferrari’s, Zappos and Game On! WPCP: 054

Mar 14, 2015 56:16


Yep. I literally raced a Ferrari in Las Vegas a week and a half ago. HOLY MOLY it was friggin OFF the charts fun! I knew I was going to enjoy it and was excited about doing it but had no idea how much fun it was really going to be. Once we got to Dream Racing we had to sign our lives away, watch a video and then try out driving in the simulator. I have to say that driving the car felt easier than the simulator! It also made me a whole lot more nervous than I thought I would be. Next it was time to suit up, pose for pictures and off to the race track. We each had 5 laps around the track and just like they told us, it was by lap 5 that you started to feel like you were starting to get the hang of things and before you knew it you were done. I felt like a little kid who just had a brand new toy taken away from me! What a RUSH though! I ran up to one of my mentors and just said "THAT WAS AWESOME!" OMG!!! After that I also decided that I want to bring my son back when he turns 16 and we'll make a family trip out of it (bringing my kids, parents, siblings & their kids, aunt & uncle... the whole clan!). My take aways from Ferrari racing: Here's a group picture pre-racing (I'm in the back): After racing we had a great lunch and headed off to Zappos for a tour! Which was also pretty awesome (although it's hard to beat racing a Ferrari. Just sayin). The Zappos tour was pretty amazing. The founder, Tony Hseih (who I bumped into and grabbed another selfie with.. see below) decided to move Zappos to downton Vegas after the company took off so he could support the community better. Their offices are in the old City Hall building, which is downton (old Vegas, not the strip). Zappos has an amazing culture, people who are passionate about working there and tons of perks for employees. It was also validation that I could never work for anyone else again. Even a company as cool as Zappos (as our tour was winding down our guide asked how many of us wanted to work at Zappos? No one responded so I jumped in with "you're talking to a group of entrepreneurs!"... to which he asked if we wanted our own companies to have cultures like Zappos. :- ) ). I also prefer less 'chaos' when I work. Zappos allows all their employees to decorate their cubes anyway they want, they've painted hallways, have unique artwork everywhere (and product) and even a small ball pit in the Human Resources department (and a cool roof top deck, cafeteria and ping pong table). It was still a little too much for me (and most everyone else as well! You have to be somewhat organized to run a business, right?). Regardless, it was a great tour and wonderful day! And then there was the meeting. EPIC. Yes, I just used the word epic (I'm calling myself out more on that one than anything else). Our Mastermind meeting days are always structured in a similar manner: the first day is more of the "big picture" thinking and the second meeting day is our strategy and implementation. What I love about this is that it helps me get out of my head. It's so easy to get caught up in (and stay in) the day-to-day dealings of running a business that if I don't step back once in a while I lose site of the overall purpose and my 'why'. Which, I can tell you that for most entrepreneurs that I've talked with part of their 'why' is always freedom. Freedom is hard to attain if you're stuck in the minutia of the tasks in your business and the basic daily operations. And because I want you to listen to the episode I'm going to save the juicy details of the meeting for the show... but I promise it's worth it! The BIGGEST take away for me from the entire meeting was to step things up AS MYSELF! It's easy to get caught up in the tasks that are part of our business but sometimes the only way to get where you're going and figure out exactly what you SHOULD be doing is to show up and do the work.

WordPress Sites in Minutes – My Interview with the team behind Beaver Builder WPCP: 053

Mar 7, 2015 53:42


It's no secret that I have fallen in love with WordPress page builders... every time I see one that I haven't tried I simply can't resist. Which is what happened with beaver builder. As someone who started an online business with no intention of ever getting into web development or creating websites for clients, I love hearing how other web developers have scaled their businesses and stepped into something outside of client sites. Which is what the guys over at Fastline media have done with beaver builder. What I love about their journey to creating the plugin is that they were their own ideal customer. They were solving a problem for themselves and realized that this was an ideal solution for creating and deploying quality websites. I literally fell in love with this WordPress page builder the first time I tried it (you can test the plugin on their site. You gotta love live demos, right?). I had a ball talking with Robby, Justin & Billy (the 'guys' behind beaver builder). What You'll Learn In This Episode [tweet_box]"Agency businesses and product businesses are two different beasts"  @beaverbuilder[/tweet_box]   Questions I asked the beaver builder guys: Links from this episode Beaver Builder My previous post & video on Beaver Builder

Visual Content Builder – My Interview with Shane Melaugh of Thrive Themes WPCP: 052

Feb 21, 2015 51:14


Let's take a quick stroll down memory lane for a minute, shall we? I remember a cold winter night in early 2014 where I was hanging out in my family room with my laptop, the fire roaring and a cozy blanket. I'm lazily going through Facebook when I come across a video for something called the Thrive Content Builder... and within about 30 seconds of watching the video I knew I had to have it. Since the very first time I installed and tried the Thrive Content Builder I have been in love with it. I've done a handful of videos on using the Thrive Content Builder for content, sales pages and the built-in landing pages. Yep, you read that correctly! You can create a funnel with the Content Builder: Optin page Download page Thank You page [tweet_box] We wanted to build WordPress themes that were built for businesses. - Shane Melaugh @ThriveThemes[/tweet_box] What You'll Learn In This Episode: [tweet_box] I wanted to remove the disconnect between the editing of the content and the content itself - Shane Melaugh @ThriveThemes[/tweet_box] Questions I asked Shane: Links from this episode Thrive Themes Thrive Content Builder Thrive Leads You may also like these posts & episodes: WordPress Visual Editor Thrive Content Builder Update & PDF Thrive Landing Pages

YOU are the Obstacle in Your Business WPCP: 051

Feb 14, 2015 56:54


There is NO way someone could have told me 8 years ago (HOLY MOLY where has the time gone!) that I was the obstacle in my business. Well... I guess they could have told me but I probably would have told them off (seriously, I was a bit of a hard ass in my previous life. ooh the stories I could tell!). But I digress. I've worked really hard to be a kinder, gentler version of myself and my life flows SO much better when I come from that place. Let me give you a little background about how I came to this conclusion of YOU being the obstacle in your business, because it wasn't like a light switch went off (it never is, is it?). As my mentor recently pointed out to me, it's more like a dimmer switch. In my case it was a very slow dimmer switch that I think I intentionally shut off at times (no idea what's up with all the light metaphors here). You may or may not know that I am a HUGE reader. I spent about 10 years in the book industry when I was a young adult. I started as a clerk in a bookstore and ended up as a district manager in San Francisco at a young age (yes, I've always been a dog with a bone ready to take on the next challenge). I loved reading before my bookstore job but once I started working in the bookstore and was around books all day it seemed like there was never enough time to read everything I wanted to read. In my early 20's I discovered the Business & Self-help sections and it all went to hell in a hand basket from there. I quickly became a consumer of books on tape (yep, physical cassette tapes) and was constantly trying to put something good into my mind (and I can honestly say now that it helped prepare me for where I am today. Kind of reminds me of Napolean Hill's "Think & Grow Rich", which, if you haven't read it, you should. Long story short is that he spends 20 years working for FREE so he can learn from one of the 'greats' who helped build this country, Andrew Carnegie). Which brings me to the book that has really struck a chord with me (and has quickly become one of my most favorite books of all time!) It's called: "The Obstacle Is the Way: The Timeless Art of Turning Trials into Triumph", by Ryan Holiday I like this book so much that I had to order the hardback so I could take notes, put sticky notes in it and use the quotes as reminders for myself (I highlight stuff via Kindle all the time but there's something about writing & highlighting in the book that makes me feel like I'm literally consuming the content). I want to give you a brief overview of what this book is about and who it's for and then I'll dive into how YOU are the obstacle in your business. First, let's start with who this book is for: If any of those bullet points struck a nerve with you, meaning you found yourself feeling defensive, you probably won't like this book (even though you need it the most!). I'm not one for sports metaphors or references (and that's only because I'm not an athlete. I do however appreciate what sports can do for an individual),  but this excerpt from the book is SO spot on I had to share it. There's a chapter in the book called "Follow the Process" where he tells about Coach Nick Saban (who apparently is the head coach of the University of Alabama) and what he considers is responsible for his success, and that is, The Process. He teaches ALL his players The Process: "Don't think about winning the SEC Championship. Don't think about the national championship. Think about what you needed to do in this drill, on this play, in this moment. That's the process: Let's think about what we can do today, the task at hand." - Nick Saban And to summarize Ryan's chapter on the process - Follow the process and not the prize (yes, that's totally tweetable! Go ahead, you know you want to). Here's my tweet out to Ryan when I was writing this post! :-) Just for fun! [tweet_box]Follow the process and not the prize. @RyanHoliday #TheObstacleIsTheWay [/tweet_box]

Consult Your Way to Success – My Interview with Michael Zipursky WPCP: 050

Feb 6, 2015 1:01:54


The term 'consulting' has been around for a LONG time and is something we're all familiar with, but you don't tend to hear the term online as often as you do offline (well, at least in the space I'm in). My guest on the show today has managed to do a phenomenal job of building a hugely successful consulting business working with clients all over the world and helping them focus on what really makes a difference in your business. And he started in the web development and design side of things (which you'll hear I didn't know about him until this interview). Which is why I wanted to bring Michael Zipursky of Consulting Success onto the show.   Having worked with businesses all over the world Michael and his team stepped into coaching and working with other consultants. One of the biggest challenges Michael sees with the consultants he works with is that they rely on referrals and don't know how to land the bigger projects and bigger clients to scale their business to the next level. What works for one person won't necessarily work for YOUR business. "Is your Value Proposition aligned with who you want to attract?" Some questions I ask: - What were you doing prior to launching (I love hearing the 'before' story of the entrepreneurs I work with) - How & when did you take your business online? - Can you share some of your client success stories? (how about adding 3 million to your business in one year?) - How do you help the consultants you work with get over the challenges of charging more? - Do you run into issues where people are afraid to really narrow down who they work with? Who is their "Ideal Client" In this episode you will learn: - Why you HAVE to start with your value proposition - Why charging hourly is a disservice to your clients and your business - The challenges of charging more - Why you always need to focus on value & ROI - Why you have to focus on your IDEAL market and why casting a wider net isn't a smart decision - When you're getting started you need to invest your time and money targeting your right clients - Go fast & deep into YOUR market - The value of spending time with like-minded people (referring to our Mastermind) "Authorities are able to demand higher fees" Ready to step up your Consulting & Coaching Business?   Consulting Success Website | Consulting Success on Facebook | Consulting Success on Twitter You may also like these episodes: Your Mindset Matters: My Interview with Andrew Sparks From 6 Figures in Debt to 6 Figures a Month: My Interview with Adam Spiel Ready to write your book? My Interview with Joshua Sprague WordPress Business: My Interview with Troy Dean Growing a Business with T-Shirts: My Interview with Trey Lewellen

My Year in Review – Looking Back on 2014 WPCP: 049

Jan 10, 2015 1:00:26


I debated on whether or not I should do a 'Year in Review' post this year. For like, a minute. Of COURSE I wanted to do a year in review post! It's been an amazing year and I have a lot to be grateful for as well as share the things that didn't go as planned and what I'll be doing differently in 2015. I've also decided there are two words that I will be my 'words of the year'. I thought about picking just one word but then realized that I wanted to focus on two words and they really go hand in hand.  This will all make more sense when I get to what's coming in 2015 in a bit. Let's start with looking back on 2014 One of my intentions for 2014 was to travel for business. And travel I did! I started the year off with my first live mastermind event in San Diego with my EMPIRE mastermind at the end of January (I'm a member). This event shifted SO many things for me - as well as some things that didn't shift the way I had hoped they would. I wrote a post & recorded a previous podcast episode about this trip because I went to my mastermind event and then piggy backed that with tickets to Traffic & Conversion Summit - which was just too much for me after a few intense days and I ended up heading home early. Shifts for me: Paid traffic is essential Making offers has to be done consistently Spending time with people who are where you want to be is crucial to your success Stepping outside of your comfort zone won't kill you (atv racing with the boys?) Things that didn't change the way I had hoped: It took me until this past summer to really get clear on what I was doing and where I wanted to take it I had a few personal "a-ha" moments on that trip that I thought would have stuck but didn't... and I'm still working on that (I talk about this in more depth in the episode) My comfort level with promoting myself (again, more details in the episode) The next few months had some ups and downs as well as another business trip to Arizona for Infusioncon with @DeannaFenton. I had decided to make the switch to Infusionsoft after my trip to San Diego (again, my second time with Infusionsoft and have since moved on to my MOST FAVORITE email marketing & sales company EVER... hatchbuck, but more on that later too). The trip with Deanna was great and we both left excited about what Infusionsoft could do for our businesses. Unfortunately all it did was cost me more money and aggravation and we've both moved on to #hatchbuckhappiness (yes, I'm totally going to coin that term and make it a legitamate hashtag). Maui in May This was one of those trips that I debated on whether or not I should go, but then decided to just bite the bullet and go (I don't know if you do this or not, but I have a tendency - or use to - to waffle back and forth  and then am always grateful I went). The waffling was for a bunch of different reasons - but if this trip taught me ANYTHING it was that when in doubt- suck it up and make it happen. Period. This was my second #EMPIRE mastermind event of the year (we do 3 each year) and it was another game changer. I had a ball zip-lining (it wasn't the heights that did me in, it was one of my landings), an amazing evening at a Luau with everyone and two intense days of brain work and big picture thinking. Oh. And I got upgraded to first class on the way over!  BOOM! (that was validation enough for me that I was supposed to be on that trip). I recorded one of my first 'in front of the camera' videos with my friend Trey Lewellen - and had a BALL! I wanted to do more of those but just never quite got around to it (more on that later too). That will definitely be changing in 2015... in a big way. Summer Summer seems like a bit of a blur- not sure why (maybe because my kids are out of school? ) I participated in the 'ice bucket challenge' (brrr..) and hosted a wonderful 70th bday celebration for my Dad.  As I'm thinking about last summer and the fact that it ...

Your Mindset Matters – My Interview with Andrew Sparks WPCP: 048

Nov 26, 2014 1:00:21


One of the BEST things I've done for my business in the last year is to spend time with people who are already where I want to be. Whether that's in business or my personal life (health, spirituality, attitude, etc.) it's absolutely one of the smartest things I've done. Today's guest is a perfect example of someone who has an amazing story, has taken plenty of risks, went down the wrong path and then pulled himself out of that (he started his first business at 15). Meet Andrew Sparks of Sparks Elite Before we dive into the show notes, I have to say that one of the greatest things about this interview was how vulnerable and transparent Andrew was. He shared how he dropped out of high school, started in plumbing and construction, moved overseas and then ended up in the wrong crowd where his life was consumed by drugs and alcohol. Hitting "rock bottom" While it may not have been rock bottom for him, Andrew hit a point where he knew something need to shift - drastically. Which is when he realized that the problem was his own mindset and how he pulled himself out of where he was and completely shifted the direction of his life. The turning point or moment when things shifted. Being the ever-so-curious person that I am, I asked Andrew if there was a moment, book or incident that shifted things for him, and he didn't disappoint. He shares a great story about a fight in pub which made him step back and look at things from a completely different perspective. He realized how much he cared about people and then asked himself what made him respond in a way that other people hadn't? An excursion to Patagonia One thing with Andrew is that when he goes in he goes ALL in.  After the fight in the pub he decided to take an 8 week trek to Patagonia for a survival excursion and ended the trip with a 'now what'? And that's when everything shifted (spending 8 weeks in the wilderness where you have to rely on yourself for food, water and survival is bound to do that, right?) Living an Extraordinary Life Living on the beach, working with 7 figure businesses, having a quality of life most people only dream of... that's where Andrew is today. But not without a lot of hard work and persistence. Would you be willing to sell something near and dear to you to keep the dream alive? Andrew did. We also talked about  FEAR. How entrepreneurs completely prevent their own success because they're afraid of rejection, fear of people saying no and taking everything personal (I did this for a LONG time). Our own limiting beliefs get in our way EVERYDAY. We talked about over-promising and under delivering. I swear I felt like he was talking about me every time he mentioned the fears and limiting beliefs. And of course Andrew shared a current client story about the 24 year old who went from $700 a week to $5000 a week (and added an extra $3000 in one week). "There wasn't a magic bullet. She worked her ass off!" You're going to have to listen to the interview to get the full story on all of this - and of course if you need a mindset shift reach out to Andrew today for a free strategy session. Links from this episode Andrew Sparks of Sparks Elite

Email Marketing & Building a Business: My Interview with Erin Howard WPCP: 047

Nov 15, 2014 41:54


Today's episode is long overdue (as many of them seem to be the last couple of months! Things will get back on track in January, just bear with me). I've tried my hand with a few different email marketing options - Aweber, MailChimp and Infusionsoft. I'm currently using Infusionsoft (although I still have my Aweber account, but that's another story) and am actually looking at a new option that I don't think many of you have heard of (I hadn't heard of it until someone recently mentioned it to me), but more on that in another post. Of the three options I would have to say that Aweber is still my favorite. While I love the way MailChimp looks, I don't think the dashboard is as intuitive as it could be. Both Aweber and MailChimp lack the functionality of Infusionsoft (being able to tag and segment subscribers. The closest they come to either of those options is creating multiple lists, which gets tedious after a while). This is my second time around with Infusionsoft and it's still as frustrating as it was the first time, even with the campaign builder. I don't understand why the emails aren't responsive (seems like this would be a priority and while I know Infusionsoft has grown tremendously over the last few years this needs to be addressed) and why the drag & drop builder is so clunky. The dashboard is also not intuitive... but I digress. My love / hate relationship with Infusionsoft is not what this post is about. Erin Howard  of Streamline Internet Marketing I connected with Erin earlier in the year when she reached out to do some coaching with me. We set a 3 month period to work together and then Erin extended it for another three months. One of my absolute most favorite things to when working with coaching clients is to figure out where they have a passion, skills and knowledge to create value for their audience. That's the role email marketing plays in Erin's business. Having spent time working for a large corporation managing their email marketing Erin knows a thing or two and this subject AND... manages it for many of her own clients. Having used MailChimp for multiple clients I knew there was an opportunity to dive a little deeper into providing something that people really needed... a step by step guide to using MailChimp! In this interview I asked Erin about her journey in building an online business as well as some important things everyone needs to know when it comes to email marketing (I swear it's almost a part time job in and of itself when you're getting started!). Erin has also offered my listeners a special offer on her MailChimp Essentials book... something you definitely want to take her up on if you're using MailChimp or thinking about making the move to MailChimp! You can get the MailChimp Essentials book here   Links from this episode MailChimp Essentials book Streamline Internet Marketing

10,000 Feet, Scaling A Business and Profiting with WordPress WPCP: 046

Oct 28, 2014 1:04:55


Yep, I was actually 10,000 feet off the ground a couple weeks ago! The photo isn't actually from my flight, but the #selfie of me below is (we were squeezed pretty tightly into the balloon and I happened to be on the side where the sun was coming up, so I couldn't get that great of a picture with my phone). I was pleasantly surprised that being so high up didn't make me nervous at all. I think because there were so many of us in the balloon (12) and we were instructed not to move, so it was simply peaceful & serene (even with the scorching flame above my head that propelled us!). I've gone parasailing a couple of times and it's a little more nerve wracking than the hot air balloon. A Different Perspective I was in Park City, Utah for another mastermind event (which was awesome) and the day after we had two days of 'masterminding' after our adventure day (we also did a GPS adventure which was a blast) and on our first day of meetings we talked about some take aways from the adventures we did. One of my take aways was the value of getting a different perspective. When we're doing "our thing" we caught up in the day to day of growing our businesses and we don't always see the opportunities that are right in front of us. If you don't change the view you miss out on opportunities. That's what I had been doing for the first few years in my business. Staying busy with the day to day minutia and tasks... missing opportunity after opportunity. Not anymore. I got crystal clear on the opportunities I've been missing and how I can connect the dots between what's working and what I want to do. I've talked a lot about the shifts I've been making in my business this past year and sometimes I feel like it's taking forever and then of course there are other days when it feels like it's moving too fast (I know, sounds exhausting, doesn't it? Yea, I wear myself out too). Regardless of the speed at which this is happening, I trust the process and truly feel like I'm exactly where I'm supposed to be. If I want to move things along quicker then I need to focus and be much more strict with my time. That means blocking specific time and days for me to work on things that require my full attention (i.e., not something I can delegate). Taking the time to plan Isn't it weird that taking the time to plan out how you want to get where you want to go feels like a luxury? Somehow it doesn't feel like 'work' so I put it off until I realize I had better stop what I'm doing and plan out the details. We did this in Park City. The entire first day of our Mastermind was spent doing this. We talked about how things were going, the bigger picture and how we were going to get there (Be, Do, Have: What is it we want to have, who do we have to be and what do we need to do to get there). The value in doing this is beyond anything I can put into words here, but suffice it to say it's part of my routine now. Effective immediately. Scaling A Business Let's start this segment with a question. Has your business consistently grown or has it been stagnant? If you have grown your business, have you done it strategically or would you say you've gotten 'lucky'? Most of my growth the first few years in my business was because I worked hard and stuck with it, not necessarily luck, but I can't say that there was a ton of strategy behind it either. Over the past year as I've invested in coaching, mentoring and focusing on getting myself off the hamster wheel strategy seems to be at the core of everything I do. Especially scaling my business. Enter the new division of my business: The WP Team The WP Team is an outsourcing company solely for WordPress web developers. I've toyed with the idea of doing this for a while and after having opened this up to my coaching clients realized that I was missing a huge opportunity by not opening up the doors, strategically, to other WordPress web developers.

Time to Kickstart Genesis – My Interview with Nick Davis of Lean Themes WPCP: 045

Oct 17, 2014 56:36


This interview has been a long time coming. Mainly because we did the interview a few months ago! Don't worry, I won't use this space to whine about how busy the last couple of months have been because well... it is what it is and I'm back and moving forward! Nick Davis, Italy and Pricing Themes Another reason I love what I do... Nick was in Italy when we recorded this interview (how awesome is THAT?). Like most interviews, we started with Nick's backstory and how he ended up starting Lean Themes with his business partner, Derry Birkett (the designer behind the clean design & awesomeness of their themes). We talked about how they connected and decided to partner on Lean Themes and why they went with a Genesis Child theme company (as opposed to doing a stand alone theme). Like any other new business they faced challenges when starting and launching (although one of the 'challenges' was the blessing of his first child). I've talked a few times about pricing - whether it's your product or your services and Nick and I discussed this in length. When they launched Kickstart to their subscribers (people who had signed up for early notification), they offered a lower price for the first version. It wasn't a 'discounted' price- think first offering. They were looking for validation and for people to get their hands into the theme. I absolutely loved what Nick said about 'discounting' and that it's something they wouldn't do because it devalues the product. If you're solving a business problem by providing a solution, what is the value and ROI for the individual who buys your product? What does Seth Godin have to do with WordPress? We went in a little different direction when we started talking about how to be yourself, branding yourself and simply showing up. Nick shared how he's taken his company from an agency feel to branding it as himself. We talked about the need to show up as yourself and really put YOU into your brand. You know I'm a fan of 'showing up' and it's awesome to see people behind themes and plugins showing that side of themselves as well. What's in store for Lean Themes Perfection. Kidding. They want to continue focusing on Kickstart and making it the best theme possible as well as getting more involved in the WordPress community. Before I post the links we mentioned in this episode, check out a customization of the Kickstart theme I've done for a friend & mentor below: Links mentioned in this episode Velocity Page  ENTER TO WIN THE KICKSTART THEME   a Rafflecopter giveaway

The Social Side of WordPress – Part 2 WPCP: 044

Aug 29, 2014 1:01:12


After I started writing the first post on 'The Social Side of WordPress' I realized there was no way I was going to cover it in one post, so here we are again. Part 2 (and who knows, maybe there will be a part 3... let's see how this one goes). I'll be the first one to admit that my social media efforts have been less than consistent until a few months ago. I always shared my content when I wrote new posts or published a new podcast episode, but I can't say that I was really great about engaging. All of that has changed. And it's been AWESOME! My decision was sort of organic in a conscious way (does that even make sense? :-) ). I started doing some Facebook advertising last fall and then helped a coaching client with her ads as well. I realized that the more activity and engagement I had on my page the better it was for my ads (kinda makes sense, huh?). The beauty of all of this is that on one hand it was a strategy and on the other hand it has created some amazing relationships. I knew if I was going to increase my engagement I had to do it as MYSELF. (click to tweet) I would find things that I thought were helpful, funny and inspiring and share them in a way that supported who I am and what kind of business I'm building. What I wouldn't do was just share my own stuff along with a handful of friends or big names. I LOVE finding uniqe and cool things that will help my audience as well as asking a question or starting a conversation. The BEST thing about this is that people have taken the time to tell me they appreciate what I'm sharing and have noticed the increased engagement. Exellent. I had an interaction on twitter recently that made me realize it was time to go a little deeper with the social side of WordPress. I think I tweeted something I was looking at (an analytics tool for measuring social engagement, I think... don't totally remember) and someone responded with a question as to whether or not sharing on Facebook for business was icky. It was a genuine question and I responded with a genuine answer. I simply said that I had noticed the connection and increased engagement since I stepped up my activity on my Facebook page (when I see it in writing it seems so obvious, doesn't it?). The thing is... I used to feel the same way. Until I realized that if I'm not going to promote my own content I can hardly expect other people to promote it, right? AND... People are more inclined to share your content when they know who you are and trust you.  (click to tweet) I know, I know. Nothing new. Yet it's still something people struggle with. O.K., I have yet to talk about WordPress... so let's shift gears here. It all begins with your WordPress Site EVERYTHING you do should be do get people back to your site and engaged with you and your brand, which is why you want to make sure that everything you do socially is congruent with what is on your site. And I don't mean just your branding. Your Voice and Your Message. Who you are on your site is who you should be socially. Personally I'm pretty much the same person everywhere. Who you see online is who I am in my personal life (of course I have a more private side, but you wouldn't meet me and wonder if I was the same person you saw online. Just the thought of being one way online and one way offline is exhausting). This is the ONLY way you're going to succeed. Let's start with the fundamentals. Social Sharing plugins I've tried a bunch of social sharing plugins and written posts about them as well. Now it comes down to: - what it looks like (of course) - is it lightweight (doesn't slow my site down) - easy to use - doesn't get in the way of content - doesn't automatically add a zillion social sites I've never heard of What I'm using now: - Floating Social bar (this sits above the post and scrolls with the post, which you can turn off if you want - this is currently not activated because I'm testing something else and the...

SIDEKICK for WordPress – A Total Game Changer: My Interview with Ben Fox WPCP: 043

Aug 13, 2014 54:35


You probably know by now that I'm a TOTAL geek about finding cool tools and resources to make online business and WordPress easier (and sometimes it's just about finding something cool, because really... I probably have more tools than I have time for), so to say I was absolutely in AWE when I found SIDEKICK would be an understatement. I was FLOORED. SIDEKICK is a game changer. And that's being conservative. I think the day I found it I must have told as many people as possible about it, then every time I talked to a coaching client or fellow WordPress business owner it was like I was 5 years old and someone had just told me I was going to Disneyland. I found SIDEKICK via Twitter, which is one of the ways I find cool new tools & resources (and trust me, it's not rocket science, I just click through to websites from people I follow or are following me when I go to follow them back. We all know my activity on Twitter needs a little help). I think the day I found SIDEKICK I asked to interview them for the Podcast. Fortunately Ben Fox followed up with me to make that happen (why I need a project manager to help with my schedule). I want you to listen to the entire interview, but I have to at least explain what SIDEKICK is. SIDEKICK is a set of interactive walkthrough  tutorials for WordPress and WordPress plugins (although the platform is available for non-WordPress websites or web-based platforms, but we're just going to talk about WordPress). How it works (this is the free version- for the paid version you'll need to add your activation code): - Install the plugin like you would any other plugin - An orange bar appears at the bottom left of your Dashboard menu that says 'HELP ME' - Click the 'HELP ME' button and the SIDEKICK menu of Walkthroughs appear. - Select the walkthrough you want (ex: How to Create a Post) and the animated walkthrough will be begin. Step by step instructions telling you how to create a post WHILE you create the post! BOOM! Enter Composer for SIDEKICK In case you were thinking you might be interested in creating your own guided walkthroughs, you can. SIDEKICK just opened their beta for Composer which allows you to create your guided walkthroughs (I'll let you know how my first run at it goes. I'm in the beta and will be working with it this week). You can get in on the beta for Composer here. Like my other interviews, I asked Ben about his life pre-SIDEKICK (he's been involved with WordPress for a while) as well as the development of SIDEKICK, his partnership and how they funded their business (the good ol' fashion way... simply through hard work and determination). Listen to the entire interview to get the inside scoop on Ben, the entire team at SIDEKICK and they're growing an amazing tool through an awesome company culture (look at the footer on their website and then you'll hear in the interview how this one fun thing is bringing everyone at SIDEKICK together). Links from this episode SIDEKICK.PRO SIDEKICK WordPress Walkthroughs SIDEKICK Composer Enter the Contest to win one of THREE great prizes from SIDEKICK! a Rafflecopter giveaway

Ready to Write Your Book? My Interview with Joshua Sprague WPCP: 042

Jul 31, 2014 59:19


Ready to share your Message with the world? That's one of my favorite elements to having a business today. The internet, social media and technology in general has given everyone the same opportunity to get your message out into the world. The trick is that it's up to YOU to make it happen. About a year or so into my business I already knew I wanted to write my story. Share my journey. I haven't started this yet, but I will in the next year or so. I'm not putting it off for any reason other than I know now isn't the right time, but it's coming. My guess is that there are some of you out there who ARE ready to write your story and get your message out to the world. That's where this podcast interview can help. I met Joshua Sprague in my mastermind earlier this year at our event in San Diego. As the mastermind has grown and evolved I've been able to connect more one on one with people to dig a little deeper into their businesses, how they got to where they are and what they're doing today to grow and live the lifestyle they desire. Like most of us, Joshua went through some personal struggles which ended up being the catalyst for what he's doing today (you have to listen to the interview to get the full scoop). What I LOVED about this interview was that Joshua was how he was able to step into his 'purpose' with his business as opposed to just trying to create something that would make money. We've all been there. Doing it just for the money will NEVER work. Which is when Joshua realized he needed to create his 'MESSAGE' and help others do the same... and then help them spread their message to the world. A few days before our interview Joshua and I had a chance to catch up and talk about where things were in my business as well. I shared some of my frustration (I'll get into more of that later) and he said a few things that really resonated with me. One of which was not to be afraid to "Dominate your market". What does that mean exactly? For me it means to start using my voice more. On my site I have a free report on 'Unleashing Your Voice + Vision"... but I don't think I've stepped into that quite as fully as I want to. I'm sure there are a few reasons... fear being one of them. Which is also something we discussed in this interview. When it comes to writing a book and getting their message out into the world fear is one of the biggest obstacles Joshua helps his clients through. Which is brilliant. I truly believe that you have to do the personal work while you're doing the business work... especially because they tend to go hand-in-hand for most entrepreneurs. I won't give too much more away here because you need to listen to the full interview, but if you're ready to get your book written and share your message with the world NOW then you can join Joshua for his live event in San Diego in early August (next week actually). There are a few spots left for this event where you're going to get your book written in 3 days. Not too bad, huh? Details 3 Days Live in San Diego  - August 4-6 Breakfast & Lunch Included Click the button below to get more information to attend Joshua's Messenger on A Mission Bootcamp. Links from this episode Messenger On A Mission Joshua J. Sprague

Pinterest is a Search Tool – My Interview with Cynthia Sanchez of Oh So Pinteresting WPCP: 041

Jul 4, 2014 53:19


Before we get into the heart of the interview, let me just say that you might want to have a pen & paper handy (or Evernote...) to take some notes while you listen! I've been a fan of Pinterest since I joined a couple years ago. Part of me is quite proud of the fact that I was sort of an 'early adopter' (in my humble opinion anyways), but then I have to fess up to not really using Pinterest to its full advantage and understanding how it works as a search tool (yea, I had NO idea about this). Cynthia and I had connected some time last year and then I decided I needed to follow up and get her on the show. Not only is her story amazing but it is SO full of valuable information you may need to listen a second time. :-) From Nurse to full time Pinterest Coach, Speaker and Consultant Like many other online marketers, Cynthia was inspired to start her online business after finding Pat Flynn's podcast, Smart Passive Income (who doesn't love Pat, right?). The best part about her decision to start a blog was that she decided to pick something that would be fun and let it evolve. She originally thought she was going to set up an online business relative to her career as an oncology nurse but decided that learning how to do it with something fun would be smart. Starting with Pinterest Deciding to start her online journey with something 'fun' was not only smart it clearly was 'meant to be'. To anyone who is even considering something online this is something you should really take to heart... it's O.K. to approach it in a way that feels right for you. Cynthia is also a wife and mother to 4 kids... so having a full time job on top of life at home didn't make starting her online business easy, but she stuck with it. Before she knew it she was asked by a local business to help them with Pinterest marketing. Then asked to speak at Social Media Marketing World as a Pinterest expert (Michael Stelzner & Social Media Examiner). And did I mention that Cynthia has a Podcast? Her podcast is also one of the reasons she was invited to speak at Social Media Marketing World. Not too shabby for a new business, huh? Pinterest is a Search Tool  - Not A Social Media site What floored me the MOST about my interview was the education I got on Pinterest and that they consider themselves a search tool, not a social media site! Cynthia shared her favorite WordPress plugin for Pinterest, the Pinterest "Pin It" Button by Phil Derksen (link below as well) and why she likes this plugin the most. *side note* With the sharing of content via social media being able to dictate meta information for your images is HUGELY valuable! I don't want to give away the full interview in the post, so be sure to listen to the entire show for all of Cynthia's fantastic tips! Links from this episode Oh So Pinteresting Cynthia Sanchez on Pinterest Oh So Pinteresting Podcast Pinterest "Pin It" Button WordPress Plugin

WordPress Hosting, Cool tools and an Invite WPCP: 040

Jun 27, 2014 47:54


The term WordPress hosting isn't something you would have heard 4 or 5 years ago. It was just 'hosting', not WordPress specific hosting. That's changed dramatically in the last few years as WordPress has grown and become the powerhouse that it is today (I could throw in a statistic for you but then this post might not make it out this week, because once you start 'researching' things the rabbit hole gets deeper and deeper. You know what I'm talking about, right?). I debated on talking about WordPress hosting because, well, frankly it's not the most exciting topic (no offense to all the amazing WordPress hosting companies, mine included). We know I get more excited about fun graphics or cool plugins. But I digress. The trick with choosing a WordPress hosting company is that you need to find one that's right for YOU. If you're just starting out with your WordPress site and online business, it doesn't always make sense to jump into the the high end hosting option, because when you're starting out every $15/mo. subscription counts. And not just because of the cost involved. You need to work with a hosting company that fits what you're looking for and suits your needs. When you're just getting started online there are a few things I would look for when selecting WordPress hosting: - Support: First and foremost! Make sure the hosting company you select offers the kind of support that YOU prefer. Personally I love live chat support... please don't make me call you. - Dashboard: If you're a visual person then Cpanel is a great choice (control panel). If you're technically savvy then you're probably fine with a company that provides FTP or SFTP access (and if you don't know what those are, then go with cpanel). - They keep things up to date: Because WordPress updates often and there are SO many 3rd party tools for WordPress (plugins, themes, etc.) you want to make sure that your hosting company keeps EVERYTHING up to date (ie, the latest php too!). - Who is behind the company? Never something I thought I'd consider, but as WordPress hosting is getting more popular you have the opportunity to host your site where you know who the people are who are running your hosting company. My Hosting Company I've been hosting The WP Chick on Flywheel for a little over a year now and I'm THRILLED with their services and support. I have also set up multiple client sites on Flywheel for the exact same reason. I love that I can set up a client site then when it's done simply click a button to send an email to a client to take over the billing. Easy Peasy. My only complaint with Flywheel (and it's really not a complaint, it's more like a 'whine') is that they don't have an affiliate program or referral program up yet. I know they're working on it and plan to have one, so I won't be a complete 2 year old and throw a fit. :-) Two New WordPress Hosting Companies So these probably aren't new to other people, they're just new to me. The first hosting company is Cloudways I was introduced to Cloudways by their WordPress Community Manager , Syed Wasseem Abbas. Syed sent me a msg via Twitter asking if they could interview me (written interview) and of course I said yes and I would be honored. They sent me a link to checkout their new cloud hosting called 'Cloudways' and I recently did a new WordPress install and set up a site for an event I'm hosting (by the way, other than an affiliate link there's no other incentive here). I wanted to check them out because I wanted to have other options for people if they didn't want to use Flywheel. The installtion and set up was a breeze and it was easy to find everything I needed (including a link to a tutorial on how to set up your ANAME record to point your domian name. Great instructions every step of the way). Keep in mind that Cloudways does not have cpanel if that's something you're used to. So far so good! I'll let you know if I run into any snags or issues,

WordPress Business – My Interview with Troy Dean WPCP: 039

Jun 20, 2014 1:03:58


I had the good fortune of being on the WP Elevation podcast a couple of months ago and after talking with Troy I KNEW I needed to get him on my show (which, FYI, the interview was recorded before 3.9 was released). I have to warn you though. There is a TON of information in this episode. Information that you can take and apply to your WordPress Business immediately. I love that Troy takes a business approach to WordPress (of course while loving it and working with it all the time). As someone who isn't a coder or programmer but has built a thriving business with WordPress I was thrilled to get Troy's insights and experiences on building a successful business with WordPress. From Voice Over artist and Musician to WordPress Like many other people with WordPress, Troy started building websites for friends and once he found WordPress he never looked back. He did a lot of client sites for people in his industry (voice over / music studios) and began his freelance design. He looked at his journey as a paid education and from day one approached it as a business and knew the key to growing his business is leverage. "One of my passions is leverage" - Troy Dean Building the platform for leverage. Troy knew something early on that took me a lot longer to learn... it's NOT cost effective to do little support jobs for clients. Which is what inspired him to create a 'user manual' for a client of hist (over 100 pages, printed and delivered  to his client, which allowed the client to manage their site and kept him free from niggly support calls). Video User Manuals is Born Realizing he created something that gave him massive leverage, Troy took his PDF to his friend and now business partner, who said "we need to turn this into a plugin". You'll hear how Troy and Bryan have built a team that keeps Video User Manuals up to date (in different accents even! AND.. it will shortly be launched in Spanish!). Building a Team I loved that Troy approached building a team from a perspective of value. Meaning, if he brought on more people to his team could he then provide more value to his audience? Would the team allow him more time to create content, connect with his audience and grow his business? Brilliant. WP Elevation WP Elevation was born out of necessity. For the audience. They asked their audience why they hadn't purchased the Video User Manuals and the answer they got was overwhelming. "We don't have enough clients! How do we get more clients?" You're going to have to listen to how they approached the launch of this, met the demand and their business blew up. I don't want to give too much away (truly, the interview is great!). They launched WP Elevation to a limited number of people, closed it for a couple months, got their systems in place and re-opened the doors. And haven't looked back since. Make sure to check out WP Elevation, Video User Manuals and connect with Troy, you won't be disappointed. Links from this episode Video User Manuals WP Elevation Troy Dean Troy Dean - The Voice Over artist

WordPress Themes – Picking the Right One for Your Business – WPCP: 038

Jun 10, 2014 38:20


I kind of surprised myself when I realized that I hadn't done a podcast episode about WordPress themes. Seems like a little bit of a 'duh' moment, right? I'm going to approach this from a little bit of a different angle than simply discussing different theme companies and the pro's and con's of each (and not just because we know all I use are Genesis themes). When I first started working with WordPress and doing client sites I just went with what the client wanted to use. As soon as I found StudioPress and purchased the Pro Plus All theme package I stopped looking around at other themes and stuck with what I knew and what I loved. Once Genesis was released I knew that was all I was ever going to use. And not because there aren't other WordPress themes and frameworks available that are good, I didn't have the time to dive into other themes or frameworks (of course that doesn't stop me from looking at other themes for inspiration, design, styles, features, etc.). Why I use the Genesis Framework It's no secret that my favorite themes for WordPress are by StudioPress and are built on the Genesis framework.  I started using StudioPress themes pre-Genesis so needless to say when they launched Genesis I was in for the ride. There are a few reasons I use Genesis. Good themes, great code Constantly improving and stay up to date with WordPress Flexibility for content (I'm all about content formatting) Updates don't effect the way the theme look The selection. There are a ton of great third party companies developing Genesis child themes Fast forward to today and there's an additional reason I use Genesis. A much less sexy reason I guess but it's the truth. I simply don't have the time to try another framework or theme... and the few times I've done this I instantly wonder what the bucket I'm doing. But this episode isn't just about Genesis, so let's move on. Picking the right WordPress theme for your Business This is something that took me a while to grasp because as someone who tends to get overly geeked about the visual side of things I had a tendency to approach theme selection based on what I liked and what I wanted. What's missing here? How about the user /reader / visitor? Duh. :-) Before you begin doing ANYTHING about the design and what theme you're going to use, take the time to outline a few things: - WHO is your audience? - What do you want to happen when people come to your site? (opt-in, watch a video, etc.) - What do you want them to do after landing on the homepage? (start here, watch this, etc.) - How do you want your visitor to feel? - Are you an agency, individual or brand? Does this personality come through? These probably seem like sort of obvious questions, but you'd be surprised how many people don't think about this or don't address these questions when choosing a WordPress theme. Once you've answered all these questions I would recommend visiting as many sites as you can and take some notes. Pay attention to why you like the site outside of the visual appeal. Is it easy to navigate? Is it clear what the site is about? Do you want to spend time digging around on the site and exploring? *SIDE NOTE* Always try to think from your visitors perspective but don't get caught in the trap of asking everyone and their mother for an opinion... nothing will make you crazier than the opinions of the peanut gallery. And if you're a web developer or are planning on having yout site re-done, there is a HYSTERICAL comic over at "The Oatmeal" about how a web design goes straight to hell. Don't work with those customers or don't be that customer. Links from this episode Genesis Framework Divi theme - Elegant themes Divi tutorial by Keith Davis How a Web Design Goes Straight to Hell - The Oatmeal    

Ozzy Rodriguez in The House and Getting Real WPCP: 037

May 10, 2014 47:27


I had the good pleasure of meeting Ozzy Rodriguez in person at WordCamp San Francisco 2013. We had connected on Twitter prior to meeting in person and I thought he was just a great guy, then when I met him in person it was confirmed. :-) Like many of the other web developers, Ozzy's journey into WordPress wasn't anything he saw coming. His background is technical and the evolution into creating websites kind of happened by accident. He started doing it for fun, then for friends and pretty soon he had website clients, AND... he's totally self taught. Love it. I asked Ozzy if he went to school or took any classes in programming or design and his answer: "I learn by doing"   Which I love because when you see some of Ozzy's work (which is brilliant) it shows you that if you WANT to get really, really good at something you can. Because our businesses are so different (mine is still evolving... what can I say. Eventually I'll figure out what I want to do when I grow up) it was fascinating to discuss blogging, marketing, list building and social media. The night before our interview I had hosted a webinar where I talked about list building and the importance of growing your audience (always providing VALUE of course) and Ozzy had attended. We continued the discussion about blogging, marketing and growing your list. And then I asked Ozzy why he doesn't have an About page on his site (yep, you have to listen to the interview to get his answer). This was also the first time an interviewee turned the tables on me and asked me a question (which of course, I didn't mind). One of the things I loved most about my interview with Ozzy was that he shared his own doubts about things (like blogging) as well as the fact that he doesn't really market his business (because he provides such a great product that his work speaks for itself and he gets tons of referrals). Challenges and Obstacles This is always one of my favorite questions (probably because it reminds me I'm that I'm not alone in my struggles) I ask every interviewee. Ozzy said something that most people don't address, and that is that it's great to have big dreams about your business but you also need to keep it real. Pay attention to the day to day, stick with it and be prepared to FAIL... a lot. We also talked about starting a WordPress Business.  What to do.  What NOT to do.  And more than that... WHO to be. Ozzy gives some suggestions on what he thinks are some good opportunities for building a WordPress business and shared that he has a theme coming out and possibly some plugins (I'll keep you posted on the release, they're not out yet but will be available on WP Bacon).  Links from this episode      

Using Plugins… or not. Time to retire this discussion WPCP: 036

May 3, 2014 1:02:19


Am I right? Are you tired of this discussion too? I know, kind of ironic that I say it's "time to retire this discussion" through writing a post about it (kind of like needing to get the last word in, huh? This is pretty funny as I write this. Guess we know what direction this post is going in). To be quite frank, I really don't know why this continues to be a discussion. There are so many factors that go into someone's choice to use (or not use) a plugin that I really think it's best to try to stick with a 'best practices' for plugins and do what you feel is right for you, your site and your business (if in fact your WordPress site is for your business also). Before we get into the 'For' or 'Against' plugins discussion (note I didn't say argument, because really... why argue, right?), here's a few things I cover in the first part of this episode:  My trip to Infusioncon (what I learned, what I thought of the conference and why I'm going back next year)  What I'm going to be focusing on in my business moving forward  Why I'm not going to do website development work anymore Using Plugins First, because this is how I roll, I want to give a little disclaimer.  I FIRMLY believe that the decision to use or not use plugins is a personal choice. One that's based on someone's individual skills, knowledge and desire (because let's be honest... no matter how much we love WordPress we don't all want to get into the code, right?). That being said, there are some best practices. Most people install plugins because they're looking to add additional functionality to their site. Something they need done and don't know how to do without coding it (ie, learning to code it themselves or hiring someone to do it). Of course there are also those people who just love plugins and install and try anything they come across. :-) And guess what? That's O.K. too, just know there may be consequences for doing that. My rule of thumb for using plugins is to always stop and ask yourself if the plugin you're installing and the functionality it adds is an added value to your reader / visitor (and I'm not referring to plugins that are good for your site like WordPress SEO or a database backup plugin). If it's not something that adds value or makes it easier on your visitor (like a social sharing plugin - which makes it easier for your reader to share your content), then is it really something you need to install? The podcast goes into more detail on this so we'll move onto the argument for NOT using plugins. Not using Plugins This argument is going to be less wordy because it really comes down to just a couple things: Site load time Having a clean & efficient running site Both of which are extremely important and of course help in your SEO, stats, visitor engagement and bounce rate (how long someone stays on your site before they 'bounce'). But the idea that everyone who uses WordPress is capable of coding in the functionality that is created by plugins is pretty ridiculous. I'm going to bet that it's safe to say that the majority of my audience isn't interested in coding. Even those of you who have a WP Web dev business. Many of you are great at customizing WP and giving the client a great product but you also want some leverage in your business and the time for money thing gets old sometimes. Links From this Episode RODE Recorder App for iOS Infusionsoft Seth Godin Simon Sinek Peter Shankman Plugins I mentioned Gravity Forms TinyMCE Advanced Shortcodes Ultimate WordPress SEO And.. like I mentioned at the end of the episode, here's the link to support the WordPress SEO plugin by Yoast! Rate the plugin or make a donation.    

Growing a Business with T-Shirts – My Interview with Trey Lewellen: WPCP 035

Apr 22, 2014 49:53


One of the things I love most about connecting with new people online is that it reminds me that there are a multitude of different ways to create and build a profitable online business. Of course there's potential danger in this as well... it's easy to get distracted when you see that what one person is doing and it looks like they're making progress faster than you are, even though your business is completely different. Today's episode is with another one of my fellow Mastermind members in Adam Spiel's Facebook Mastermind group, Trey Lewellen. Trey's business model is not like anyone else I've had on the show. Also known as "Mr. ON IT", Trey has grown a very successful business through selling T-Shirts, creating membership sites and coaching people to do the same. I've watched Trey grow his business in a HUGE way in a very short period of time and am in awe of the massive action he takes on a consistent basis. From selling tea (yes, loose leaf drinkable tea) to creating an empire, Trey's story is inspiring and the interview is packed with a ton of valuable information you can implement today. Trey's Business Model Using Facebook as his platform:  Build a successful Fanpage in a specific niche (driving the fanbase up to 10k - 30k fans)  Sharing valuable content with that audience  Engaging with that audience to see what they want (and then determining how you can provide it)  Using TeeSpring to create t-shirts for that audience (using the scarcity model because the t-shirts are only on sale for a limited time)  Moving the fans off of the Facebook fanpage into a membership site  Creating and providing valuable content for members On Facebook: Trey and his team have a very strategic method for growing their likes for their Facebook pages. They start with 5 different images and the same copy, run the like campaign to see which image is the most popular. Once they've determined which image converts the best, they then test different headlines. From that test they're able come up with the winning combination of the right image and the right headline. BOOM! Sounds so simple yet it's not something that most people are willing to do (the testing part I mean). Trey walks you through the exact process I mentioned above for growing your Facebook fanbase. He gives a great example of having a conversation with a particular audience and how he was able to drop the price of his likes from $.40 to $.04 by making one simple tweak that his fans shared with him. Moving those fans into Membership Sites You may or may not have heard people saying "Membership sites are dead"... regardless of whether or not you've heard that, Trey proves that membership sites are alive and well! They have an automated process where they drive their fans into an opt-in offer, have a follow up email sequence that delivers valuable content and within a certain period of time offer them an opportunity to join the 'private community' at an average price of $10 a month (a price point most people will at least try out and is low enough to have high retention, assuming of course you provide valuable content as well).He's also built in an amazing upsell for a higher end membership where they provide multiple formats of content (think an interview converted to a transcript, then converted to a PDF) as well as physically shipping something to members every month (where they don't actually have to do any of the fulfillment). You will get SO much value from this interview and the BEST thing you can do is implement something... today! Be sure to listen to the full interview and check out Trey's offer just for my audience.    

Growing Pains, Outsourcing and A Fun Plugin: WPCP 034

Apr 5, 2014 42:12


Holy Moly! Can you believe we're just about through the first quarter of 2014? I don't know about you but the first part of this year has been a bit of a whirlwind for me. I've done some stepping back and refelcting the last few weeks and realized I need to go into the next few months of the year with more intention (think less reactive). One thing I know about myself is that I can only push myself for so long before I crash, and crash I did. Not in any sort of dramatic, tortured artist way, it was more of a "I don't feel like doing ANYTHING" kind of a way. Which is when I needed to remind myself that everything I was going through was simply growing pains and part of taking things to the next level (that phrase is so over used, but it is what it is). I can look back through the last 6 years of my business and see where I went through the same frustrations and challenges but the content was different (and those things that felt like such big challenges years ago are old hat today). What's been going on. After my trip down to San Diego at the end of January I knew I had a few changes to make in my business, one of which was to hire some more help. When I was at the mastermind I did an exercise where I wrote down the things I love to do in my business and the things I don't like doing, then I went back through my calendar for the previous week (thank you Google Cal) and realized I was spending 2 - 4 hours A DAY on tasks I didn't like doing (and shouldn't be doing). What the BUCKET?!?! Yikes. I'm not going to go into a massive list here of tasks in my business, but when you realize you're spending almost half of your day at times doing things that you don't enjoy doing AND don't directly result in income, it's time to re-evaluate. Which is what I did. I outlined the things I loved doing first and the things I could give to someone else to do, which would free up more time to do the things I enjoyed and had a direct impact on the bottom line. If you've never done an exercise like this I'd recommend you try it (it won't take as long as you think). The interesting thing about doing exercises like this is that often it's easier to determine what we don't like or don't want to be doing as opposed to owning what it is we really want or how we really want to spend our time. Knowing what I don't like doing isn't anything new to me, that hasn't changed in the last few years, so that was the easy part. I think it's an old thought process / belief inside me that thinks it's supposed to feel like 'work' or it's not really a business (hence the therapist still). Here's my list of what I LOVE to do that has a direct impact on the bottom line (I'm focusing on the bottom line because we're talking about my business). What I LOVE to do that has a direct impact on the bottom line:  Write posts and tutorials  Create podcast episodes and show notes  Teach /Host webinars  Create products (downloadable, digital products)  Coaching / working with other entrepreneurs My business has really grown the last 6 months and I realized I was starting to feel squeezed, over scheduled and basically with too much to manage. Which is where the reflecting came in. Hanging around the guys in my Facebook Mastermind can be challenging at times because none of them have the type of business I do (not that everyone else has a similar business, but the online brand and persona is different and doesn't require the same time for content creation that my business does). This is where I realized it was my responsibility to take the things I was learning and apply them to my business in a way that works for me and my lifestyle. Which brings us to... Outsourcing Outsourcing isn't a new concept for me. I've been fortunate in that I baby-stepped my way into it and ended up with the team I have now (and have worked with for the last 3 years). I remember the first time I posted work on an outsourcing website ( in this case it ...

No More Hype + Story Time: My Interview with Tea’ Silvestre of Story Bistro WPCP: 033

Mar 22, 2014 1:04:19


Before I get into the details of this interview, I want to share something that a friend said to me over a recent Skype conversation. He's been listening to the podcast and the last couple of interviews have been with people in my Mastermind (Adam Spiel and Troy Broussard). Both have very profitable businesses and are running their businesses in a completely different way (there are definitely some methodologies they both use, but the model is different). He said something that made me realize I've been feeling something similar. I'm going to paraphrase what he said, but here's the jist of his statement: "There are so many different ways to do things and they all sound good, now I'm more confused as to which way I should build my business!" Wow. This totally struck a nerve with me because I realized that recently I'd gone off my own path. It used to be that I would distract myself by buying information products (i.e, shiny object syndrome). But instead of the "shiny object syndrome" of buying products (I rarely buy things online for my business anymore unless they directly relate to what I'm currently doing) I'd become a collector of 'methodologies'. Instead of focusing on what I know in my gut I want to do and build (and how I want to do it), I was becoming distracted (and frustrated) with the way other people were doing things. Which brings me to my interview with Tea' Silvestre of Story Bistro. Tea and I connected at a WordPress meetup in the Bay Area a few years ago and I'm SO grateful we did. I don't go to WordPress meetups very often (I've spoken at a few) because it's not really my audience and there aren't any that are close enough for me to pop into. Needless to say connecting with Tea was a huge bonus (especially since her business isn't really about WordPress, she was going to the meetups to connect with people). Before I even had the pleasure of really getting to know Tea I instantly felt at ease with her and knew how she went about building and growing her business resonated with me. You'll hear Tea's story of what she did prior to Story Bistro, how she decided to move from "The Word Chef" (although she's still 'The Chef') to Story Bistro and why she's so committed to doing things in a 'real' way. We talked about doing things in an authentic way and without the Hype. Tea shares her story of getting fed up with the corporate world, moving into local government and then the non-profit sector with her own business. Even then she was driven by doing good things and with integrity (and because of that Tea' has a high bullshit detector - my words, not hers, and is quick to call out what she feels isn't right. One of the things I respect most about her). We talked about her move from The Bay Area to Oregon (I'll be trekking up this summer to visit her) and her contemplation of moving to Detroit (housing is really affordable in Detroit). Tired of all the hype and feeling like there was no where to go, Tea created Story Bistro because she was drawn to the Story Telling of marketing and the real connection that can be created when you do things with intention, skill and integrity. And I LOVE it! BUT.. just to be clear, as much as I'm talking about authenticity and non-hypey marketing, Tea is brilliant at what she does and has the skills to back it up (hence the integrity). Oh, and she mentioned cooking rabbit and how it relates to marketing. Really. Enjoy the interview and be sure to connect with Tea at Story Bistro and the Digital Dining Room.  

From Losing Everything to the Ultimate Lifestyle: My interview with Troy Broussard WPCP: 032

Mar 1, 2014 53:39


By now it's probably pretty obvious that I'm fascinated by people's stories and the path they took to get them where they are. Today's interview with Troy Broussard is no different. Having lost everything TWICE (yes, I said twice), to where he is today was no easy task. I decided to interview Troy after he shared a recent story about a webinar he ran where no one purchased and then with some follow up on his part - and coming from a place of absolute integrity - he was able to convert the no sale webinar to over $35k in sales with a little bit of follow up. You'll hear Troy's story in the podcast (because of course you're going to listen to the entire interview, right?) but here are a few points that might drive you: Filed personal bankruptcy Rebuilt everything to a large real estate company, then the market crashed (and was too broke to file bankruptcy) and lost everything again Went from working 70 -80 hours a week to working only 4 days a week in 2013 (and working towards 3 days a week in 2014) Had a service based business that he enjoyed, but wasn't really his passion and built a successful 7 figure income AND... my favorite Troy quote: Money is like Alcohol (and yes, I'm totally going to tease you with that because it's one of my favorite analogies). As my business grows and evolves I'm always on the lookout for people who are on a similar journey. Not in terms of what I'm doing but in terms of people who take their life experience and integrate it into their business and it's reflected in what they do. If you've been online for even a few years you start seeing the same names and faces (if you don't branch out of the same circles or connections). Some of those people continue to evolve and it's reflected in their business and their offerings. More often then not though the 'big names' stick with the same thing they've been doing for the past TEN years (yes, literally 10 years). They might put a different spin on a product or reinvent it with a 2.0 attached to it, but it doesn't reflect their OWN growth. Totally not for me. BOR-ING. That's what I love about what Troy is doing. But the BEST thing about what Troy is doing is how he's doing it, which is with integrity and heart.   Working with the right people and surrounding yourself with the right people... is what it's all about for Troy. When he shifted his busines model from a service based busines to strictly to consulting he focused on getting into the minds of his customer. What did they need? What was their passions? Their drive? And he structures his consulting towards helping them attaing those goals and in turn has been able to reach some of his own goals (and growing). I don't want to give too much more away, be sure to listen to the interview! And if you'd like to work with Troy and see if he's a good fit for you you can click the button below & connect directly with him.

From 6 Figures in Debt to 6 Figures a Month – My Interview with Adam Spiel WPCP: 031

Feb 12, 2014 1:12:13


Here's the deal. I know that the headline of this episode is probably not sitting well with some people, but the reality is it's a fact and it's a POWERFUL story. Which is why I wanted to get Adam Spiel on the podcast (besides the fact that he's just a great guy). I met Adam at a conference my second year in business. The conference was O.K., (I honestly don't remember much outside of the name of the conference) but the connections I made proved to be priceless (I know you've heard this before, so this probably isn't news). We met up another month later at another conference and had a chance to hang out a little more and I knew he was someone that I could truly trust and build a friendship with. In other words, no B.S. Over the years we stayed in touch to check in with how our businesses were growing. Adam went through some major shifts in what he was doing (and what he was earning) and it always inspired me! During all that time I was still building The WordPress Chick (no complaints, everything happens in divine order, I truly believe that) and always loved hearing what Adam was currently working on (it changed and evolved until he moved his business model into what he's doing today and has been doing for the last year and a half). He always surprised me with either the leap of faith he had taken, the income he was earning or the direction he was moving in. WHY? Because as someone who, (until I found this business) has attempted multiple businesses I completely understood his drive to find his "right thing". What is most inspiring to me about Adam's journey is that he constantly put himself out there and still does today. With every new venture he stepped into he went into it FULL FORCE! He never doubted himself, he took risks every time and simply kept moving forward. Adam's Story I'm not going to re-tell the whole story here because I want you to listen to the interview, but like many of you Adam graduated college not exactly sure what he wanted to for a living and ended up in real estate. Which, we all kind of know how that turned out, right? What he didn't realize at the time though was that the skills he was using in his real estate business (direct mail and email marketing campaigns) would be vitally important to his business later (although, for what it's worth, most things we experience in our careers and business all have some built-in lesson in them, we're just not privy to when we connect the lesson with the benefit). You'll hear how he got started in online marketing (websites, much like yours truly), how he got himself into 6 figures of debt his first year (and how he got out of it) to now... earning 6 figures a month. Literally. The Game Changer... i.e, Facebook Advertising Adam went through a little period of reflection and realized he needed to venture out on his own and do his own thing for a while (you'll hear how he had done a few joint ventures with partners which were great but not the direction he wanted to go in). Which is when he got into Facebook Advertising. Initially he just started testing the platform, trying some things out and measuring what was working (novel idea, huh?). The more time he spent on Facebook advertising the more intrigued he got...and the better his results were. After running successful campaigns for himself in Facebook, Adam started advertising that he could teach other people how to get results in their business with Facebook Advertising. And a business was born. Adam took everything he learned, put it into a membership site and created a mastermind (this is the mastermind that I'm in and have mentioned a few times in recent episodes). From there he's been scaling, leveraging and building what can easily be called an Empire. And like I mentioned in the episode, leave me your comments and let me know what you think. Links from this episode   HEY! Before you go... if you're enjoying the podcast I'd LOVE a review in iTunes!...

My Conference Hangover and Why A Blog Isn’t A Business WPCP: 030

Feb 5, 2014 55:45


I've been back from a trip to San Diego for a mastermind and conference and am just now feeling 'recovered'. Anyone who has attended a conference for a few days knows exactly what I'm talking about (and in this case was at the end of the week and I didn't stay for all of it).  You're motivated and inspired to go, suck up all the information and inspiration you can and come back and kick ass and take names. Then of course by the end of the first day your brain is on overload, spinning with ideas and all kinds of ways you're going to 'take things to the next level'. I know you know what I'm talking about. The mastermind was only 2 days (one day of Baja ATV racing in Mexico, which was amazing) followed by a full day of mastermind (mastermind-ing? is that a word?). The ATV racing was a blast (although I don't need to do that again) but was a LONG day (we sat in traffic for 2 1/2 hrs. crawling to the border), then had a quick shower and a dinner out with everyone. Our mastermind was the next day from 9 - 7 and was amazing. And exhausting. But brilliant. I had one day in between the mastermind & conference and had more or less made up my mind on my 'free' day that I was going to skip the conference entirerly. Partly because I was a little fried (I drove down to San Diego on Sunday..  7-8 hr. drive), but really because I simply did not need MORE information! I gained SO much from the mastermind and I knew exactly what I needed to do and implement. More information would just have overwhelmed me (and frustrated me to be honest with you). Of course I woke up on Thursday morning with a slight change of heart (very slight) and went to the conference for the keynotes on Thursday. And I'm glad I did. The information I got from the 3 keynotes was completely in alignment with what I did at the mastermind earlier in the week and that was enough. My brain was on overload, I was emotionally tired and I just wanted a few days to myself. Aah the wisdom that comes with age. I actually think I might take a 4 day sabbatical every month, where I'm not available online to anyone and just checkout, or I could start with taking Fridays off. hmm... Why a Blog Isn't A Business There is a LOT of noise online and I'm the first to say that sometimes it can be hard to filter. But the key, and I'm SO not kidding here, is to find your own voice and trust your gut! Which I really just started doing this past year, but it has paid off in ways both measurable and immeasurable. One of the things that people seem to have a HUGE aversion to is List Building. They don't want to use pop-ups (I asked people on FB and pretty much EVERYONE agreed that they hate them, but they work. So someone is opt-ing in through them, right?). What people do is put this little opt-in box off to the side in their sidebar hoping people will subscribe for their 'newsletter', or e-zine as they were called (can we just retire that phrase already?). Hear my heart on this (thank you @AllegraSinclair for that saying... brilliant), you DON'T have to use pop-ups, but you DO need to put your opt-in in front of people and in a way that motivates them to opt-in. Here's a question for you... How many 'newsletters' do you sign up for? No opt-in offer, no value provided, just "hey, let's stay in touch?" Be honest. For me? Unless you're Brene' Brown or Dr. Wayne Dyer, then it's highly unlikely that I'm going to subscribe just for updates (updates on what exactly?) And no, you don't need to be a 'celebrity' but it is human nature to think "What's in it for me?" How many emails do you get in ONE day? Let's apply this idea to an 'offline' business, and in this case, because I spent the majority of my working life in retail (until I started my business 6 years ago), we'll use a retail store as an example. You open the doors, provide TONS of free stuff to your customers, don't ask for a way to stay in touch with them or communicate with th...

Best Money I’ve Spent in A Long Time – My Interview with Victoria Prozan WPCP: 029

Jan 26, 2014 56:10


I'm going to let you in on a personal little secret of mine... something I've discovered about myself in the last 12 months. It's what tells me that I'm onto something really good and I should pursue it. Ready? It's when the idea or thing that I'm feeling inspired to do, create or pursue makes me feel like a kid on Christmas morning!!! That ridiculous, unfiltered, pure excitement that you just can't contain and feel like you're ready to bounce out of your own skin (if only we all had Tigger's skills...I would be a bouncin' fool!). The more 'work' I've done on myself the last few years the more I realized that in order to grow and move forward in my personal life and business life (although for me I don't know how much of a division there is) that I needed to allow myself to really FEEL what I was feeling. That meant that when something didn't go as I had hoped that it was o.k. to be disappointed. It was o.k. to say "that sucked" and to take some time for myself to get out of my head. When I allow myself to acknowledge this I usually move more quickly through whatever funk I'm in or feeling. Here's the kicker. The same is true when GOOD things happen! It's SOOOOO vitally important to celebrate the wins. Honestly and purely. And nothing feels quite as sweet as when I simply feel the joy and excitement about the wonderful things that show up in my life. Like a little kid on Christmas morning. Yep, that happy. Which brings me to my interview with the brilliant Victoria Prozan. I was introduced to Victoria via @andyghayes after I interviewed him for the podcast and he mentioned that he had hired someone to help him with the naming of another business/website of his. Andy sent an email introduction but of course as soon as our interview was over I went over to her site and was HOOKED instantly! I went through her bio, her testimonials, all of her site and followed up to the introduction from Andy immediately. As soon as I got off the phone with her (just a quick call to clarify a couple things) I signed up for her Superluxe Naming Experience right away (keep in mind I did that a few days before a trip to Scotland thinking I would do the homework on the plane ,which I didn't... ;-)  And just as an FYI, she's making some changes to what she offers and doesn't have the Superluxe Naming experience up on her site right now, but you can sign up for her 'Creative Ambrosia'). I absolutely LOVED the process that Victoria used for our session together too! It was such a testament to having an online business, doing what you love and working with the right people. Once I signed up for the Superluxe Naming Experience I was sent a PDF (35+ Pages), 6 audios and a shared Google doc where I needed to put the answers to my exercises (from the PDF & audios) and then we would have on 90 minute session where she would help me name what I wanted to name (which ended up being for the new brand & site, OMG! SO FRIGGIN FUN!!!  The exercises were definitely work, but for anyone who has a creative bent it was more fun than anything else.  It was really more about giving myself permission to take the time for myself to do the exercises so I could start off the new site and brand exactly as I wanted- with absolute clarity & alignment. O.K., enough rambling on my part! Listen to the interview and be sure to check out Victoria Prozan... she's amazingly talented, super fun and just brilliant at what she does. Links from this episode Victoria Prozan

What A Year! A Look Back at 2013 & What’s in Store for 2014 WPCP: 028

Jan 7, 2014 52:50


What an amazing year. Truly. I knew I was going to end the year with a year in review post and podcast, but when I really started thinking about this year it kind of took my breath away. Both in my business and personal life, although the personal changes are really internal and probably not something most people on the outside looking in would be aware of. I absolutely LOVE reading other people's year in review posts, hearing what worked and what DIDN'T work (not everyone is comfortable being that transparent, but for me it's the only way now) and seeing what plans (if any yet) they have in store for 2014. I've already started planning for 2014 and will hitting the road running in January (more on that in a minute) but it's unlike any other planning I've ever done. *On a side note: I have to tell you that when I was looking for an image for this post I wanted to find an image that not only showed what was in the rear view mirror (o.k., so it's a sideview mirror in this picture, but you get the point. It still shows what is 'behind') but the current location as well. As in the present moment (you thought I was going to say looking ahead, huh?). Because that's one thing that has shifted for me this year, in a BIG way. Really learning to be present. Focusing on the here and now, not what I should / could be doing, where I'm going OR expending energy on the past (when it doesn't serve me). It's honestly changed my life. Enough of that, let's get onto the Review I wish I could tell you that this was going to be a chronological review in terms of what occurred month by month, but that's just not how I roll (you probabaly knew that already, right?). I'll do my best to keep it somewhat organized and clear, just bear with me. My Business I launched the Podcast Without a doubt I can tell you that launching the podcast was the BEST thing I did for my business in 2013. And easily the most FUN (if you’ve never watched my Manifesto, then check it out here… one of my commitments to myself was that if it’s Not Fun I’m Not Doing It. So the podcast blew me away on ALL fronts). I truly had no idea how much I would enjoy recording the podcast, writing the show notes and getting my message out to the world. The relationships that have come from the podcast via interviews and sharing of the podcast have not only opened doors for me but have simply enriched my life in ways I couldn’t imagine. The importance of building relationships in business is something you hear over and over again but until you put some serious effort into it you can’t quite imagine the impact it will have on things long term and how grateful you’ll be for the people that show up. In large part because of everything that has occurred through the podcast I’ve decided I’m going to launch another podcast with my new brand (, coming VERY soon) and teaching a podcasting course unlike anything else out there. More on that soon too. Podcasting is hardly new, but it’s still a GREAT time to get in and get started. To me it’s still a bit like the wild wild west and everyone has the opportunity to stake their claim. Coaching This is something I sort of ‘fell into’ for lack of a better description, but it’s also taken things to a whole new level for me. Coaching is something I wanted to do but really wasn’t sure how I wanted to do it, how I would offer it and what I would charge. Fortunately for me I didn’t have to think too hard about this because someone emailed me asking if I did coaching?! Whaaaat? (See what happens when you start getting clear on what you want?) A subscriber of mine emailed me and asked if I did coaching so we set up a Skype call and talked about what she was looking for. Prior to our call she had sent me her site and some notes and I had an idea as to what I wanted to offer going into the call. The rest as they say is history.

Easiest Quiz Builder – Interview with Josh Haynam of Interact WPCP: 027

Dec 17, 2013 33:28


Anyone who has been following me for any length of time knows that I love finding new tools, plugins, resources, software... whatever... to try and test out. If it can add value to my audience without creating a boat load more work for me, I'm all in. That's what Interact is all about. Easiest Quiz Builder Ever. Josh Haynam of Interact got in touch with me to let me know what they were up to and I instantly fell in love with the product! Because I focus on what makes WordPress easier for the everyday user I knew this would be something my audience needed. I say needed because I've had multiple clients who have wanted to create a quiz for their opt-in offer or use it as a lead generation tool to engage with their audience but the thought of using a form builder to do this seemed to stress them out a bit and just about every time they ended up changing their opt-in offer to something that was a downloadable product as opposed to an interactive quiz. Which is a bummer. Because a quiz gets your audience to engage. It's fun. It's a relationship builder. One of my favorite questions when I interview guests for the podcast is hearing their story of how they got to where they are and Josh, like many of my guests, got started with site design for clients. Working with clients, even if that's not your ultimate goal, is a great way to determine what your market needs. Which is how Interact came about. After receiving requests for a quiz feature, time and time again from their clients, they decided to develop their own solution to solve the problem. Nothing like a hands-on approach to real time market research, huh? I also asked Josh what makes Interact different from WordPress form builders (I know you were wondering that too). You'll have to listen to the interview to get his answer, but I think after you watch the video you'll come to your own conclusion. One of them anyways. Which is that it truly is the Easiest Quiz Builder! You can create your first quiz for free too (smart guys... once you give it a go you're going to be hooked!). While you're listening to the podcast, take my uber-ridiculous "What's Your WordPress Personality" quiz & let me know what you think! The video below the quiz will show you exactly how I created it and give you a look behind the scenes of creating a quiz with Interact. I'm going to be doing some more testing with Interact (using the integration with Facebook to test using a quiz for lead generation and engagement) and will let you know how that goes. Be sure to cruise over to Interact and build your first quiz! You can create your own quiz or use one of their built-in templates (fabulous feature!). Be sure to let them know if there are additional features that you'd like to see added to Interact, they're working hard to make this the ultimate quiz building tool and the more feedback they receive the easier it will be to determine which features their users want.   Powered by Interact In the video below I show you how EASY it is to create a quiz with Interact! Enjoy the podcast, quiz and video and be sure to send me a link to your quiz when you set it up. [leadplayer_vid id="52AF5D64D54CB"] Links from this episode Interact  

Interview with Ray Ortega of The Podcaster’s Studio WPCP: 026

Dec 6, 2013 53:55


I absolutely love the way this interview came about, so of course I have to share it with you before we get into the meat of the interview. You may or may not have noticed that I've been working on stepping up my engagement on social media this past year. I wish I could tell you I was stellar at it now or had a really structured and consistent way of showing up, but I'm not quite there yet. Getting better, so I'll leave it at that. I think I connected with Ray on Twitter because I followed him from one of those Twitter emails that suggests other followers for you. For the most part, I'll look at someone's Twitter bio then click through if it looks like a relevant connection and then visit their site before I follow them (I'm sure I followed way too many spammers before implementing this process). Needless to say when I went to Ray's site "The Podcaster's Studio" I was sold, and not just because he's using Genesis (because that would just be silly), but because it was clean, easy to navigate and most importantly, had a TON of great content and podcasting tips! Ray's background and how he ended up at The Podcaster's Studio is amazing (I think this might be one of my favorite parts of the interviews... hearing the story that brought people to where they are today). From an aspiring Disney employee to Law Enforcement to getting a Master's degree in Sociology... Ray's story is inspiring to say the least. One of his first podcasts was a podcast on "How to Pick Produce"... literally, it was called "Produce Picker Podcast" and it was on how to choose and buy produce. And if this isn't an example of how you can podcast about anything, I don't know what is. And that's not a dig at the Produce Picker Podcast, because Ray had some real life experience and market research that inspired him to create the "Produce Picker Podcast". Oh. And it also landed him on "Emeril" (as in Emeril Lagasse). Not too shabby, eh? We also talked about making money with podcasting (which I'm sure is something many people are curious about). One of my favorite quotes from Ray and this interview was: "If you're getting into podcasting for the money, try something else". Before you get discouraged, make sure you listen to all of this interview. Because you CAN make money with your podcast, it just may not be as direct and obvious as you think. The benefits of podcasting and what it does for your brand and business are not as easily measured as simple analytics or income. Eventually Ray ended up with his current job, which allows him to podcast full time, from home ( a dream job as he says). Of course there's a fantastic story behind how he got the job... it was a connection at a podcamp and a few interruptions on Ray's part that landed him his dream gig. Consulting too? Sometimes. And if he has the time. And that came from giving a talk and someone asking. Pretty simple, but another testament to finding something you love, sticking with it and letting it evolve organically. Getting started Podcasting I was THRILLED when Ray shared one of his favorite new mics (which is affordable for EVERYONE), why he likes it and where you can get it. I don't want to give away the entire interview in the post, because it's great and Ray has SO much knowledge and I know you'll enjoy listening. If you're even remotely interested in podcasting be sure to subscribe to Ray's site, connect with him on Twitter (as he says, he "loves the twitter") and subscribe to his podcasts in iTunes. Links from this episode The Podcaster's Studio (website) Ray's Gear Page (where he shares the mic he mentioned in the show) Ray on Twitter Produce Picker Podcast The Podcasters Studio (podcast) Podcast Quick Tips (podcast) Podcasters Round Table (podcast)

My Secret Project, A New Plugin and Business as Unusual WPCP: 025

Nov 19, 2013 44:54


Where the bucket has 2013 gone?! Seriously. I swear I say that every year..."where has the year gone"... and this year is no different. It felt like it was just 90 degrees yesterday and I was hanging out by the pool (o.k., so it was 90 degrees a month ago maybe, but still). For whatever reason I have had the hardest time getting back into the swing of things since our trip to Scotland (we've been home over a month now and I keep thinking I'm just going to wake up with a "ta-da" feeling... but no. Not happenin). I didn't completely put business on hold while I was gone but I feel like I've been in catch up mode for a while. The truth is my business is simply growing. So naturally it makes sense to start something new, right? (just the way I roll... what can I say?) Which is where my 'Secret Project' comes in. Based on the image in this post - it's probably not much of a secret, is it? I'm officially launching You may (or may not) have read the post back in February of this year when I contemplated moving away from The WordPress Chick. I had an experience with someone I referred to as a 'fizzy douche' because, well... because he was. You can read the post here to find out why said individual earned this 'oh so lovely' title (it was definitely earned). It was more than just this one incident that made me consider giving up "The WordPress Chick". Long and short of it, I was tired. I had created a perception of how things needed to be on this site and was worried that if I changed things up at all I'd lose a bunch of readers and subscribers. Of course as life tends to teach me over and over again, my perceptions aren't always reality. I received lots of love and "NO! Don't leave The WordPress Chick!", which made me feel wonderful, truly. But I still knew I needed to mix things up a bit. With the launch of my podcast and the content that as gone along with it you can probably tell I've been sharing a lot more than just WordPress news or Genesis news. There are so many other parts to my business that I enjoy that I knew I needed to branch out and bring more into this site and what I do. I've been bringing in more of my personal journey (as it relates to my business) and have to say that the response has been overwhelmingly positive. But... Something was still missing. Time for a new platform. Enter There are a lot of reasons behind the launch of this site, one of which is something I've started this year, almost accidentally (accidentally in that someone emailed me to ask if this was a service I provided). And that is coaching. Something that I absolutely LOVE! I've done some tests running coaching off of this site and will probably do more of it in the first of the year, but the choice to run coaching and different products and services through is because it's much less restrictive. There won't be an expectation that everything I do on that site be tied to WordPress (even though in some round about way it may be... you just never know). I am SOOOO TOTALLY Excited about this. I feel like a little kid on Christmas morning. You'll see more of my quirky sense of humor, no-nonsense approach and desire to live life on my terms on And of course that means another podcast (have I told you how much I love podcasting?). While I finish up the branding elements and site design you can sign up to get notified when the site launches and my official 'Launch Party' (not exactly sure what that will look like, but it will be fun!). A New Plugin Nothing beats creating something because you need it, huh? That's where my ideas come from when it comes to plugins (the whole 'few' I've had created). I've been doing a lot of digging into e-Commerce and WordPress and what the best options are based on the customer experience and what is being sold. I went into more detail in my post titles 'Selling With Genesis',

Having My Mind Blown, Branding and The Karate Kid: My Interview with Wes Ward WPCP: 024

Nov 1, 2013 1:16:21


So here's the follow up to my little mention in last weeks episode about accountability. My interview with Wes Ward, my new accountability partner and uber brilliant (and fun) branding sensei (yes, I actually just used the word 'Sensei'... I think it was a subconscious move considering we talked about The Karate Kid and Mr. Miagi in this interview. Literally. I swear it makes sense though). First, before I share a bit about this interview, I should tell you right off the bat that I'm intentionally not going to share some of the "meat" of the interview in the post / show notes. And I promise it's not to 'make you listen' to the show, but there is no way I could do it justice. Especially since throughout most of the interview I feel like a little kid, giddy with excitement about having my mind blown over communicating value (trust me, it's so much MORE than that though). Literally. The Mind Blowing Part Having been online for almost 6 years full time now (that kinda trips me out to say that!) I'd like to think I've seen my fair share of methodologies when it comes to marketing, creating content, branding, etc. Of course my 'fair share' is relative to the space I'm in, the sites I visit and who I'm connected to or subscribe to. Which is why it's SO ridiculously important that you step outside of your comfort zone and connect with other people. Be OPEN. Which is what I have become over the last year and a half when I realized certain things just didn't "feel" right. I couldn't quite put my finger on the disconnect other than I knew I needed to start trusting myself, showing up as myself and completely detaching from the opinions of other people (good or bad). To say the results have been amazing would honestly be an understatement. But that's not what this interview and post is about. I connected with Wes in a Facebook Mastermind I'm in (and yes, I promise I'll share more of this journey with you too) and neither of us could attend the live in person mastermind in Palm Beach in October. At the live mastermind the people who were there set up accountability partners with other members of the group, so when I was on the first call the week after I put something in the chat asking if anyone was looking for an accountability partner. Which is when Wes popped up and said yes, dropped his email in and we chatted on skype later that day (Wes is in Melbourne, Australia... gotta love skype!). Oh. My. God. At one point towards the middle of our call I had to stand up and walk around because I was so excited and couldn't sit still, literally. And at this point in my life I'm pretty chill, so this doesn't happen often (note to self: find more things that get you so excited you have to get out of your chair!). You'll hear about Wes' background and what he's doing now that has completely made me look at branding and storytelling in a different way (it's much better and MUCH more fun!). I've started working through Wes' training, Publish and Grow, over the last couple of weeks and will be sharing some BIG changes to my business, a new brand (don't worry, The WordPress Chick isn't going anywhere) and some updates on this process. I know personally that for a LONG time I avoided doing this type of "work" because quite honestly it didn't feel like "work". You know what I'm talking about right? That old way of thinking about "work" and what it should look like (I still battle this one from time to time but it's easing up). Let me give you a couple insights into the interview that might shed some clarity on what I'm referring to when I say doing this type of "work": Value proposition Story behind the brand What are the results you deliver What is the value you provide to your clients & customers THAT'S what I'm talking about. The stuff that requires you to close your email, get creative, do some soul searching and get CLEAR on the things that will build your brand and business for the long...

My DUH! Moment, the Reality of Accountability and a favorite new plugin WPCP: 023

Oct 24, 2013 49:25


Have you ever noticed how the "obvious" things aren't always as obvious as we think they should be? That tends to happen to me more often than I realized I until I started thinking about today's podcast and show notes. It's really more of an awareness than a 'DUH!' moment I suppose, but it truly hit me like a ton of bricks so I thought I'd go with the DUH! moment. It's kind of like what happens when you buy a new car... all of the sudden you see that car EVERYWHERE! Like everyone went out and bought the same car as soon as you did (if only we were all trend setters). So let's start with my 'DUH!' Moment. And I'm going to go out on a limb here and assume I'm not the only one who has had this realization. A friend of mine recommended a book to me (think I mentioned this previously) called 'The Slight Edge.' The Slight Edge is about doing the little things, day after day that add up and make a significant difference over time - in your personal life, career, whatever. The content doesn't really matter, it applies across the board. Then I finally decided to read Steven Pressfield's "The War of Art", which I'd heard about on plenty of occasions but finally bit the bullet after seeing him interviewed on Oprah's Super Soul Sunday (this is part of my Sunday ritual... coffee, the newspaper and Super Soul Sunday). One of my favorite lines (and I'm paraphrasing here) was about getting our "hearts where are ass's need to be." In other words, get out of your head and get to work. Novel idea, huh? In my post "Do You Ever Wonder?" I asked people if they ever wondered what differentiates those who succeed from those who don't, when both people appear to have the same knowledge and skills? Needless to say I got an answer (not from anyone specific, but simply from what showed up in my life). It's actually REALLY REALLY simple. And obvious. Ready? Show up. Do the work. Every. Single. Day. Then I started thinking about my business, the past 5 1/2 years and where I am today. Could I be further along? Sure, but I don't think I would have been ready for the things that are happening in my business today a few years ago. In fact, I know it. But what I DID realize is that I have done the work. I've shown up, I've stuck with it and now have a business and a brand that not only supports my family but is growing exponentially. And when I say exponentially I'm not only referring to income. I'm talking about connections, relationships, projects... all of it. And I can see where I have plenty of "work" to do in terms of the work I'm doing and how I spend my time. Do I work everyday? Yes, unless I'm sick or really truly need a day to myself. But, and here's the rub, can I be more effective with how I work and what I'm working on? Am I doing things strategically? (As well as organically, which I know sounds a bit confusing, but there is a certain level of 'flow' that I need to allow too.) Does my day have definitive direction as opposed to just a to-do list? You get the picture. The "shiny object syndrome" keeps us from doing the work. People who get caught up in the latest, greatest training or "thing" that they think will be the "answer" to their business growth get stuck here because it's easier to purchase something than it is to sit your ass in your chair and start writing. Creating. Whatever it is for you. What I've realized for me is that once I start writing and let myself just go with it everything flows. Which brings me to my next point for today's show. The Reality of Accountability. I could probably sum this up with one sentence. Truly. But that would be boring, plus, I'm SO friggin excited about my new accountability partner that this may get more wordy than I've anticipated. The ONE thing that is without a doubt the main factor in whether or not accountability will work for you is the person you choose to be accountable with. I've tried setting up accountability with a han...

The Quentin Tarantino for Websites: My Interview with Andy Hayes WPCP: 022

Oct 16, 2013 49:25


One of the things I love MOST about what I do is that you never know when one thing is going to lead to something else and what that something else might be! That was the case with my interview with Andy Hayes. I was introduced to Andy Hayes from Jonathan Perez over at Sure Fire Web Services when I interviewed him for the podcast. He said Andy was very instrumental in giving him direction for his website and business (you can listen to my interview with Jonathan here), so of course I asked for an introduction. :-) The title of this post and episode was taken directly from one of Andy's clients, which of course was one of the things I asked him about during our interview (how could I not, right? When someone refers to another person as "The Quentin Tarantino" of anything, you gotta ask! You'll have to listen to the show to hear the story). Why I was SO interested in talking to Andy. Over the past several months I've been digging into the other side of my business (for lack of a better description). The how and why of everything I do, not from the personal heart-centered perspective, but from a strategic business perspective (novel idea, eh?). I realized with the changes I made in my business that not only was it time to take a  look at this but I was ready to take a look at it... and more importantly, do something about it. To give you an idea of what I'm talking about, let's start with a question. I've asked this question to the last 4 people I've done strategy sessions with (more about that in another episode) and they all had the same answer (and because I have to qualify everything, this isn't a dig at their answers. I would have given the same answer even a year ago). What do you want people to do when they come to your site for the first time? Their answer? "I don't know". Bom bom bom... My answer? I want them to opt-in. I want to build a relationship with them and that starts with getting them on my mailing list so I can communicate regularly with them. That question though is just the beginning. There's SO much more to the 'user experience' (never in a million years thought I'd be using that terminology) than what you someone to do when visiting your site. This topic has completely opened my eyes to the way I do things (still a work in progress of course and assume I will be for a long time). The content I create, the direction I'm taking my business, how I layout my post, pages and sidebars and what I want to offer in the future. Yea, I know. It's a lot. Of course my interview with Andy also led to another introduction I requested from him and have already hired the person he introduced me to! BUT... you'll have to wait a couple weeks for more details on that (I'm still in the beginning phase of this project). Andy's background is pretty extensive with technology and the user experience (he moved to Scotland for one company), but it was his training and teaching that I was interested in. He does workshops (in person and online) on topics such as: Website Critiques How to Build a "Top Shelf" Content Marketing Strategy and Think Like Your Client I told Andy right away that I was interested in doing a class for my audience where he does the Website Critiques! In the interview he explains what he does, some common issues he tends to see as well as a few easy fixes. You can register for the Website Critique Teleclass here (Tuesday, October 22nd from 5 - 6:30pm PST). Oh, and you'll also hear about Andy's book, "Create a Website That Converts", which you'll get a free PDF copy of when you register for the class (I read the Kindle version and it's great). I had a great time talking with Andy and am REALLY looking forward to the class! You can also submit your website for one of the critiques during the class! And don't worry, Andy's a great guy and will be kind. Direct, but kind. And you'll walk away knowing exactly what you can do to have your own Website That Converts!...

Marketing Goo, WP Tavern and My Interview with Marcus Couch WPCP: 021

Sep 21, 2013 58:18


You know you're on the right path when someone reaches out to you to encourage what you're doing... even when it's something you've just started and you don't even know them. That was my first interaction with Marcus Couch. Not too shabby, huh? Marcus is one of those natural 'Go Givers' (book by Bob Burg) and an amazing community builder (I almost used the word connector as opposed to community builder but he really does so much more than connect people).  After one of my first podcasts had aired I received a tweet from Marcus saying he liked the show & to keep  it up (I swear I took a screenshot of the tweet but for the life of me I can't find it. :-( Note to self: keep better track of this stuff!)). Marcus has had a pretty amazing career and his journey to WordPress is a little different than some of my previous guests (of course everyone's journey is interesting... it's one of my favorite elements to the interviews) in that it was due to having a podcast in 2004 that he found WordPress! I know I didn't even know what a podcast was in 2004. Just sayin. :-)His background was in graphics and technology, which then led him to music and doing artwork for album covers (I asked him if there were any bands he worked with that we would know... and due to having grown up in suburbia and being a high school student in the late 80's you can probably guess my knowledge of rock music was pretty much Van Halen, Def Leppard, Poison.. you get the picture, but he did share a band with me). When he found how easy it was to produce an RSS feed with WordPress for his podcast (prior to that he had been hard coding it) he jumped on it right away. Once he put the podcast on WordPress it skyrocketed the show to the point where he had a weekly feature broadcast on Sirius Satellite Radio! I told him when I received his bio that I had no idea he was such a 'celebrity'. From being the marketing director of to working with companies like Absolut Vodka, Footlocker and Godaddy ( to name a few), Marcus has gained been around the 'marketing block' so to speak (was that a completely goofy sentence?). The work he does with clients today is based on getting them results. He shares a really cool story about an experiment he's running which is creating some solid proof for his skills when it comes to results for his clients. Community Builder Extraordinaire Marcus and The WordPress Community WordPress Plugins A - Z When Marcus tweeted to me about my podcast he let me know he was co-host of the WordPress Plugins A-Z podcast with John Overall. They review the latest & greatest WordPress plugins, both bringing to the table a few plugins they've each found in the WordPress plugin repository (*listen to the episode to hear how many plugins are added to the repository daily!). I love how Marcus connected with John to join him on the podcast - he simply offered (after hearing the other co-host was leaving the show). Novel idea, huh? TIP! Without a doubt, one of my biggest 'takeaways' from this interview with Marcus was that it's really not as hard as we think to reach out and connect with people. Marcus jumped into the WordPress community with both feet (for both the podcast and WP Tavern, but I'll get to that in a minute) and even received some snarky comments from people. But it didn't stop him. Fortunately for us he stuck with it and continues to give back to the community. WP Tavern Just this past June Marcus joined where he writes about, surprise, WordPress plugins. I have to tell you that I must have asked or commented a few times about when he actually sleeps! I find myself time challenged just to keep up with this site, content and clients, let alone a few sites! Marcus is stellar at bringing people together and pooling resources and sites into one place to better serve his audience, which of course led to another new WordPress venture called WordPress Radio! WPR.

Rusty Nails, WordPress and My Interview with BobWP: WPCP 020

Sep 14, 2013 36:17


I had to start this interview off by asking Bob what a Rusty Nail was (the reference on his site was to a cocktail, not an actual nail that was sitting out in the rain and got rusty :-)). A rusty nail of course is a cocktail (you'll have to listen to the interview to find out what's actually in a Rusty Nail (I've become kind of a skirt about hard liquor, so I don't think I'll be trying one anytime soon). This was just one of the fun little tidbits I picked up from Bob's "About" page, which I always check out before I'm going to interview someone, regardless of how well I may know the person (speaking of which, when was the last time you reviewed and updated your "About" page? I think mine is in for an update soon!). BobWP (we'll just say Bob for the rest of the post) and I had connected on Twitter through the #GenesisWP hashtag sometime earlier this year. It was when a conversation started about connecting with other Genesis enthusiasts at WordCamp San Francisco that I got to connect more with Bob, and of course in person at WordCamp SF (the dinner out with everyone was definitely the highlight of WordCamp SF for me).  As soon as Bob and I started chatting while at WordCamp I knew I wanted to have him on the podcast! Like everyone else I've interviewed I had to ask Bob about his story and what lead him to a business focusing on WordPress and training. Many of my interviewees have had a previous 'career' or experience in Web Design, but Bob's background stemmed from owning his own design company (print design) that he owned with his wife. He got into WordPress when he realized everything was moving away from print and with his love of learning and teaching he stepped into WordPress. *Fun Side Note* One of my subscribers just let me know that she took her first WordPress class from BobWP! And now she has a full WordPress business herself, so I'd say that's a pretty great testament to Bob's teaching skills!) Bob still works for himself and his wife works at home along side him, which I would guess not many people can do successfully and stay together... Bob and his wife have done this for years and have clearly made it work. Oh... and did I mention that Bob and his wife live on an island in the state of Washington? Yep! And somehow he still manages to network and connect locally. When I asked Bob to share something fun about himself, it just confirmed what I thought about him when I met him, that he's a great guy and does more than his fair share of giving back. And no, I'm not going to tell you. :-) You have to listen to the interview to find out what Bob's 'fun fact' is! Make sure to stop by Bob's site and connect with him on Twitter (he's pretty active on twitter), you won't be disappointed. Links from this episode BobWP Online Bob on Twitter    

WordPress Sales Pages, Squeeze Pages and Landing Pages [VIDEO] – WPCP: 019

Sep 9, 2013 51:11


*Disclaimer* I am an affiliate for all 3 tools I mention in this episode and will receive a commission if you buy through one of my links* This is  kind of a big topic that I haven't written about or addressed on my site in a long time (I hadn't realized how long it had been since I'd written about sales pages, squeeze pages or landing pages).  There are two different elements I'm going to focus on for this episode: The copy, reasoning and importance of these pages The options and technical set up of these types of pages There are a handful of different tools available for creating landing pages and sales pages in WordPress, but for the sake of time and my sanity we're going to focus on only three today. Optimize Press2 LeadPages Premise But of course before we get into to talking about each of these tools, let's simply talk about these pages and why they're important, shall we? (no idea why but I totally got an image of the 'Church Lady' from SNL... thank you Dana Carvey). I've had a handful of different landing pages and squeeze pages that I've put up for different events or products over the years, but it wasn't until I took the time to understand WHY they were important and really look at the value they created for my business that I started taking them seriously (I've already told you I have a tendency to learn things the hard way, so this probably isn't a big surprise, is it?). For me it was all about not wanting to be "smarmy".  I was so worried about coming across like a cheesy marketer that I was hesitant to put up any type of landing page or squeeze page because I simply could not bring myself to write the type of copy that people used on these pages. Fortunately I stayed away from the smarmy, highlighted, bolded red headlines (like how I did that? well, most of the time anyways, I can't say I didn't try a couple here and there). Unfortunately I didn't do enough testing and trying of what would have been more true to who I am, until this year. If you've been following the podcast you probably know already that a lot of things have changed in my business this year (for the better) and I'm implementing and testing things pretty frequently. Squeeze Pages and Landing Pages First let me save you the time from Googling squeeze pages and landing pages, you're not going to get a clear answer and it will probably just confuse you more. So I'll go ahead and give you my version. ;-) A squeeze page or landing page is simply a page with one call to action - to capture your visitors name and email address (or just email address). What I've starting doing with squeeze pages (and I'll just call them squeeze pages so I don't have to keep writing both, but you know what I mean) is creating different pages on different platforms and testing driving traffic to the pages through ads (Facebook ads) or sharing the links socially. AND.. guess what? My subscribers are going up! Imagine that! (yes, that was MUCH sarcasm totally directed at myself). The thing with these pages though is that you don't need to limit yourself to just one squeeze page, the purpose of these pages is to try different things. Test them, change the headline, see what works. I'll be brutally honest here and tell you that I've never been a big fan of "testing" things (I tend to be more right brain than left brain), but absolutely understand the value in testing and measuring what works. I'm now becoming squeeze page machine (doesn't that sound like there should be a song for that.."squeeze page machine"). There are the obvious types of squeeze pages you can set up: Squeeze page for report/ebook/offer Squeeze page for something that's 'coming soon' Squeeze page for some type of one on one session BUT... there are also a handful of additional pages you can set up that aren't as obvious (well, to me they weren't as obvious) but are missed opportunities if you don't implement an opt-in.

What Your WordPress Site Says About You – WPCP: 018

Aug 28, 2013 51:39


One thing that has become crystal clear to me (and this may seem totally obvious) is that when I set my mind on something with clear intentions the validation and support shows up left and right! I know... a little 'woo woo' maybe, but that's O.K., a little 'woo woo' never hurt anyone. As my business has grown so has my knowledge and skill level (how else do you grow a business, right?). What I've found MOST interesting during this process is how something that I've learned, heard or "should have" implemented earlier (but didn't), now makes sense. Let's look at a few examples of what I'm referring to (in no specific order): Build Your List It's All About Relationships You Have to Create Valuable Content (and lots of it) You Need To Share Your Work Support Other People Measure What's Working What Do You Want To Accomplish With Your Site? Some of these things I've talked about quite a bit on the site and in some of the more recent podcast episodes. What I want to focus on is the very last point: "What Do You Want To Accomplish With Your Site?" If you haven't answered this question yet, you need to. I can guarantee that if you don't know what you want to accomplish with your site,  your visitors and readers certainly won't have a clue! Unfortunately this says a LOT about you. Of course I'm speaking from experience having learned ALL of the above points the hard way (well, maybe not the hard way, just the LONG way). The kicker with this though is that it isn't something that most people know right off the bat. It takes time and commitment to figure it out. You may have an idea of what you want to accomplish with your site - and that's great. Start from there. BUT... You HAVE to be willing to course correct along the way! I was working with a coaching client last month and she was mentioning a product she wanted to create (she does WordPress site work, training, etc.) and when she mentioned an idea for a product she was going to create I asked her ONE simple question that shifted things for her (and she decided NOT to create the product): "How do you know people want that?" You probably know that her answer was, "I don't".  Just because we have an idea doesn't mean it solves a problem for other people (and by other people I mean our audience, but more on that in a minute). I came up with an analogy that to me, perfectly describes creating something when you have no idea if it's needed. It's like going to the grocery store and buying food for a dinner party for 20 people when you haven't invited them. You're just hoping they'll show up? Kind of cookoo, don't you think? The difference is that with the dinner party you know you're wasting time, money and food. With the product you're wasting time and money... IF you value your time.  I can't tell you how many people I've talked to that do things without equating the value of their time to the project. I'm not saying everything you do needs to have a price point attached to it (that's just ridonkulous), what I am saying is that you're running a business and if you're not making money it isn't much of a business is it? When people land on your site for the first time, what's the message you're sending out? And before you answer this in defense of what you're doing and how you're doing it, I just want to remind you that it's quite alright for this to be something that evolves, grows and changes along the way, as long as you're conscious of the message. O.K., you want another example. I get it. I had a client who hired me to do a new site for him for a side business he was starting (he had a full time job). SUPER nice guy, seemed to have a clear understanding of what he was doing and why he was doing it. We go through the normal process - logos, select logo, mockups, select mockup, code the site, etc. I should have known as soon as the site was coded and some of the requests started coming in that this was going side...

Dance Moves, Story Time and Freelancing – Interview with Jonathan Perez WPCP: 017

Aug 16, 2013 47:34


Have you ever had a conversation with someone and within about 10 minutes you feel like you've known them forever? That's how I felt just during the initial conversation I had with Jonathan Perez of SureFire Web Services  (before the interview even started). And he was a great sport about my joking about him not liking Big Bang Theory (you never know what you're going to find on someone's About page... he considers himself a nerd but doesn't like Big Bang Theory OR Star Wars... and kudos to Jonathan for risking the nerd backlash and sharing that little tidbit!). We even talked about his dance skills. Jonathan was my first interviewee who had always intended to go into Web Design and that's all he's really done. He fell in love with Photoshop in high school and never turned back. Although initially he was going to be a graphic designer but realized early on that he needed to learn coding (kind of out of necessity when he was hired for a job that required him to have skills he didn't have... nothing like learning on the job, right?) Story Time I loved this. Within the first 20 minutes he breaks out with "O.K., Story time!" Jonathan shared his journey of naming his company, how many times he changed the name and what brought him back to Sure Fire Web Services (yep, he came up with the name out of necessity, changed it, then came back to it! You gotta love the honest learning lessons...). Freelancing, Pricing and Working With Clients For anyone who has been through these trials and tribulations, you're going to LOVE this part of the show! I found myself laughing consistently through this part of the episode because I felt like he was telling my story! Jonathan shared the challenges and mistakes he made when he was starting with freelancing and working with clients. I think my favorite 'learning curve' in working with clients was when he mentioned getting too friendly with your client (this was TOTALLY me). Next thing you know you're doing a bunch of work for something that wasn't included in the initial proposal and you're not getting paid to do the additional work. Been there, done that. Hopefully you'll either feel like you're not alone with the challenges you've faced as a freelancers or can shorten your learning curve by taking some of the advice Jonathan gave (setting very firm boundaries with clients and sticking with them!). Cool NEW Stuff from Sure Fire Web Services BRAND NEW site! I won't be completely redundant and go on and on with how much I LOVE his new site (it looks fabulous!), but we have to talk about the new services that Jonathan and his team are providing now. You get a little preview in the image at the top of the post about the services, but here's a recap and some info. about what they're offering: White Label WordPress Services Learning Center Project-based Support White Label WordPress Services: This is pretty much exactly what you think it is. Whether you need something done or you want client work to be finished up, you can send it over to SureFire Web Services and they'll do the work for you. Learning Center: Yep, just like the name says too. ;-) A premium learning center with WordPress tutorials by someone who is excellent at what he does. Project Based Support: If you're a freelancer or simply working on your own site, you can send over individual projects or tasks and have them do them or finish them for you. You can focus on what you're good at and let them do what they do... really well! Types and Views Jonathan is a big fan and user of Types and Views and has agreed to teaching a class in the upcoming months! WOO HOO! If you're interested make sure to leave a comment and let me know (and connect with Jonathan and let him know as well). He talks a bit about Types and Views in the show, who it's good for and how it can help you. So, keep your eye out for that class to be announced in the next couple of months.

Online Business and a Fireside Chat – WPCP: 016

Aug 9, 2013 49:13


I had a conversation with a friend a couple of nights ago that spurred today's podcast. The easiest way to share the conversation with you is going to be via story, which will probably be best understood by listening to the show, but I'll give you the story behind all this so you get a good feeling for what the show is about (if you can't listen to it right now). Once upon a time... Kidding. (I don't know what it is lately that I feel this incessant need to amuse myself.) I don't think I've shared this part of my story before, so this will be new to everyone (yes, I know I'm redundant and repeat myself often). What lit a fire within me to get an online business started was actually a Real Estate Wealth Expo I attended in San Francisco maybe 7 years ago (don't remember the exact date). Prior to that I had heard a little bit about Internet Marketing on a CD program I had bought by Mark Victor Hansen (one of the Chicken Soup for the Soul guys). There was an internet marketer who talked about online business and making money with information products, which I had never heard of before! People making money selling downloadable digital products??? Being the information whore junkie that I am, I was hooked immediately. And let me just say that at this point in time the ONLY thing I did with computers was email and games, and I'm not talking role playing games. I'm talking solitaire (didn't know I was such a wiz, did you?). So when I heard what this guy was talking about... Pay Per Click, Title tags, heading tags, copy, sales pages, merchant accounts... it was literally like hearing a foreign language somehow it was melodic, like hearing Andre' Boccelli sing. I have no idea what he's saying, but I love it. Something about what he was saying struck a nerve in me. Back to the Real Estate Wealth Expo. There were some big keynote speakers there, Tony Robbins, Donald Trump and Robert Kiyosaki to name a few. I've read them all.. remember, I was a Tony Robbins convert at the ripe old age of 22... which is what lead me down the path of entrepreneurship (I've since moved on from all the motivational guru's... I have a much gentler approach these days). Besides the keynote speaker sessions you could attend these little side sessions and the topics varied, but needless to say one of the side sessions was on Online Business and Internet Marketing. Here's the short version: The guy wrote an ebook on Halloween parties for kids. Put up a sales page. Made around $8-9k a month with it. Easy Peasy! (tell me you're chuckling at this point because you probably know where this is going). My friend and I invested in his $1295 program, packed full of CD's and spiral bound training manuals. And since I consider 2008 the year I started my business and this was in 2006, you can probably guess not much happened with this "fabulous special offer" we purchased. It was part the quality and support but more than anything it was execution (and confidence... on our part). Fast forward a couple of years to 2008 when I started my business. This Business. That I love and adore and am grateful everyday that I get to do something I enjoy so much. My First Time. (no, not that first time! get your mind out of the gutter...) I can still remember the first time I installed WordPress. Oh. My. God. It was a manual install (ie, no one-click fantastico or quick install set up) and I had to go get my neighbor, who works at home for a major bank doing networking (or something) for the trading floor, to ask him what the hell a root folder was??? I was using the WordPress for Dummies book and had NO idea what that meant (see why I like pictures so much???). Obviously we got it figured out (four hours later) and moved onto the next steps. Here's where the conversation with my friend comes in. She wanted to start an online business too. She had the same knowledge and skill set I had at the time, which was zero.

WPCP: 015 – WordCamp SF, Training and a Challenge

Aug 6, 2013 49:41


Have you ever come across something or had an experience that has completely shifted the way you look at something? That's what happened for me this past week, with WordCamp SF, my "a-ha" I had about Training (a completely different model) and my Challenge (that I'm going to share). A little re-cap from San Francisco WordCamp ... and why I'll probably not attend again. I know, that's a pretty bold statement. BUT.. before I get into the nitty gritty of why let me say that I had a ball connecting with people I've only met online (@cdils, @bobWP, @OzzyR, @ChrisWiegman and had the pleasure of meeting many more awesome people). That being said... the tracks that were offered seemed to be one extreme or the other. Very developer oriented or very newbie oriented (except of course for Carrie Dils talk on Saturday, which unfortunately I couldn't attend on Collaboration vs. Competition) with not a whole lot in between and even the newbie tracks seemed to be lacking "something" as well. There was VERY little in terms of the marketing and business side of WordPress. Which, when it comes to the WordPress community I feel is still lacking. You have people like Chris Lema who seems to have a firm grasp on it and is talking about it MUCH more often (pricing and marketing for WordPress products), but beyond Chris I don't see a whole lot of dialogue happening around this piece. I was listening to another podcast yesterday (I'm really becoming obsessed with these!), The Fizzle Show, and they were talking about douchebaggery in online business. Literally. I have to remember to think about where I am when I'm listening to this show because I find myself laughing out loud... often. As I did yesterday in the grocery store. Anyways... The conversation around douchebaggery was that: 1) It's really hard to define (douchebaggery that is) and 2) We're all probably a douchebag to someone. And my point in sharing this with you is that I think there is this fear within the WordPress community that if you charge for things that you're a douchebag (or charge too much). Which is kind of why I think we don't see much of this at WordCamp San Francisco. Because it's where Auttomatic has offices and Matt Mullenweg gives his official "State Of The Word" address there's a certain level of perceived expectation around what type of speakers present. The only other WordCamp I've been to was WordCamp Reno (a few years ago), and it was great too. But outside of networking with people in the community, my audience isn't really at WordCamp. And I haven't really seen any tracks that focus on the things I need to work on in my business... so for now, I'm just not sure where I stand with WordCamp. [sws_divider_basic] FINALLY! WordPress 3.6 is OUT! WOO HOO! Which means... that Genesis 2.0 is on it's way too. Brian Gardner posted on Google+ yesterday that it will be out next week, they have a few final tweaks to make (we've waited this long, what's a few more days, right?). Which ALSO means that I'm going to be releasing WordPress Genesis for Beginners: A User's Guide 2.0 SOON! This is a complete overhaul to the product with new videos, some interviews and a couple of other surprises.. but you'll just have to wait and see what those are. This is not going to be some smarmy internet marketing launch... I so don't have the stomach for that. I came across something last week that completely turned my perspective upside down on marketing training products. I'm not trying to be sneaky by not sharing this with you (promise), because what I am going to do is track EVERY step of this new process. I'm approaching this totally different and will share what worked, what didn't, etc. after it's done (which will be in a few weeks). Let's just say that this training is going WAY beyond the basics of using Genesis for the everyday user. You'll see how and why I use Genesis for everything I do,

WPC 014: How Big is Your Brave, WordPress Business Challenges and Upgrading

Jul 23, 2013 54:48


There's a lot going on with WordPress this week, so I'll do what I can not go too deep into the question in this post title, but I can't make any promises. I don't know about you, but when it comes to music I have pretty eclectic taste (and a 16 yr. old daughter who introduces me to new music, which is great). I listen to music based on my mood and the lyrics. Because I'm also such a geek about 'quotes' this probably doesn't come as much of a surprise. So when I heard this song a couple of weeks ago I was hooked, then when I saw the video I thought it would perfect to bring up in relation to blogging. The song I'm referring to is "Brave" by Sara Bareilles and it's speaking to everyone who has ever held their tongue or held back from being who they are (I'm going to go out on a limb here and say that this pretty much includes everyone at some point in their lives). Chris Brogan wrote an awesome book called "It's Not About The Tights: An Owner's Manual on Bravery", which I LOVED ( I think I've referred to this book in a previous post) and is a great read for anyone who feels the need to be a little different, do things there own way or step outside of the box. Bravery is something you don't see mentioned very often when it comes to blogging, writing or building an online business. Which is a bummer. Because it is VERY BRAVE to step into this space and really put yourself out there. I think the key thing to remember is that if you feel a little uncomfortable it's not a bad thing. It probably just means that you're on the right track. You can't get to where you want to go by doing the same things you've always done. I think I'll save the rest of my discussion on bravery for another individual post, so stay tuned for that because I'd love to get a discussion going about it. [sws_divider_basic] Last week I hosted a free webinar to subscribers of my list who have WordPress businesses (primarily design /website businesses). The common challenges and questions everyone had are the same issues I faced in the first few years of my business and to some extent am addressing as I grow my business and shift my role in what I do. Here's what we talked about: Building your business under your own name vs. a business name Having a 'team' (support when you get stuck or need help) Business plans Process flows Finding a niche Getting clients Pricing & fees Diversifying (ebooks, classes, etc.) It was a very informal webinar with lots of questions, which was great. I also asked people if they would be interested in a Mastermind, coaching and a couple of other classes (WooCommerce got a BIG yes!). I'm not exactly sure what is going to come first, but a Mastermind is definitely in the works as well as the WooCommerce class! [sws_divider_basic] Upgrading to WordPress 3.6 and Genesis 2.0 If you follow WordPress at all I'm sure by now you know that one of the big features that was supposed to come with WordPress 3.6 was Post Format UI was removed so the release wasn't delayed any longer. If you don't know what post formats are, no worries. I've been meaning to do a post on post formats and custom post types for a while now, so that should be coming in August. When you see that WordPress 3.6 is released (in your dashboard you'll see the yellow notification bar to upgrade) you'll definitely want to go ahead and update. I always recommend doing a full backup before you upgrade (even if you have automatic backups being done, better safe than sorry). Once you've done your backup go ahead and upgrade. If you don't keep your WordPress install up to date you create vulnerabilities and expose yourself to easier access for hackers. Upgrading to Genesis 2.0 It looks like this isn't going to be a difficult process, which is awesome for anyone who has zero desire to muck with any type of code. I thought the easiest thing to do would be to list some references you can peek at and people who can help you IF...

WPCP 013: Bourn Creative – My Interview with Jennifer Bourn

Jul 12, 2013 53:39


One of my favorite aspects of my podcast is the interviews I get to do! (what... did you think I was going to say something about how funny I think I am? :-) ) Even though I'm the one getting in touch with the interviewee it's still fun when we finally connect on Skype for the actual interview. With many of the interviews it's the first time we've actually spoken outside of a conversation via email or social media. That was the case with Jennifer Bourn of The funny thing is that Jennifer and her husband and business partner Brian live all of an hour away from where I live. Which, I'll get a chance to meet them in person next week as they invited me to speak at the Sacramento WordPress Meetup and of course I said "absolutely!" (I'll let you know how that goes, it should be fun). One of the (many) reasons I had asked Jennifer if she would be up for an interview is because I had seen Jennifer at a conference or two in the past (I think it was Ali Brown's "Shine" in 2010), had seen her site (love her work) but had noticed that they had started popping up in the #GenesisWP conversations on Twitter as they were now using Genesis for all their client work. Most people  in the "Genesis" community aren't part of the "Internet Marketing" scene (for lack of a better description -for the life of me I can't think of a better way to explain that). Because I knew Jennifer was also part of that community I thought it would be a great  interview to show a successful merging of two styles of business. After my recent post "The Real Housewives of WordPress" where I talked about the different 'perceived' communities within WordPress I think you'll get a good insight on how you can be a part of whatever community you create and want to be a part of after listening to my interview with Jennifer. [sws_grey_box box_size="550"] "Don't network where your competitors are." - Jennifer Bourn [/sws_grey_box]I love hearing the stories behind the business and the brand - especially the bumps and bruises along the way (we all want to hear we're not the only ones, right?). Jennifer didn't hold back anything. ;-) From transitioning her business as a solo entrepreneur to having her husband join full time (and he started from scratch in terms of coding and development and is now brilliant at it. I know, kind of nauseating...), it's all here. And because I'm such a geek about quotes (not sure if I've ever shared that tidbit here, but I am.... I have 3 different quotes on my monitors as I type this) I grabbed a few from the interview that struck a nerve with me, the first one being above in regards to not networking where your competitors are as well as the quote I started the podcast with today: [sws_grey_box box_size="550"] "If you aren't saying No 50% of the time you're not charging enough." - Jennifer Bourn [/sws_grey_box]A third and final quote that certainly left me with something to think about: [sws_grey_box box_size="550"] "Get out from behind your computer." - Jennifer Bourn [/sws_grey_box]I'm not really a shy person and I like to think I'm pretty social, but I can also get caught up in the day to day "stuff" of life and can easily paint a picture for myself that going to something or networking is a pain (need to get ready, drive into San Francisco, blah, blah, blah.. I know, poor me)- not anymore. As long as I don't have a prior commitment? I'm in. Which is why I said yes to speaking at the Sacramento Meetup next week. And of course if you're in the area we'd love to have you join us. Register for the Sacramento WordPress Meetup Here. Like Jennifer mentioned in the podcast, Bourn Creative is hiring! If you think you might be a good fit for this amazingly creative team, check out the job listing and apply today. Enjoy the interview! Links mentioned in this episode Job Listing at Bourn Creative  

WPCP 012: The BEST Advice I’ve Ever Received and How Not To Be An AssHat

Jun 21, 2013 48:57


I have to start the show notes out with something that has become glaringly apparent to me and yes, I know it seems obvious, but there is such a difference between "getting something" and "understanding something". The more I write and engage the easier it gets. I can't seem to write a post that is less than 1000 words! Whaaaaat? (this is one of my favorite new sayings, which I stole from Vince Vaughn and Owen Wilson in the movie "The Internship", which isn't an academy award winning movie but was a fun, enjoyable afternoon at the movies with my son). I'm not even kind of complaining... I'm having a ball! BUT... bom bom bom.... of course now I start seeing posts about how shorter posts are better (think post formats, which if you're not sure what they are I've got a post and video coming soon), and how single author blogs are dead. REALLY? Oy  vey. I don't think so. There will always be trends, "new fangled fancy pants" ways of doing things but at the end of the day providing quality content will always work. Period. End of story. Full stop. (can't believe I used the statement 'new fangled'...) By the comments I'm receiving on these lengthy posts I'm not too worried. I'm receiving more comments than I ever have before and am building some amazing new relationships! So do yourself a favor... go ahead and read the latest and greatest news about what's working online, take it all and and then see what sticks! Think of it like panning for gold (I've actually done this! My parents live about an hour east of the Sierra Mountains, so we've actually panned for gold in 'them thar hills'... what is up with my lingo today?). When you pan for gold you scoop a bunch of of 'stuff' out of the river, but then you clear through all the crap to find the gold. You may only find a tiny nugget, but that tiny nugget is worth far more than a HUGE bucket of pebbles, rocks and sand (or whatever else you may find in the river). [sws_divider_basic] The Best Advice I've Ever Received Kind of a bold claim, I know. Of course when I had this 'nudge' to share this as the best advice I've ever received it felt like "BAM!" That's powerful! Now as I write this I'm thinking,  "hmm... is this the BEST advice I've ever received?" Aah... my sidekick, the 'overthinker' has shown up. I'll push my sidekick aside and leave this as is, because no matter what you're doing, what area of your life you apply this to, it's going to pay off. I live by the saying that "you don't regret the things you do, you only regret the things you don't do." The best advice I ever received was actually in reference to my past relationship (promise I won't go all Dr. Phil on you here, not how I roll. Wayne Dyer yes, Dr. Phil, no). It was in the first couple of months of the relationship (you know, the 'honeymoon' phase) and I was on cloud 9. I was talking to my therapist about it (well, giggling like a school girl is more like it) and here's what she said to me: "Go ALL in Kim!" There was more to the conversation than that, but the overall message was give it all you've got. If it doesn't work out you can at least look back and know you gave it everything and savored every moment. Of course she was right. It didn't end the way I had hoped it would, but I have no regrets. 90 percent of the time it was great. And like most things that end (relationships, friendships, businesses...whatever), I can see now that there is no way I could have spent my life with him, but I know without a doubt that I went ALL in! This is a question you need to ask yourself about your business. Are you going 'ALL' in or are you playing at your business? How to determine if you're ALL in Here's the thing. This is going to look different for each person, so there isn't really a system or task list that will help you determine if you're going all in. You're the only one who can determine that. But YOU know on a gut level if you're going "ALL in" or if you'...

WPCP 011: WordPress Hosting at its Finest – Interview with Dusty Davidson of Flywheel

Jun 8, 2013 47:37


*Be sure to check out the offer Flywheel has generously made to my listeners & readers at the end of the post /podcast* For those of you who are new to my site I'll give you an overview of what happened with my hosting drama in the last year so you have a little history on how this all came about. It was probably a little over a year ago when I started having issues with my site (which was on hostgator). Initially I thought it was just a little slow until someone emailed me to tell me they were getting messages that their anti-virus software was alerting them that my site was dangerous. Then a few more people told me the same thing. Ugh. So I started the process of moving my site to WP Engine...which was great, but then I found out I couldn't have directory installs, so I stopped the migration (and for the record, their service was fantastic. NO complaints). Then went back to hostgator on a VPS (virtual private server). Then was getting the virus issue popping up again, my site was running slow and I was hitting my limits. (Not O.K. when you're paying $79.95 a month for hosting). The standard response I received from support at hostgator was that I had too many plugins (I didn't). I had hostgator move my site to a shared server (it loaded faster and was only $14.95/month) and things seemed fine. For a while. Then it started all over again. Are you KIDDING ME? So I did what any frustrated person would do... I took my dilema to Twitter! ;-) I mentioned in podcast episode 4 that thanks to Ben Boykin I was introduced the a fantastic new company called Flywheel. Aah.... How does being migrated (for FREE) in less than a week sound?  Fo shizzle my nerdizzle! :-) I was floored at how quickly they moved everything- and there were no issues to boot! (Which I was pleasantly surprised with after all the issues there had been with hostgator).  It was the easiest, smoothest migration I've experienced since I've been doing any type of website work (5 years). Let's not forget one of the MOST important factors. SPEED! On Flywheel my site was easily 8-9 seconds faster!!! Of course I had to test it multiple times... every browser, check my laptop... and of course ask a few friends to check it out. I felt like I won the time lottery. Literally. No more waiting and waiting for a post to update so I could view it on the site to check out the formatting. Just click update and VOILA! ;-)   On to the Interview with Dusty Davidson Dusty is one of the founders of Flywheel, along with his partners Rick and Tony. Pretty quickly after signing up with Flywheel I knew I wanted to do an interview with them for the podcast. Flywheel is unique. You know that feeling you get when you try something new or come across something that just "feels right"? I felt that in my gut when I landed on the Flywheel site. I'm SUCH a geek about the visual /design side of things so I instantly fell in love with the way their site looks (Dusty gave props to Rick on the design), let alone how fan-friggin-tastic the interface looks for users! Just take a peek: Of course it's not just that the Flywheel site looks great (although I think they've raised the bar for other hosting companies! Time to stop using stock photography images of servers and generic groupings of diverse groups of people on your website)- Flywheel provides exactly what WordPress users want and need! Managed hosting (they manage security and do backups. So bye bye additional plugins!) Speed Customer service  AND... some personality.  ;-) I had the pleasure of talking with Dusty while he was in Paris (you'll have to listen to the interview to hear more about that). Dusty shared his background prior to Flywheel, how the company came to be and why they chose the name 'Flywheel'. And just to make your life easier, here's an awesome tweetable quote from Dusty: "Anyone can buy a server, put it in a closet,

WPCP 010: Milestone Episode, time to celebrate!

Jun 1, 2013 38:06


WOO HOO!!! O.K., so before we get into the show notes I have to point out that not only am I publishing my tenth podcast episode this week, but this week is also the 10th anniversary of WordPress! Coincidence? Um...yea. I wish I had been that clever and planned this out, but it was just fate. :-) So Happy Anniversary WordPress! And THANK YOU! Because of you I have a business I love and a quality of life I couldn't have imagined.   Now let's get down to business! When I was thinking about what I wanted to talk about for this episode I started feeling a little bit of pressure (gotta love that self-inflicted pressure of expectations). Not to get it done, but that it should be huge or monumental. What does that look like? I have no idea. Then I decided to do something that is still a bit of a challenge, but hands down works EVERY time. Surrender. I really use to be soooooo Type A. Needed to get something done? Just tell me it's not possible and "I'll show you!". Pissing myself off to motivation was a standard practice (I kid you not when I tell you that I'm laughing as I type this). So much of what I did was driven by external motivation, not wanting to disappoint people and needing to 'prove' myself. Sounds exhausting, doesn't it? It was. (And it will stunt your growth as a business owner faster than anything else!) If I could bottle up what I've learned over the last few years in terms of relaxing, surrendering and trusting myself... I'd have my own version of the Shark Tank because I'd be a ba-zillionaire  (investing in other people's businesses). I decided for today's show that I'd do a few different things, but I promise I'll do my best to keep things cohesive (which, if you've listened to this podcast before you know I cut my sentences off and can talk in circles sometimes). First, I wanted to publicly share some thanks and appreciation for people who have helped me get to where I am today, whether they know it or not. Gratitude and appreciation are hands down one of the easiest and simplest way to inspire action. Why? Because it feels good. And when you feel good, you do good. So I'm going to break down my public thanks into a few categories: Personal Friendships Online Inspiration Personal I won't spend to much time here because I'm not sure anyone I'm going to thank here actually listens to my podcast, but that's o.k., even if they don't totally understand what I do they support me with their whole hearts! First is my kids. Britt & Collin - I don't know what to say other than Thank You for being who you are. I could not be prouder of the people you're becoming and am so grateful you believe in me and have been patient and loving through the trying times. Now we're at a place that we're celebrating the successes more often and to see your faces light up when I share how many downloads I've had or that I have a new client means the world to me. You're both amazing people and have been the inspiration behind everything I do. My family: My parents and my sister first. I honestly was blessed with the most amazing parents. They've always believed in me and encouraged everything I've done. My mom has stepped in and helped out with administrative work when needed and my dad still brags about me to anyone who will listen. Any time there was an event for me to go to they did whatever they could to support me (staying with the kids, carpooling to school and soccer... you name it). They'll be able to listen to the podcast soon with their new iPhones on the way (they've upgraded into the 21st century from flip phones). I literally live around the corner from my sister and brother. My sister is my best friend and I honestly don't know what I'd do without her love and support. I won't go into more details here but the rest of my family (brother, aunt & uncle, nieces & nephews, grandparents) have all been my rock as well. I truly am blessed.

WPCP 009: Interview with Adam W. Warner of Foo Plugins

May 24, 2013 47:43


I kept trying to think up something witty with Foo Plugins that I could tie into the song "Kung Foo Fighting"... to start this post, but fortunately for you I was stumped! So we'll just jump into the good stuff... my interview with Adam. I knew when I started the podcast that Adam W. Warner of Foo Plugins was someone I definitely wanted to interview. Adam and I connected a few years ago when he was running WP ProBusiness and still working full time at his job (he's now working from home under contract with his former employer and is going all in with Foo Plugins). We've stayed in touch on & off over the last couple of  years so I was really excited when I saw the first plugin he launched, FooBox, last summer. One of my favorite aspects to the interviews I'm doing is hearing the individual stories of how people arrived at where they are today. Adam has had an interesting and not-so-direct path to his current position as one of the founders of Foo Plugins. From studying advertising in college (then becoming disenchanted with being told to manipulate people) to a blue collar job... Adam's journey to Foo Plugins will encourage and inspire anyone interested in building a business about or with WordPress. Oh. And he talks about his stint with a little company named "Amazon". What was SO cool about his time with Amazon is that he really took advantage of the opportunity to learn as much as he could, and not just about programming. He payed attention to how they made decisions (they measure everything) and how they managed the business (the departments he worked in). Throughout his journey he also got married, moved back to Florida and had his first son (of course I have to share a little bit of the personal stuff ). Enter Foo Plugins As Adam mentions in the podcast he's been working with WordPress for a LONG time. One of the best things in sticking with something as long as Adam has is that he knows what his strengths are and what he should delegate. Because of this he made a conscious choice to look for a programmer who could do the programmer side of the plugins and he could do the marketing and community building that he's been doing since getting involved with WordPress (smart guy, right?). Adam shares how he connected with his programming partner, Brad Vincent of Themergency, how they formed a company while he's in the U.S. and Brad is living in South Africa and why they decided to grow the business in phases. Which brings me to the exciting phase that is Phase 2! Phase 2 of course is the recently launched WordPress Plugin Marketplace Vendor Program. (I did the interview a couple weeks before the publish date, so at the time of the interview the Plugin Marketplace was still hush hush). I'm not going to try to do this justice by explaining it here, you're much better off reading the post directly over at Foo Plugins. I really enjoyed getting this opportunity to talk to Adam, hear his story and get the inside scoop on Foo Plugins. Make sure you head on over to the site, subscribe for updates and tell them I sent you! ;-) I'm sure we're going to continue seeing some amazing things coming out of Foo Plugins (and you know I love me some plugins!). Special offer for YOU! Adam and Brad have very generously offered a discount to my listeners and readers... WOO HOO! You can get 20% off of FooBox or Social Wiggle Pro by using the code WPCHICK20 at checkout! Thanks guys! ;-) Links from this episode (the plugins are all on Foo Plugins) Foo Plugins Adam W. Warner Brad Vincent  

WPCP 008: New Theme, Opt-in, Updates and Typekit

May 17, 2013 46:54


I decided that since I was getting close to episode 10 of the podcast (HOLY MOLY!) it might be a good time to give you an update on how things are going with the podcast and business in general. I've changed quite a few things since the beginning of the year (New Theme) and have seen a huge difference in many areas of my life (you know how it goes... when you start making changes  and consistently take action it's easier to have that roll over into other areas of your life).  I know I keep saying this, but it's really true that some of these things are SO obvious and they're actually simple. It's just a matter of trusting yourself enough to take action. The first thing I wanted to share is the New Theme. Ever since the new Minimum theme came out I knew I wanted to make the change, I just wasn't sure exactly what I wanted to do since I had just done the site makeover about a year and a half ago. I knew I was going to keep the colors and basic layout, just not sure what else I wanted to change. Then like most things when I relax about it and don't force it the answer comes to me pretty effortlessly. I wanted to incorporate my name into the logo (remember my post a while back about considering leaving The WP Chick behind?), knew I needed to change my opt-in offer and I wanted the podcast featured more predominantly on the homepage. SO... here you go! I still have to add in the video on the homepage (nice graphic of a fake video, huh?) and will be doing that this weekend. It will actually be a video of me in front of the camera... something I really don't do but think I'll probably start testing and playing with. I'm going to add in another graphic to the 'What I Do' section on the homepage and will probably change things up a bit with the footer widgets (kind of fillers... not terribly exciting). Of course I'd love to know what you think about the new layout! Oh... and let's not forget typekit. (which would have been sort of an epic fail considering I included it in the post and show name). First let me say that I do love Google Fonts. They're great. However, I was finding that depending on the browser I was using the fonts were hard to read and it was making me crazy! I felt like I should be investing in bifocals instead of plugins (see what I did there? Purchasing plugins are an INVESTMENT... haha). Then of course I happened to cruise over to Brian Gardner's site (his previous theme, because he recently changed it again, which isn't a dig. If I had his skills I'd probably do the same thing) and LOVED how crystal clear the text on his site was- regardless of what browser I'm using. And since I have the Adobe Creative Cloud monthly plan I can use typekit for no additional charge! Nice, huh? (I may be doing a post and video on how easy this was to integrate, so let me know if that's something you'd be interested in). The second thing is the new Opt-in Offer. I've been working on this for a while (jeeze, that seems to be a theme with me today! Remember how I said in episode 4 that you should focus on YOUR business first?). One of the things I've mentioned that I was focusing on this year was growing my list. I know there are TONS of different ways to do this and I intend to test different options (split testing, Facebook Ads, etc.), but the first thing I needed to do was change my opt-in offer. Why I decided to make the change. So here's the deal with the opt-in offer I had. It was really an easy out, for lack of a better explanation. The opt-in offer I had before the last one (Custom Social Profiles Plugin) was WordPress Video Marketing and it converted pretty well, but it needed to be updated and I was in the middle of a zillion other things and just wanted to change the homepage so the opt-in was more significant. I know, kind of lame. Don't get me wrong, I'm not saying that offering a free plugin is lame, it's just not that 'helpful', y'know? (And not exactly what someone who is looking for W...

WPCP 007: Interview with Carrie Dils… Genesis in the house!

May 4, 2013 39:56


This is the first "official" WordPress interview for the podcast (in terms of interviewing someone who uses WordPress for their business) and it was a TON of fun! I connected with Carrie sometime last year online (I'm thinking maybe it was twitter?) and knew instantly she was someone I wanted to get to know better. Not only was she sharing valuable Genesis tips but you could also tell that she was a down to earth person (I gauge this by how someone writes, what they share and how they share... I'm wise like that! ;-) ). Then we exchanged a few emails discussing possible ways we could collaborate (which I'll share more of at the end of this post) and once I had the podcast up and running I thought she would be a perfect guest to interview. Yep... I was right. She was great. I'm not kidding when I say I was laughing out loud when listening back to our conversation for editing, it really was that fun. Carrie shares her journey of how she ended up creating her business, (the question of "how did you get here" is absolutely one of my favorite pieces of the interviews I'm doing). There's something powerful in hearing other peoples stories. The decisions they made that took them down a completely different path than the one they had intended, the lessons they've learned along the way and what that means for their business today. You'll love the story of the indoor s'mores cafe' that turned into a 9 year detour with a huge company, which also became an invaluable resource for learning about business (and why she knew she did NOT want to open the brick & mortar business that inspired this detour). She awarded me 1000 internet points. You'll just have to listen to the interview to find out what that's all about, but my vocabulary surprised even me (she still hasn't told me where I can redeem my points... maybe it's like Chuck E. Cheese and I can turn them in for a Whoopee Cushion or giant Pixie Stick?). I think one of my favorite questions for Carrie was when I asked her how she markets her business. Her answer is such a testament to everything I've been talking about these past few months (and one of those lessons that we all hear and when we finally implement just "get it"). Her big secret to marketing? She doesn't have one. She gives the best service possible, connects with her clients, creates great work and is simply herself. Aah... Music to my ears. ;-) I think a common fear among a LOT of people with online businesses is that you don't want to come across smarmy or sales pitchy (pretty sure pitchy isn't a word). There's a learning curve when it comes to putting yourself out there, sharing what you do and promoting your products and/or services. What Carrie is doing is the ideal way to step into that space. At some point you have to 'feel the fear and do it anyways' and ask for the sale or make the offer. My biggest recommendation is that you do it sooner rather than later (asking for the sale or making the offer).  Often times the longer you wait the harder it is and you don't want to set a precedent that what you're doing is just a hobby (unless in fact it is just a hobby). Collaboration Time! Off the record I asked Carrie if she would be interested in doing a live Genesis class with me that helps those of you who are past the 'beginner' stage and she said absolutely! ;-) So you can keep your eyes peeled for a "Beyond Beginners" Genesis class! And I'm sure after you listen to the podcast with her you'll be that much more interested in taking the class because not only is she wicked smart but I'm sure the class will be a lot of fun too. Make sure to check out her site and connect with her via social media. *Note* The product I mentioned (but couldn't remember the name) where you can get digital signatures on invoices (the free account gets you 5 a month) is EchoSign by Adobe. The link is in the 'Links from this episode' below. Links from this episode

WPCP 006: Monetizing WordPress…

Apr 30, 2013 47:28


When I first started working with WordPress 5 years ago the opportunities to monetize a business around WordPress seemed to be limited to a few areas. You could customize themes, create/code themes and create/code plugins. There were a few people out there teaching how to use WordPress, but many of those tutorials were limited to the installation process (the famous 1-Click install with Fantastico) and getting started. Anything beyond that was kind of up to you. Fast forward 5 years and the possibilities for monetizing WordPress and creating a lasting sustainable business with WordPress have grown exponentially. In a way it feels like the possibilities are limitless (yea, yea, I know. I can be a bit of a Pollyanna..). It really comes down to making a choice to step up your game, know what you're good at and connecting with people who need what you have to offer. I know this sounds super simple- and it is. But it's not easy. There is a HUGE difference between simple and easy. The crazy thing is that many things in life are simple, but we just don't want to admit it. Example: If you want to lose weight you just need to eat right and exercise. Simple. Not easy. Or let's take quitting smoking. To quit smoking all you have to do is stop smoking right? It takes more effort to keep smoking than not (you have to buy cigarettes, keep a lighter or matches on you, find somewhere to smoke since most places are smoke free now, deal with everything smelling like smoke, carry gum, etc.). One step to quit smoking, multiple steps to continue smoking. Quitting is simple. Not easy. It took me a few years to figure out how I wanted to monetize my business and I can honestly say that going into year 5 I'm more clear than I have ever been. I chose to pay attention to what I enjoyed doing the most, where I got the best return (on both my time and investment) and where I felt most fulfilled. For me, it's the teaching and training. I'll get more into how I'm monetizing WordPress in a bit, but let's jump into some of the opportunities that are out there for all you WordPress entrepreneurs (or soon to be). 7 Ways you Can Create a Business Around WordPress (that actually make money) 1. Themes - Theme Development (premium themes, free themes) - Theme shop - Theme reviews 2. Plugins - Plugin Development - Plugin shop - Plugin reviews 3. Website Design - Customizing WordPress themes for Clients - Creating custom themes for WordPress Clients - Maintaining and supporting client sites 4. Writing - Paid writing for tutorials /posts - Kindle books 5. Teaching and Training (my favorite) - Create courses - Documentation - FREE guides (yes, these can lead to paid work) - Offline workshops and training - Niche Training (topic) - Audience specific training (ex: WordPress for VA's) 6. SEO - Optimizing Websites - Teaching / training SEO - Creating SEO Products - Done for you SEO 7. Affiliate Marketing / Advertising - Create a 'news' site that you use as an aggregate for WP News and monetize with Affiliate products - Sell ad space on this site - Do both of these on ANY WordPress site (not just a WP News site) [sws_divider_basic] How I'm Monetizing WordPress I wish I could say I did this sooner than I did, but it is what it is. Within the first 6 months of deciding to focus on WordPress I started taking client projects (new WordPress sites). It wasn't too much later that I discovered StudioPress (pre-Genesis themes) and decided to only use those themes for client work. I've always taken client work (and will continue to), but it was when I taught my first Diving Into Genesis class that I knew I'd found my 'sweet spot'. Not only did I enjoy the teaching (it really never feels like work), but I was able to connect with people on a different level. I'm not teaching classes as often as I'd like to, but I'm working on that.  My goal is to teach one paid class a month and continue with free tutorials...

WPCP 005: Let’s Talk Money! Interview with Nicole Fende

Apr 23, 2013 1:00:36


The Numbers Whisperer This was a REALLY fun interview... even the third time around! Talk about challenges. Oy Vey. This is the third time I interviewed Nicole Fende, The Numbers Whisperer, for my podcast! Talk about patient, huh? Fortunately for me Nicole is SUPER patient and was willing to go for "third times a charm" so I could get this published! The reason I had asked Nicole if I could interview her for the podcast is because she has such a unique way of helping people with money. I don't know about you, but I've definitely had my fair share of money challenges (and blessings). Starting a couple of years ago I make a commitment to myself to really look at the way I felt about money, how I handled it, what baggage I had around money and what old beliefs I was carrying that didn't serve me (or my business). In the interview I mention Nicole's book "How to Be A Finance Rock Star" and the ONE equation that shifted everything for me. And I mean everything. 4 simple numbers that produce the "amount you must earn, net of all expenses, for every hour you spend on revenue generating activities". Pretty powerful stuff (btw, I've bought a LOT of finance books and this is without a doubt my favorite!). The interview isn't solely about Nicole's book though, it's so much more. One of my favorite questions I ask when I talk to fellow entrepreneurs is "how did you get to where you are?" I'm fascinated by the journey, what was the catalyst for change that made them decide to leave a job or simply start their business. So of course we cover this too. Nicole has a VERY cool new project she's launching with a friend called "Magpies & Money". This is without a doubt one of the most creative and interesting projects I've ever heard of when it comes to dealing with finances. She's partnered with a jewelry artisan and they're teaching finance and jewelry making! Now, I know you might be wondering what the bucket this has to do with business and finances (or WordPress for that matter), but what I want to point out is that she's created a very unique way of connecting with a different audience. You'll hear Nicole mention a couple other things that are on the horizon for The Numbers Whisperer as well and I think you'll see that you don't need to create training and products that feel like they've "been there, done that".  Succeeding in business, whether it's online or offline (or both), is ALL about relationships. Relationships with your customers, clients, peers, team, support network, personal relationships... you get the point. My challenge to you would be to see if you can take a relationship you have and develop something that might be a little outside of the box, but feels right. And don't worry if nothing comes to you, just be open to what shows up and I think you'll be surprised. Links from this episode Nicole Fende, The Numbers Whisperer Magpies and Money How to Be A Finance Rockstar Pat Flynn of Smart Passive Income - Income Report (we discussed income reports at the end of the show)  

WPCP: 004 What I’d Do Different If I Were Starting My Business Today

Apr 5, 2013 50:44


LOTS happening in today's episode! I recently started private coaching with a new client (I'm coaching her) and had decided I would write up "What I'd Do Different if I Were Starting My Business Today" for her, then realized it would make a great topic for the next podcast episode and post. So here we are! ;-) I'm writing the post show notes before I actually record the podcast, which may sound a little backwards, but going back to do show notes after I record doesn't always happen as quickly as I'd like and then it becomes a much more tedious process, whereas doing it this way I work from my hand written outline and my show should have a nice flow (like how I threw in that little disclaimer *should*  have a nice flow?). I'm looking at my hand written notes and really hoping I can keep this to an hour... yea, I get a little chatty. ;-) [sws_divider_line] Shout out I'm taking this idea directly from ThePodcastAnswerMan (Cliff Ravenscraft) who does a weekly personal plug on his show. I love that he shares other peoples content and highlights what they're doing (oh how I wish some old school marketers would grasp this). So this week's shout out goes to Ben Boykin of If it weren't for Ben reaching out to me on twitter about Flyhweel hosting I would probably be pulling my hair out right now. Ben put me in touch directly with the team at Flywheel and within a week and a half I was migrated over and pulled the trigger last Friday! I've since engaged more with Ben on twitter & Google+ and he's just a great guy (who also creates awesome Genesis WordPress sites).  So thanks again Ben! You'll hear more about Flywheel in an upcoming episode and post, so stay tuned for that. I want to get the guys from Flywheel on so you can hear about their company, what they're doing, why they're doing it, etc. directly from them. Not only is my site WAY faster, but their support is FANTASTIC! While away at a conference they still took the time to get back to me, answer my questions and make sure everything was working. Nice! [sws_divider_line] In this episode I share a little bit of my story with you (why I didn't do this in the first episode, I'm not sure. ;-) ) and how I got to where I am today. I'm sharing this with the hopes of inspiring you and showing you that no matter what you've been through, you CAN do this. It's been a long and very difficult road at times, but I am in such a wonderful place in my life now and am truly grateful for everything. The evolution of The WordPress Chick has also been an interesting road (and one I had no idea existed when I started my business). My business and brand has evolved quite a bit over the last five years (and will probably look very different five years from now).  I couldn't  have imagined this when I started, but I stayed open to what showed up and have learned to trust my gut which is paying off more than I thought possible now. The 7 Things I'd Do Different There are probably more than 7 things I'd do different if I were starting my business today, but these are the primary things that I would recommend to ANYONE who is starting an online business today or is ready to shift what they're doing and how they're doing it. I go into much more detail in the podcast, but here are the 7 things: 1) Focus on my content/my business first 2) Build my list strategically and measure what's working 3) Have something to SELL as soon as possible (and no, I don't mean throw up junk. Something of value) 4) Trust my gut & simply be myself 5) Focus on relationships, connections and how I can support other people 6) Be as absolutely transparent as possible (the more you do this the easier it gets) 7) Treat my business like a business The last point I made in the show, which really ties in with the first item on this list, is that you have to find a way to manage doing the things that will pay off in the long run WHILE you do the things tha...

WPCP: 003 – The Business of Web Design

Mar 30, 2013 59:07


This is "officially" the first interview for my podcast! I say "officially" because I had recorded another interview last fall but wasn't ready to get the podcast going, so I'll be re-recording an updated version of that interview for an upcoming podcast. Back to "The Business of Web Design" interview with Nina East. Nina and I connected a few years ago through this site (well, a previous version of this site. ;-)) when she contacted me to have me create a banner for her site that was similar to my previous banner that had my "Chick" in it (she had a different "Chick"). Mind you, Nina had to remind me because for the life of me I could NOT remember how we had connected. We've stayed in touch over the last few years, have a book we're working on together (think the "little book that wouldn't quit"... I think I can, I think I can...) that will be coming out later this year and have simply supported one another in our businesses through the years. When Nina asked me if I'd like to participate and support "The Business of Web Design" we hopped on Skype immediately so she could tell me more about the event, the speakers and find out how I could contribute. Once we started chatting and I heard how passionate Nina was about truly helping people I decided it would be great if we did a podcast interview so you could hear where she was coming from. One of the BIGGEST benefits to attending a multi-speaker event such as "The Business of Web Design" is that you're getting different perspectives on the same business! Each speaker is speaking about a different element of Web Design, but you may find that you resonate with one model or method more than another and finally get that piece of "A-HA!", I'm NOT the only one who wants to run my business this way or I'm not the only one who has had pricing issues (and I don't know anyone in business who hasn't had pricing issues at one time or another). In the show you're going to hear Nina talk about how her business evolved (this is always one of my favorite pieces... I love hearing how people went from where they were to where they are! ), what she's learned along the way and how the telesummit came about. You need to head over to "The Business of Web Design" to get the full line-up of speakers and schedule, but here's a brief overview of some of the things you're going to learn: Creating Passive and Leveraged Income Steps to Success Building Your Brand (by moi) Growing your business into a 6-Figure Business (with multiple players) Critical Legal Issues Business Finance! Mistakes to Avoid You can see that this is a GREAT line up of topics, being presented by some awesome speakers who have paved the way and learned through trial and error so you don't have to! As always, I'd love your comments, feedback and a review in iTunes if you're up for it! (And I apologize in advance that my audio isn't that great. Like a ding dong I used my logitech headset for this skype call instead of my mic & headset that I use for the regular podcast. Total brain fart! But you can hear everything clearly). [button_square color="grey" url=""] Register for The Business of Web Design Here [/button_square]    

WPCP: 002 – Relationships, Contemplation and What’s coming for The WordPress Chick

Mar 18, 2013 43:39


To say the last couple of weeks has been a wild ride would be an understatement, but it's all been good. Definitely ups and downs, but fortunately the downs haven't been bad. Just contemplative. I've been contemplating a lot about my business lately so I decided it would be a perfect topic for my next podcast.  You can read more about what spurred all this in my recent post, "Is it time to move on?" Don't worry. It's not a bitch fest. I save those for good friends and family (I don't go there with my therapist... she'd call me on it too quickly). I've been doing this for almost 5 years now - and when I say 'this', I mean my business. In this episode I talk about my recent WordPress Genesis for Beginners class, what I went through with pricing, promoting and wondering if I had pigeonholed myself into a niche (focusing on StudioPress Genesis).  All of this brought about a LOT of questioning about my business (especially after I created a free StudioPress Community Resources guide and let one annoying person get under my skin, as much as I'd like to think I didn't)- so much so that I even considered giving up my brand and selling this site! Don't worry, that's not going to happen. I did think about it for a day or so then realized that I was not going to throw the baby out with the bathwater so to speak. Instead, I'm going to be incorporating my name into the brand. Here's what the new logo / header looks like. I've already started using this in my newsletter but it won't be unveiled on the site until I flip the theme (which should hopefully be in the next week). Pretty fun, huh? Not too far off, I'm keeping my colors, The WordPress Chick and am just going to be expanding what I'm doing. Next up will be new photos... I realized I have ONE photo that appears everywhere, so it's time to get some new pics done. I just want to make sure they don't look like I'm posing for a Realtor shot or a "Glamour Shot" (remember those photo stores in the mall? holy moly!) In this episode I also talk about one thing that has been a HUGE focus for me and that is Building Relationships! This is one of those things that you've heard over and over (and I think I said that in my "Marketing Isn't A Spectator Sport" post) and is SO absolutely important. My point in this episode is that not only do you need to build relationships, but you should be building the RIGHT relationships for YOU! Don't be a sheep and spend time trying to connect with Guru's or people you think might be important (of course since you're a reader of mine I know that's not who you are anyways... ;-) ). Connect with Like Minded People. Create Awesome Content. Provide Value. Have Fun. Sounds simple enough, right? It is. You just need to trust yourself. Recommendations from this Episode: 1) Plugin: nrelate Related Content You can see what this looks like at the bottom of this post ("Here are some other posts you might enjoy"... I need to change that text. It just doesn't sound like me, but you get the point). Download nrelate Realted Content here (or click the image below) [sws_divider_line] 2) Post on ProBlogger: The 3 Emails You Must Send During A Launch... and a Fresh Alternative for Bloggers LOVE this site (Fearless Launching). The post is a great example of providing value- there's a TON of content in this post that you can implement right away! Read The 3 Emails You Must Send During A Launch... and a Fresh Alternative for Bloggers

WPCP: 001 – My Go-To Plugins

Jan 4, 2013 44:44


HOLY MOLY! I really should have video recorded myself doing this first podcast... it would have provided some comic relief for you to say the least. I lost count with how many times I started then deleted just the introduction! Forget the few times I recorded up to about 10 minutes then scrapped the whole thing.  Here's the crazy thing... IT WAS TOTALLY FUN! I really had a ball recording my first episode and am already looking forward to the next one. I had already planned out what I was going to do, but I think I need to do the show notes prior to recording- as in full show notes, not just an outline. Who knows... I can tell you I won't be reading from a script... ever. Here's my full 'arsenal' of plugins from Episode 1 of the WordPress Chick Podcast. 1) Akismet: If you've done a WordPress Install, you're familiar with Akismet. This is the built-in spam filter that comes with WordPress (so the plugin itself is free). You do need to register for an API key  (once you activate the plugin it will ask you for your API key). 2) Author hReview: There is both a free and premium version of this plugin (I'm using the free version). Author hReview creates a review box in your post where you can list the name, author, version number (if applicable), rating and brief summary. I've adjusted this plugin so it shows at the bottom of my post as opposed to the default top right of the post (it was too crowded with my featured image). You can view the premium version and the free version to see what's right for you.  3) Blubrry PowerPress: Blubrry PowerPress is an all in once podcasting plugin. There are a handful of podcasting plugins available, but I chose this one because it was recommended by The Podcast Answer Man (Cliff Ravenscraft) and is also the plugin my business partner, Steve O'Sullivan uses. I've recorded screenshots and am doing a step-by-step set up guide for the plugin (it's pretty involved). This plugin (FREE) comes with everything you need for podcasting, including iTunes specifications & submission. 4) Complete Gallery Manager: I've done a full post with video on the Complete Gallery Manager, so you can check that out if you want more details, but this is a great responsive photo and video gallery plugin. This is a premium plugin through CodeCanyon, but it's truly worth every penny. Here's my post and video on the Complete Gallery Manager. 5) Custom Social Profiles: this is my free plugin that allows you to upload custom social icons (both regular and hover icons) that link to your social profiles (these are not sharing icons where people can share your content) so people can connect with you on social networks. You can subscribe on the site for a free copy (top right sidebar of this page). 6) Easy Digital Downloads:  Like I mentioned in the podcast, this is one of my favorite new plugins! And yep, it’s free! It was created by Pippin Williamson. The plugin works great as is, right ‘out of the box’. There are free and premium extensions available to add additional functionality and options. You’ll be hearing much more about this plugin in upcoming months from me, but for now I recommend you download it and test it out (yep, just the free version will get you going). Keep in mind this is for digital products only. Get Easy Digital Downloads here. 7) Easy Digital Downoads - Amazon S3 Extension: If you have an Amazon S3 account and want to store you digital downloads for use with Easy Digital Downloads, then this is for you! I love my S3 account and any time I can use it without having to login to Amazon I'm all for it. This is a premium extension, but remember the plugin is free! (can't beat that!) Get the Amazon S3 Extension here 8) Easy Digital Downloads - Aweber Extension: Want to add your customers to your list when they purchase from you through Easy Digital Downloads?  Don't worry, they still have to confirm their optin (and you set up a little checkbox for them to...